Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 25824 CITY SECRET" SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONTRACT DING CO. AND CITY SECRETARY " U CONTRACT NO . CONSTRUCMNP CO'P'Y SPECIFICATIONS CLIENT DEPARTMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 IN THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS VOLUME I OF II DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING PROJECT NO, 0660 WATER DEPARTMENT 'PROJECT NO. PS4,6-07048MOOBD December 1999 pw BOB TERRELL KENNETH BARR CITY MANAGER MA1'QR r HUGO A MALANGA, P.E, A. DOUGLAS RADEMAKER,P E. LEE C. BRADLEY, JR., P.E. DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR go TRANSPORTATION & DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING WATER 'DEPARTMENT PUBILIC WORKS ILM WSW Ckorkwo r II� P* • 3880 Hulerl Street ff ............................... Fort Worth, Texas 76107r JOHN H LINONEf!..� r.................. .... 16 (817) 735-6000 459 t .. C$B No. 90135201F i , _6., f" 1.1 ,41 City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council +communication. DATE REFERENCE NUMBER LOG NAME PAGE 5/2/00 **C-17992 oFORK of 2 SUBJECT AWARD OF CONTRACT TO JACKSON CONSTRUCTION, INC. FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 FOR THE WATER DEPARTMENT RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with Jackson Construction, Inc. in the amount of $2,841,601,25 (Bid A, AZ Design) for construction of the West Fork Relief Sewer Section WF-5. DISCUSSION. The West Fork Relief Sewer was identified in the City Water Department's 1987 Final Updated 201 Facilities Plan and was programmed to provide additional sewage capacity for the area west of, and including, the Central Business District. On April 30, 1991 , the City Council approved a contract (M&C C-12837) with Carter & Burgess, Inc. to provide engineering design services for the project. The proposed project begins at the Rockwood Park Drive and Lakewood Drive intersection and extends to Rivercrest Country Club, connecting to existing sanitary sewer M-248AR. This section is the last of five major West Fork Relief Sewer projects. The work to be performed under this contract consists of the construction of 10,110 linear feet of 54- inch diameter gravity sewer by open cut, associated junction boxes and a river siphon. The West Fork Relief Sewer project will be financed using State Revolving Funds. The project was advertised for bid December 9 and 16, 1999. On January 20, 2000, the following bids were received: AMOUNT BID A AMOUNT BID B BIDDER (AZ Design) (Thick Watt] Jackson Construction, Inc. $2,841,601 .25 $3,222,835.25 S. J. Louis Construction, Inc. $2,910,687.75 $3,284,583.75 Bar Construction. Inc. $3,181,612.75 $3,605,564.75 Conatser Construction, Inc. $3,218,541 .75 $3,754,133.75 Oscar Renda Contracting $3,219,301.00 $3,731,589.00 Kenko, Inc. $3,233,042.00 $3,674,000.00 Triple H Contracting, Inc. $3,492,958.75 $3,939,961.75 Texas Sterling Construction, Inc. $3,533,463.00 $3,932,280.00 Mid-State Utilities $3,668,995.00 $4,618,365.00 William J. Schultz, Inc, d/b/a Circle "C" Construction Company $3,926,896.25 $4,281,331.25 TJ Lambrecht Construction, Inc. $4,129,816.00 $ 4,539,421.00 Pate Brothers Construction, Inc. $4,229,649.50 $4,600,758.50 City of Fort Warta, Texas Mayor and Council Communication DATE REFERENCE NUMBER LOG NAME PAGE 512100 **C-17992 30FORK 2 of 2 SUBJECT AWARD OF CONTRACT TO JACKSON CONSTRUCTION, INC. FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 FOR THE WATER DEPARTMENT Alternate bids were requested for Concrete Alkalinity Design (AZ) and Thick Wail Pipe Design. These two types are different methods to resist pipe corrosion due to the presence of hydrogen sulfide gases present in the sewer system. The City's consultant engineer evaluated the bids and recommends the AZ Design alternate with staff's concurrence. The low bidder, Jackson Construction, Inc., is in compliance with the City's MIWBE Ordinance by committing to 7% MIWBE participation and documenting good faith effort. Jackson Construction, Inc. identified several subcontracting and supplier opportunities. However, the MiWBEs contacted in the identified areas did not respond or did not submit the lowest bid. The City's goal on this project is 20°1x. This project is located in COUNCIL. DISTRICTS 7 and 9, Mapsco 51Y and 75B and C. In addition, $112,080.00 is required for contingencies_ FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Finance Director certifies that funds are available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of the State Revolving Fund-Sewer. MG:} r i Submitted far City Manager's FUND ACCOUNT CENTER AMOUNT CITY SECRETARY Office by: (to) Mike Groomer 5140 Originating Department Wad: A. Douglas Rademaker 6157 (from) Approved 5,12100 PE42 541200 070420140190 $2,841,501.25 Additional laformation Contact: A. Douglas Rademaker 6157 r n.n�. :nIt se. 1 6�17i ul tTi r . V ! f CW FORT WORTH iJ1r7"{LATMVf rCF tWUMMERINO ACOV+tDUM NO. 7 TO THE P LANS ia'NG ST•1 CI rC i-11O S Aft0 CQt11 i"C T!DPGUIVII: ,9 FOR VVES FQ,-K R-ELZF SEMR SECTION IF.a TER DEgAATM-EW ^,'E'N'O, PS4f-0710"0220W D^�jrofr� nen 010 MECEIPT DATE-JAINIJANY 11 2=0 ADDENDUM ISSUE gorE-,AN- IpRYA,20M r The following modifications, 6&Hf ez loris, additions or deletions shall be made to Lhe, ap.prvnriarg sea , of the Contract Documents, ,. 1. _U1tC1FIQAT1J2N V©LUME I OF 1t A. I'ART'S -Proposal.- Q3 roposal:Q3-al f"ICATIQb Conuacty Litiubmit bids for botri MornaJve A&8, not submitting a " brpd for loom Aiierrlatives wife result in Che'via consi;arvd non-responsive. i Fit r'd?vt6 6T+` '6-2.5 Mpd B a rep--iaC f- ^?rh the JQIA:o%acct 8-25A and b-26A- � CT7 N 44 - Cdif of Fwt Waft Ukw y afW Women Btm#fsm I417'CSrpriav The Cltv'; A.N9E gr-sal on tNs prL-^t i5 20%l.4_JaM2!2 11'!and l ta-�L A tst.alZif iia uaFa$riF3 of the contact. Please cow the MA BE Project goal to show the revised goals on the first{sage under SPECIAL INST'RUG71ON a FOR BI ODER$and!sage 1A of the MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSJNLSS ��Tcr�r�i3ty 3l�:II`tC,4ilt�+Is. ::. PART 0-SPECIALL CONDI TK 1 —n.7'it, ft�+yJ 90;m ftm.the Tatte of i on*v S 0 SPE%4L k-C+gVq r r0 v5 ana dell L tft -"1 D416 TYRE"C"BACKfF'ILL fSC-Z 049 TRENCH EXCAVATION. 13ACKFILL AND COMPACTION(SC-24) D-80 INSTALLATION OF WATFR FAC41-1 TIES(SC-49) E D-W T POLYVINYL(CHLORIDE PVC)WATER PIPE(SCAR) 04m—.r BILOCOUNG Isis:-49) G-W.~a VAI:4E CUT-tea j$0-5i) LLW? WATSR S—"10CES(SC-61) Q430A ] AD itA-Y WA 'ER VALVE IS S -SC'5,4) Dpi'0.1'1 PURGING AND STERILIZATION OF WATER UNES(5C-,4) D-80A 2 WORK NEAR PRESSURE PLANE BOUNDARIES tSC-643 a, D-80.13 WATER SAMPLE STATION(SCS-55) L-r,ia SLE IRON AND GRAY IRON FrMNGS(SC-55) A.,6; r'Herttis to t+e SPEC' Ce'3I+IQI 1"WA5 Table of c.ontCnt9: `D-M TES-PING RECQtrftRENIEN7 ............ .......!�-W Addendum No- 1 - Page I e .r J. D=u PROJECT OESIGNATiON ;iuvi ti4.7- Jirarrrge P ropeot MO, tq"P34V-6TCK50ZU8Vn A - C R AI"z-RA';:' p�Ti 'f. Ls''IV Y111^htii� LLt�'1!Yy7, A2, GHN RATe FOR 11395"in its entre_v U" u1serrtha foi!o:v:.^.g.�Zlp^. �,` Ralf,:to PART H. PREVAILING WAQE RATES for 1999 wages". 5. 0-12 S 1A I�! 1 tF'Vf1LVING FUND{SRF)REQUIREMENTS. page.SC-41-sectien 1- Delete the last semenr-a In its entrety and replace with"The SRF requirement*are inchided in voiume i or fl,'Section Ir: -"+dd IL'ee fury sq i s "moi -peeCrV^biddorl s hafi nr•+ a detailed mqum for Tom HGI--s in!_"tarrof!M±NhLM,-r.a!am!Wm 7R7ovk prk r to b'" upgaii"g': 7- Aced 0-87 SURVEY CONTROL to page SC-_5,51 -D47 SU,RVEN QONTrar>i•.Contrecta:r will be pwovided primary survey control one time onto. After Contractor verities and aceapta control, he shall he responsible for all construction staking, secondary control and maintaining the integrity of the control. Contractor shall survey beiwetlt± ail prftmry control manurnents shown on Ship plans and shall report to the Engj4aw rany tri vo"vtructkm. C�tor"i be responsible !or ar,,_.i�uraz;*■aR rmonu m-At"IQ; &ai U%#k*9 line are;grade j4t -- VMh tby pure["- a Add D-,Ab i'QSTiNG R€QUIREMFNT'S to Imo SC-57' -D-N TESTING REQUIREMENTS' The Contractor will employ and pay for the services of art tnoopend9nt'Testing to boratory to perform specifled testing. �= Cant>�r3r 9h�� �►1�'Ygi�1',!'.ilk. "-'f eget wil.'#�'e t.. .'�:.^..'�23v;. Managw. 7. Assist labooetory in obtaining adequate quantitlee of representative samples of mattrisl proposed to be used and which requirgs testing, 3. Fumist►copies of products'test r4poats ae ragw"d. 4. iivisil iiis`xs€�i+or�shy ir+a>avat�a ort ctpbr�r[iVi1S fo 97ip'Pr Tar isjbvrsetvrg -s, lg:rs;to.�t of€*M -im'wW,"he[iAIng of tuts. �.[� 1��-to,►�e,Ita�.�.efr"s�tu 'r��-=�'"� "'=:�ai..Yw. aa:.-�t^��*is=nd!; G` required_ the City reserves the right to perform random tasting." V. PART E -Specitcatiorrs, 5ectfon b -5pecial 3pecitications :. $!�C+ic`JN i3�22i -r:XCKVA T QN, TRENCii 4G, EWE OMEN i AND %CK'T__4LL FvOR UT lies—11F-S. ;L. roAPZ'r i -GjE_INE rPAk Aj4_d the frixy'*un--.!ae"itent;- UAL-e to mwy 60 i�,W f'a R wmaw tr"3*rii Uh-e ft-ma lie ir;'citctt d ti Addendum No. 1 - Page2 v i r' I r , ,tammry 3,ZM fe �i PE GT I _ C�C W i ii,r s`r j Pfl'I!1M 7 7 TO C"r 4 sR,«PP-A tif:r AKffn PpI, I fiC9T1 tTt3, .: 1 , 1: XF, , r. Rev:se the last sentence to rap7d � . at p rners�rs Items No. 1 Qn4 No. x of Section 3.7". 2. Sect on 3.8 EMBLUMENT AND SACKFiLL ZCN£S, Item No 3'. to the s&,-jti 1 W last serltonce remove the warns" is reculmnended'and ..pts with--shall be used", 3. '%R-MOA % -M n 3.y PIF,- ;=ighacUML--NT AN-D BACKTILL fV ATEWAL: Add th,Q wl'I: t,-y , `,-nca as a.h as n%7te b*iv t. ism T`o t "$oil lister below arr-m g$..'•' rz!=. `t1.an'-4 Viii r'tia"i u 2447 -Classifk"tfotn of Soils for Engingvri"U Purpose-{u -Ireg L{!! F Classsficatiron SYsttm)unless otherwise indicated"_ 11em 2, adl trie tocowirxg sentence "Class 2 Sort€mbadment shall have angularity Mai c4ssisiars as angular or subangular as defined by WD 2-MOS, Jgp d-rvallr by A-911441 v+.�v,aIr'r��,sr.r hie a tfiirtifl'liitri;vcreifietent at 1lnifrLrr�aif�ie,.i of fi,..�11111 4, Section 311 STABILITIES OF ADJXA :EPa EJM 3FM- ENTS eND 11T UTIES. a. General. last sentence, chance the ward"recommenoati- ns` tD "rdgirirements" b. llem No. 1, first paragraph, ast two sentences,remove the word"should° and replace weal "shall". t;, item No. 1, third paragraph,last two ser#enoes, mmcve the worU �i Add the tr .,% nza?tip•: :� "Z- It ahs hs the Cenftcloner�,�t14..nhil�, to ir"ndza and datar", areas where n9od shoring fa required to protai;t aciJacent facilities. Rigid shoring shalt also be used in any additional areas as requested by the Engineer'. 2. SEG 1100 MOO-TUN NEL INQ ,d t l ��Tit)!ti; Cvn1ijcW an*ii bid pr+aiezt as shown In pian3 and m P+�� tti't�rs. 2. h LAM A. Sheet3-Gr—NF A-1 NO l t; 1_ -Nott 22, d0s19 Lha first two sentenom� 2_ Add the f©llowlno sent*"e to Nate 38- "Soddi a vall be regr irr W��r�rrf}aerase aro disturbed and in residential areas along Lakewood Drive and Rockwood Park Drive. Payment for this work shall be paid at the Contract unit price per linear foot". Addendum No. 1 - Page 3 VVF-5 January�, �f)4 This Addendum forms a part qi the i"enU4rt LIncuments Fe ankr! ..d 8r'..^'st w•� ��e."'+�irrr�$ uic ae'rt�TiT�� Contract Documents and tslans. Acknowledge r*O*jn;ni thix Addendum. eq the =�—z pacvsdcd b-Olaw, and ars Pam 8-27 ref Baur itLP srl)oaai and netts the outer envetnpe of your bid, Fa,l«ra fn acknowledge receipt of this Adder+dum could s u ka ct bidder to disquaiifioalion.. RE-LEIPi AC';KNOV&1rLDGED: A. Douglas Radepker, P.E., Dire isX l Oy �- is�ri Addy '_�ry�fi i i Teloohone jOHN H. �r x, " I r Addendum Nv. 1 -Page 4 4�i� fav 1 3 t�i<� 4 ic? cu iir(7'4� ikii F"HUC., DEPARTMENT!hr-ENC-1kNEEFUMG + 4yDDENtit TM MCT, 7 TQ THE PLAN$AND SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR WEST FORD RELIEF SF-WER SECTION WF_6 wATF-R UEPAR'rMENT PROJECT NO. PS46-070460220080 DOE NO.06$0 RID RECEWT DATE: JANUARY 13,200D AD13ENDU?Jt ISSUE DATE:JANUARY 7 ,201)0 The fv lomfing madificadons,dad)czfiotts, atdibom or dcteiierrt sh.0 b-j r;tada ib iW apprr 6a1e secffvns of the ctntr=wct Doc'uments° .� • e Pa-Pi A. COMPREHENSWE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Delete thio fourth naraora-nh,"The A!'fitiavil Statatnent-.-`. in Its entlrery irmn the COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO eiGDERS. e. PART E.Sporificationb.Section b-Speclatl!Specifications 1. SECTION OZZ21 --EXCAVATION, TRLNCrtING.EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILLING FOR UI MLI T IES, PART a-EXi=t;U'ri YN,Seci©n 3.ii FiPE EMisEDMEN T AND SAAQKiS;iLL i RIA i_ J;l_-_2 SK-Al rtyr i d r.. ' nnlni Gnus., Iii c ti.,+�a t.n.+s zrsnrcnnrrru+�.se�i�ui1+3&33itifTi-"rias�rea.� ...a r;r,a'r,Hiias;� 2, sEG r1c)N WOOS-A2 FACTOR DEIGN CONCRETE FOP SEWER APPLICA71ONS, DART 2-PRODUC f.2-1 AZ FACTOR DESJGN,Item No. 2' Revise the first sentance to feat r'f rcvide a iTiinifTiUM wricrete C'uver of 2-incbe over B14EET i 5 OF 20 DEratL SI'CTION 1!y15 Add the f-Aov i'nZ mte.'Itu GO--,Nucha 100-30.s.+hall be �k )fust,mpuntgd and ati anchor bens and appurtenances alhall be stainless steel". } This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents referenced above and modifies the original Contract Documents and plans. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the space provided below,and on f,as" .Qj XoUr Bid Prougsai and note the outer envelope of your bid. Failure to acicrrawfedge receipt of this Addendum could subject bidder to disgLmfifcation. RGi�PT e+�i�rt%%,nest-r- n. ii 'itisin it 7 ID i.,.aLfn-D%dL"jF cc4c Trice, FA..Maoagw Title: Consultant Services s f� S'rssri;srq! i i[A=t Address �tJ I�h � X61 t� �•��' . 7 � ti f Te)eplscne: Es`�ie;>t Crr AE.iti3..ri..if� ��t� , � [,Tt,LIt�L�4 Add"um Nb. 2-Page 1 T9817 735 $18$ C ART6R & 13URCESS al/11/Q$ .11-42 P,GQ;!/UO3 CIT`lt`OF FORT WORTH DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEER NG ADDENDUM NO. 3 TO THE PiLANS AP40 SPECIFICATIONS AND CQNTRACT DOCUMENTS i FOR WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF- 5 WATER DEPARTIl1.ENT PROJECT NO. PS46-07DdM0220060 DQE.NO, 0660 Btu RECEIPT DATE. JANUARY 13,200 ADDENDUM t$SVE DANE: JANUARY 11,2000 The fallowing modifications,clefiftations, additions or dWet*ns Shall tw made to the appropriate sections of the Contract Documents: 1. StPECIF[CAIMIS VOLUME 1I Of U A. PART Da -ADOMONAL SPECIAL COtd)ITIONS Table of Cordonts, Item DA-12 and Itern DA-13, Remove t1v designati(m '{not us-edr. Insert the attached Item DA-12 and Rem DA-13. 2. AgGENUUM NUMBER 2 REMOVE ITEM NUMBER 2 OF ADDENDUM NVMet=R 2 for WF-6 in ice entirely. This Addendum forms a part of than Contmet Documents referenced above and modifies the originai Contract D*cunwnts and plans. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the apace provided below,and on P .;M 847 Qf yoLir Bid Fropo3al and nate the cuter envelope of your bid. Falturo to acknowledge receipt of this AdAendurn could subJeO bidderto&squalificafla . RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED: A_ Do las Rademaker, P.E., Director By: �Y.�-`� By: Mick Trice, P.E., Manager Title: Consultant Services Address: TelephoneE j :L1 p END OF ADDENDUM . _ . . .;P' {IVO-EN N;!IWr''A-21 32794 r Addendum No. 3--Page 1 IS 17 733 1188 C,idt'i"LR & 1;tr'RGrSS 01/11/00 11:42 P.003/006 PART DA - ADD TIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-12 WTERIOR MANHOLE COA'TIN'G-SPFLAY WALL SYSTEM: A. GGNERAL She This section governs all wort , materials and testing required for Me application of Interior manhole coating, Manholes designated for interim coating are frsted up tfte Manhole Rehabffitation Schedufe. lf" kW MaOhOie Cta'WV $116l MOO ft fegtairefnents 0 Mis Section or of E-V'Aipn DA-10, DA-1 1, DAA 3,or 0A.-I4. ?- De-scTiption The Cont-actor shaft be responsitale for the furnishing of all labor,supervision, materials, squyn"ll, and testft required for the completion of anterior oosting of manhoies h accordance with the Contract Documents- 3 11+fanufacturef's RecofnmendaUrts Materiels, mixture ratkrs,and procedures ut#iz� for the erxatirrg process shaft be in a,c�urciarrce with maoufacturees r na►+ciatirrr*' 4. h'lanholas Manholes to be coated are of brick. block, or concrete construction. AD manholes shall have a mintrnurta of One-half t112r R,ch specialty cernent ed rooting material {Qualex QM-1s or Reitner MSPy sprayed or truw6lled on coating oyer the original interior surt'aco- S- MATERIALS ?. orcope Tuts section governs the rnateieis required for completion of inferior coatirQ of manholes. 2• lntww Coating The +nterios casting "I be a proprelary two companeni 100 percent solids, rlgfd polyurethane system designated as Spray Wall as rnamifaq;tured by Sprayroq, Inc. 3. specialty Cement The spe661ty cernoant-basad coating material shall be ether Quadex CTM-is as manufactured by Quadex, In--or Reliner MEP as manufac fired by Standard Cement Materials 4. fi+taterlalldentificaboo The interior rrww4 ole coating mamTal sprayed onto the stfrfave of the manhole shall tm a urethane raw system turraulatsd for the appfioa�-to a&"tary sewer enviroameriL The spray system shall exhbit the physkal properties as follow& PropeStancfaro Long Term Value Tensile Stneno ASTM a-638 5,000 psi Flexural Stress AS"I M 0-790 10,000 psi Flexural Modulus ASTM D-790 550,00 psi 5. Mixing and twctling Mixing and handling of specialty cement material and interior coating material, which may be toxic under certain conditions shGli be in accordance with the rec�Qrnrnenrlatlotns or the rnanJact ver and in such a manner as to rninunize hazard to personnel. ft is t se responslWity of the Contractor to prVde appropriate#roue meswes to ensure that materiats are under corrlrof at 0 Mmes and are not avallabise to unauftr zed perso neei car anirr+afa, All equipment shah tae sub}ect to the approval of the Engiiaer- Only pwso cmW thcroughiy familiar with the handling of the-coating rnaterial stall perform the spray mating opt fabons and caaaling installations. G EXECUTION i- General Manhole sealing shat{ not tie installed until ss Vig of mar hole frame and grade arljustrnants, or partial manhole replacement when required for the manhole per the Manhole Rehabltitation S#aewe, is coo P tom. 2. Tie Normal lnt+arlor coating operation &hail be performed at temperatures of 40°i= or water. No appikatlan shall he matte when fraezing is axpedBd within 24 hours. a interior Mannd Coating A. The Interior costttN shell tae apoied to the manhole from the bottom of the from-* tea the W911 W�1i e l f WR it"Mvl b. The intenor coating shall to installed h accordance with the manufacturer's r�nda wi s and"fbilowing pfocedure 94 352131 Addendum 3— page 2 B817 736 6188 CaK17-R & 1WR+Gk&& 01/11/00 11:43 P.004/00e PART DA - ADDIMONAL SPECIAL CONDITION 1 J The sudace shalt be lhoroughy deaned of all fore-�jYr oiatonals and matter. Gleaning shafi be accornpisshed by using high pressure water spray (minimum 3540 psi at spray tip). cleaning with muriatic acid. degreaser, or other solvents as rxmdea n or:-to wnuve3 any fitrn or residue on the surface. 2) Plaae ctNW3 0vw 0V invert to preveM extrsnews matertal from entering the sa+ueM 3) Apply a minimum of one-half(1r2) ind-i spsciolty , mmt product (Quadw QM-19 or Reitrrer'MSP)smooth surface f©r the urethane coating material. 4) Spfey the urethane onto the manhole wal! and tench/trough with a m4nimum thlcknass of 125 mRs (0.125 lnches� Thickness to be vertlfablel through the use of methods acceptable to the Engin. 5) Coat trough area wAh specialty ce ment Droduct(Quactax Qf+t s or Rattner MSPl, 1. T"Ht g of Rsftiab+ritatpd lWanhos es a Testing of rehabilitated manholes fear Witness shall be performed by the Contractor atter operations are wmplete In a"ordance with Section DA•1$, D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment stall Ge based on ire Contract I,nd Pry par vartkai foot,nyasured from the bottom of the}rattle to the tap of the brach. The Contract Unit Price shsl! be payment in full for performing the work and for furnishing an labor, supervision. materials, equipment and material testing required to complete Me work. Grpertirrg. 'rf necessary, sitrM be mduded in the abosre unit price. Grrit, mq of tkse pipe seats. bench and 1r4+,O,wW io portipra d a�rekinho,e If regLwed by Manhole RehatAftation Work 5chadOe or re qudred to he done by the Engirieer,shall be paid for separately at the Contract Unit Price. DA-13 1NTERfOR MANHOLE COATING-RAVEN LINING SYSTEM: A- GENERAL 1. scope This section governs an work, materials and testing required for thea apptication of Interior manhole; coating. Manholes de s+gr!ated for#nkmor coating aro ItOo6 of thea MartK"RehabH t-anon Scheduler, It led In gectlon 1_ Interior manhole coating shall meet the rsqulremen'as of this 5ectiGn,or of Section DA-10,DA--11,DA-12,or DA-144. 2. Description The Contractor sh&4 be respbnslbia for the furnishing of all labor, supervision,rnatertais,equrprn&M, and testing required for the comp bon of intanor coating of manholes in accordarwe with the Contract Documents. 3. Manuf'acturer's Racommerndattorns materials,rmxture ratios, and pfooe&res utilized for"coming process shah ire lei acocKdan[;e with manufactumr's recorrurondatlons. 4. Manholes Manholes tq be coatod are of Drtck, block, or cvncTarte construction. All rrrarrholes shall have a mininwrn of one+raif(I 2)zpecialty cemeni-basad coeing material(Quaftx QM-1 s or Reimer MSP) sprayed or trowel lad on coating over the original interior surface. 2. MATERIALS 1. papa This section governs the m0erk s required for torr et4cin of lnterlor cooling of manholes. 2. Uitsrkx Coating Raven Ultra H4h-Build epoxy Coating. a two-part epoxy resin system using 1GO% solids based epoxy binder with ftbmus and flake fiffers, is manufactured by Raven Lining systems and aesigrrated at Raven 4175. 3. S.peciaty Cement The specialty cement-based grating materiat shall be el her Quadex QM-1s as manufactured by 0uadex, frrc,urReliner fviSf'as manufactured by Stanaard Cement Materials, 4. Maida/Iden Contractors will o rnrtplefelly l lentify the types of g�rhouL mortar. sealant,and/or root control rhemlcais prV�Mg Wj7 "yjjV `W" ll jWr[Vj ii V�Mr �!H o� 8f6 d tt+9 cigice of grouting materials based on Gnomical and physical propee,'es,ease of appllcatlon, and expected performance. These � grouting materials shall. be corripatkils with Raven 405 hte6ar coaling. The contractor shall be 90135201F Addendum 3—Page:3 8517 736 6186 CA3Y'1'3SR & 1ILM SS 131.31!040 11:44 P.Oo5i006 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS responst -for geUirsg apxovel from Raven lining systerns and/or the groat manufacturers for the use of these grouting matenaft. 5. Mixi v,rte H&166rrg MixiN and hartdting of interior coating, which may be tunic under certain conditions shall be m accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and In such a manner as to minimize hazard to persormet. tt Is the responslbliity of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective ffwmk v*s t6 ensure tha R matenats are under oorttroi at all times and are trot available to unau.tho&ad perrrsrwtel or animals. A9 aqu9mant shalt lea subiect to the approval of t#-�a Englnw, Coating sh:ail he pedam ed only by C€Afied agpticatafs approved by the manufacturers. C' EXECUTJON - C,eneral Manhoile 0oatng shall nest be psrformad ur;W sealing of manhole from frame and grade adjustments, pantel rnanhole replacemeanL manhole grrwttng or surer replacamentlrepairs are complete. 2. Temperatures Non int kx ooatkV olwaElor+ shall be performed at terr,peratures of 44°F of greater. filo appiic�"to rrirada w Nm freezing is expected within 24 hour, 3. Interior Manhole Coa(dng 0. Wnholess schwuloo(9r Interior c0ahng are"wn on the manhole Rehapilttation schedute. The interior coatir►g shM be applied to the manhote from the bottom of the manhole frame to Me bencWtrougn,including the bsrsc Wtrough. i7- The hier'lor ecafhg "I be 'installed in a=rdance with the manufacturar's recommendations and the folfowing procedure. 1) The surface prepa 7a ion shaft cumpty wAh the requirements of Section DA-8, SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MAWOLE RFrSTORATION, 2) Apply a rnk r�.of one-half(1/2)it specialty cement-based product (Quadex OM-1s or Renner MSP)smooth sodas for the ure+lane coating material. 3) The surface prior to appicatio+n may be damp but shall not have notmable free water droplets seep,N or running water. IsMeterW shall he spray applied per manufacturer's recontrnendatlons with a mirirruam thickness of 125 mils (0.125 inct7). 4) After the watts are meted, the wooden bench covens shall be removed and the be oh spfeyed to ttse s&,ne avefage and rn#rt *urn thicicrtess as required for the wells. 51 TNN fmal application shall have a minimum of three (3) hours cure lime or be sat hafd to the touch, be a being subjected to active flow. &) No applicatfws snail be(nade to frozen surfaces or if freezing is expected to occsar- in side the manhole within 24 hours after application. 4, Testing of RehabMaW MaMofeq a. After Trite epoxy liner has set Chard to touch),all visible pinholes shat be repaired. Repairs shai# be made by 4ghty abrading the stAace and brushing the lining rratef4 over the area. AJi Msters and evideruye of uneven cover shag he repaired ac_rzrchni; to the rnanufacturees rp,pmmendabono. 5pol check 9f coaVnj thic'kne'ss muy#e mp0e by Owners Representative, and the omtractor sha4 repair these areas as required,at no additional call to the Owner. b- Tesbng of rehabilitated manholes for watertightnass shall be performed by the Gontractw alter operations are Gtmote in accordance with.Section DA-18-VACUUM TESTING OF REHAB1LiTAT"Et) M'ANHMES, ❑. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment s4a4 be basrad on the Contract Unit Price par vertical foot,rneasured from the bottom of the fxarne to tate Lop of the hen h. The Centracl tinii Priw slti l he payment-in Lull For peftim.�'ag the work and for fun*.hhg ai labor, supervision, materials, equipment all testing necessary to complete the work. Payment for grouting of pipe seals,bench and trough and manhole wells shall be based on the Contract,Unit Price for each manhole actually grouted. 90135201 F Addert[frurt t 3- page 4 i ,.:t'3RaSS 3Td iG . 4 ', Qii6: CITY OF FORT WORT+4 DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING ADDENDUM NO. 4 To THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS F uk WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 WATER DEPARTIVI-E ,T PROiLC r No. P54-6-OT0460220080 DOE No. O'buo rHiD RE-CHFT DATE-.FA"riUARY i�,2OW ADi-0ENOUM MUS DATE. .;A UAR It 3, 2GOVt The follre3wiP_g rnadifi-6an!�. addMonc-Cr delAticr!s sttar? be made to Vne appropriate sections of the (�onh-act Oncurments- 4. SPECif-IGATION,S VOLUME 1 OF it A. PART A-NOTICE TO AIDDERS AND COMPREHEN51VE NOTICE TO BIDDERS: F irst 0erg greph, nhenr}e Bid Opening date from isnuary 13,2WO to-.IB nus D. CART 6 -PRvrGSAL rep!ace C. CITY STANDARD DETAIL : FIGURE 4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAlk UL IAIL Delete note number 4 (Full Width Replacement) and all referencas to note This Addendum forms a part of tare Contr-alot Documents ents refe+vnced ve wid modift" i tc or 1q,11 n$tt;,ontract Diimutn&oln on d pkA3. A6krwiw;*-dVfr rerenipt of ihis dam on ae r__ se s_ n t �_ a a a,� ■.sir s}r,a� 6}�r�lijua + "t .0j,a ii!Za`s RPREL s Bit', r�ri iti►5 as�d irG�c"�uric uu�cr. hiriefn:�.^T Yl:���ali#S��ir`r. RECEIPT AC KNOW LEDGED- A. Douglas Radernaker, R.E.. Director Fuck prrrir�t- -7 �r. Telephone .�,j_` S f ��C.a� U, ' 41i65~ A * 91U155Z01F Addendum No.4-Peg SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WEST FORK RELIEF SEINER SECTION WF-5 IN THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS VOLUME I OF II DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING PROJECT NO. 0660 WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECT NO. PS46-070460220080 December 1999 BOB TERRELL KENNETH BARR CITY MANAGER MAYOR HUGO A. MALANGA, P.E. A. DOUGLAS RADEMAKER• P.E. LEE C. BRADLEY,JR., P.E. DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR TRANSPORTATION 8 DEPARTMENT OF ENGtNEERiNG WATER DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS C"" CartweBurgess i 3880 Hulen Street r*.. �'�� .0 Fart Worth, Texas 70107 f JOHN H.�4N6]iR (817) 735-6000 rt'°`: E4694 :�% t���.,�E, gyp,•��a ._GICTEP C&B No. 90135291 F I z 17 41 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME I OF II 1 Part A - Notice to Bidders Comprehensive Notice to Bidders 2. Special Instructions to Bidders 3. Part B - Proposal: 4. City of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprise Requirements - 5. Part C - General Conditions 6. Part D - Special Conditions 7. Part Da - Additional Special Conditions 8. State Revolving Loan Fund (SRF) Requirements 9. Part E - Specifications a. City of Fort Worth Material (E-1 ) and Construction (E-2) Specifications (See latest version at the time of Bid Opening from City, not included herein) b. Special Specifications Section 01300: Submittals Section 02105: Preservation and Protection of Plant Materials Section 032111: Waste Material Disposal Section 02112: Potentially Petroleum Contaminated Materiai Handling & Disposal Section 02140: Dewatering Section 02160: Temporary Support of Excavation Section 02209: Site Preparation and Finishing Section 02220: Structural Excavation, Backfill and Compaction Section 02221: Excavation, Trenching, and Backfilling for Utilities Section 02220: Grading, Excavating and Backfilling Section 02500: Tunneling Section 02520: Tunnel Support System Section 02540' Monitoring Systems Section 02551: Gravity Sanitary Sewers Section 012570: Pine-in-Tunnel Installation Section 02575: Abrasive Cleaning of Pavement Section 02580: Tunnel Grouting Section 02601 : Manholes Section 03005: AZ Factor Design Concrete for Sewer Applications Section 03010: Shotcrete Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewers, Manholes, and Structures Section 03015: PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewers, Manholes and Structures Section 031030: Concrete 'Formwork Section 03200: Steel Reinforcement Section 03300: Cast-in-Place Concrete Section 15001: D-Load Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe Section 15051 : Centrifugal Cast Fiberglass Sewer Pipe 10. City of Fort Worth Standard Certificate of Insurance 11. Contractor Compliance With Worker's Compensation Law 12. Part F - Bonds: (City) a. City of Fort Worth Standard Performance Bond b. City of Fort Worth Standard Payment Bond c. City of Fort Worth Standard Maintenance Bond 13, Part G - Contract - Standard Form of Agreement 14, Part H - Prevailing Wage e Rates 1 VOLUME 11 OF II 15. Appendix A - Easements and Right-of-Way Agreements 16. Appendix B - Permits a. Corp 9 of Engineers - Section 404, Nationwide 26 and 12 (See attached letter) b. Tarrant County Water Control and Improvement District No. 1 C. Texas Historical Commission 17. Appendix C - Storm Water Pollution Prevention Pian 18. Appendix D - Geotechnical Report PART A NOTICE TO BIDDERS PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 Approximately 10,110 L.F. of 54" Diameter Gravity Sewer by open cut Approximately 250 L.F. 54" Diameter Gravity Sewer by other than open cut Associated Junction Boxes, Siphons Approximately 575 L.F. 8" Sanitary Sewer by open cut SEWER PROJECT NO. PS46-070460220080 DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING PROJECT NUMBER 0660 Addressed to Mr. Bob Terrell, City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas will be received at the Purchasing Office until 1:30 p.m., Janua[y 13, 2000 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:010 p.m. in the Council Chambers. Pians, Specifications and Contract Documents for this project may be obtained at the office of the Department of Engineering, Municipal Office Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fork Worth, Texas. One set of plans and documents will be provided for a deposit of $50.00, such deposit will be refunded if the document is returned in good condition within 10 days after bids are opened. Additional sets may be purchased on a non-refundable basis for $50.00 per set. Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion or segment of sheets from the Contract Documents at any time. Bidders shall submit the complete specifications book or risk rejection of bid. The improvements included in this project must be performed by a Contractor who is pre-qualified by the Water Department at the time of bid opening. The procedures for pre-qualification are outlined in the "Special Instructions to Bidders (Water Department)". A pre-bid conference will be held on Monday, December 27, 1999, at 10:00 a.m. with prospective bidders in Conference Room No. 270 on the second floor of the City 'Hall, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas. Bidders are encouraged to review the Plans and Specifications prior to the pre-bid conference. For additional information, please contact Mr. Gopal Sahu, P.E., Project Manager at the City of Fort Worth, at (817) 871-7949 or Mr. John Lindner, P.E. at (214) 920-8007. Advertising Dates: December 9,1999 December 16, 1999 A-1 COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following". West Fork Relief Sewer Section WF-5 Approximately 10,110 L,F. of 54" Diameter Gravity Sewer by Open Cut Approximately 250 L.F. of 54" Diameter Gravity Sewer by Other Than Open Cut Associated Junction Boxes, Siphons Approximately 575 L.F. of 8" Sanitary Sewer by Open Cut SEWER PROJECT NO. PS46-070460220080 DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING PROJECT NUMBER 0660 Addressed to Mr. Bob Terrell, City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas will be received at the Purchasing Office until 1:30 p-m.,_ January 13. 1999 , and then pubiiciy opened and read aloud at 2:00 p.m, in the Council Chambers, Plans, Specifications and Contract. Documents for this project may be obtained at the office of the Department of Engineering, Municipal Office Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas. One set of documents will be provided to prospective bidders for a deposit of $517.00; such deposit will be refunded if the documents are returned in good condition within 10 days after bids are opened. Additional sets may be purchased on a non-refundable basis for forty dollars ($50.00) per set. These documents contain additional information for prospective bidders. A pre-bid conference will be held on Monday, December 27, 1999, at 10:00 a.m. with prospective bidders in Conference Room. No. 270 can the second floor of the City Hall, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas. Bidders are encouraged to review the Plans and Specifications priDr to the pre-bid conference. The Affidavit Statement of the City of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprises Specifications must be submitted with the bid at the time of the bic opening. Failure to submit the Affidavit Statement with the bid shall result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. All bidders will be required to comply with provision 5159 of "Vernon's Annotated Civil Statues" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates and City Ordinance No. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. Bid Security is required in accordance with paragraph 1 of the Special Instructions to Bidders. A-2 Pre-qualification Rgquirements tot Water Department Work: The water and/or sanitary sewer improvements must be performed by a contractor who is are-qualified by the Water Department at the time of bid opening, A general contractor, who is not pre-qualified by the Water Depnrtment, must employ the services of a sub-contractor who is pre-qualified. The procedure for pre-qualification is outlined in the "Special instructions to Bidders (Water Department)". Bidders shall, if_applieable, identify on the last page cf the proposal section, the pre- qualified sub-contractor who shall install the water and/or sanitary sewer facilities. Failure to list a sub-contractor who is pre-qualified by the Water Department shall result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or ail bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of forty-nine (49) days from the date the M/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate is received - by the City. The award of contract, if made, will be within forty-nine (49) days after this documentation is received, but in no case will the award be made until the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is p-oposed to award the contract has been verified. Bioders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the Proposal form. Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non-responsive. Information regarding the status of Addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering at (817) 871-7910. Bioders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion or segment of sheets from the Contract Documents at any time. Bidders shall submit the complete specifications book or risk rejection of bid. Any contract or contracts awarded under this Notice to Bidders is (are) expected to be funded in part by a loan from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies or employees are, or will be, a party to this Notice to Bidders or any resulting contract. The contract or contracts are subject to regulations contained in 31 TAC, Chapter 363, in effect on the date this contract is executed. In accordance with the City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 11923, as amended by Ordinance No. 13471, the City of Fort Worth has goa s for the participation of Disadvantaged Enterprise in City contracts. A copy cf the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The Bidder shall submit the MBEIWBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate. The documentation must be received by the contracting department no later than 5:99 p.m., five (5) business days A-3 after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the contracting department to whom the delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the Documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. For additional information, please contact Mr. Gopal 5ahu, P.E., Project Manager at the City of Fort Worth, at (817) 871-7949 or Mr. John Lindner, P.E. at (214) 929-8097, BOB TERRELL GLORIA PEARSON CITY MANAGER CITY SECRETARY Department of Engineering A. Douglas Rademaker, P.E. ctor Advertising Dates: By. December-9-1999 Rick Trice, P.E. December 16, 1999 Manager, Consulting Services A-4 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (WATER DEPARTMENT) 1. PREQUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT: All contractors submitting bids are required to be pre-qualified by the Fort Worth Water Department prior to submitting bids. This pre- qualification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. It is the bidder's responsibility to submit the following documentation. a current financial statement, an acceptable experience record, an acceptable equipment schedule and any other documents the Department may deem necessary, to the Director of the Water Department at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date of the opening of bids, a. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State licensing agency and shall have been prepared as to reflect the financial status of the submitting company. This statement must be current and not more than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. b. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and technical level as that of the project for which bids are to be received. C. The Director of the Water Department shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability for financial qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. d. Bids received in excess of the bid limit shall be considered non-responsive and will be rejected as such. e. The City, in its' sole discretion, may reject any bid for failure to demonstrate experience and/or expertise. f. Any proposals submitted by a non-prequalified bidder shall be returned unopened, and if inadvertently opened, shall not be considered. g. The City will attempt to notify prospective bidders whose qualifications (financial or experience) are not deemed to be appropriate to the nature and/or the magnitude of the project on which bids are to be received. Failure to notify shall not be a waiver of any necessary prequalification. 2. 'BID SECURITY- A cashier's check or acceptable bidders bond payable to the City of Fort Worth in an amount of not less than five percent (5%) of the largest possible total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeiture in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the Contract Documents within (10) days after the contract has been awarded. To be an acceptable surety on the bond, (1) the name of S1-1 516199 90135207E the surety shall be included on the current U.S_ Treasury, or (2) the surety must have capital and surplus equal to ten times the limit of the bond. The surety must be licensed to do business in the State of Texas. The amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list or one-tenth (1/10) the total capital and surplus. 3. BONDS: A performance bond, a payment bond and a maintenance bond each for one hundred (100%) percent of the contract price will be required, Reference C 3-3-7. 4. WAGE RATES: Not less than the prevailing wage rates established by the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and as set forth in the contract documents must be paid on this project. 5. AMBIGUITY: In the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the Proposat the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the Proposal. 6. BIDDER LICENSE: Bidder must be a licensed Contractor in the State of Texas. 7. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g. Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the State in which the nonresident's principle place of business is located. "Nonresident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in the State of Texas, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in the State of Texas. This provision does not apply if this contract involves Federal funds. The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for the bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder, 8. PAYMENT: If the contract amount is $25,000 or less the contract amount shall be paid within forty-five (45) calendar days after completion and acceptance by the City. 9. AGE: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the Federal Government, Contractor covenants that neither it, nor any of its officers, members, agents, employees, program participants, or subcontractors while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan, or statutory requirement. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum age SI-2 516199 90135207F limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based up-on a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirements. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. 10. DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on, the basis of disability in the provisions of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors- Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the ADFA's provisions and any other applicable Federal, State and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify i and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parlies or subcontractors against City arising out of the contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. 11. MINORITY AND WQMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES. In accordance with the City of i Fort Worth Ordinance No. 11923 the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate The documentation must be received no later than 5:04 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide the Owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise {MBE} and/or a Women Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment thereof- Contractor further agrees to permit any audit and/or examination of any books, records, or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE ' and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements- Further, any such misrepresentation (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor bung determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a - period of time of not less than three (3) years- 12. AWARD OF CONTRACT: The Proposal (Part B of this specification) call for two different "Total Amount Bids". The total amount of Bid "A" is the sum of base bid secticns I, II, III SI-3 515199 80135207F and Alternate Bid Section IIA for AZ Pipe (or RTRP). Total amount of Bid "B" is the sum of base bid sections I, il, llf and Alternate Bid Section IIB for Thick Wail Pipe. The bidder must complete both bids A and B. Failure to do so will result in the bid being considered non-responsive. The City of Fort Worth will consider and compare both price and pipe type and may not necessarily award the contract based on the lowest overall bid price but reserves the right to select the lowest bid amount for either Bid "A" or Bid "B°. The City of Fort Worth reserves the right to award a contract in the best interest of the City, as the City determines in its sole opinion. In this regard, the City reserves the right to award a contract on the basis of either Bid A or Bid B, without regard to which bid is the lower bid, evaluating same to determine which bid is in the best interest of the City. Sl-4 516!99 90135207E West Fork Relief Sewer Section WF-5 C iV of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS APPLICATION OF POLICY f the total dollar value of the conbzct is$25,000 or more,the M/WBE goal is applicable. tf the total dollar vale Jorf the contract is less than$25,000,the M/WBE goal is not applicable. POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equ0ble participation by MinorityANomen Business Enterprises (M/WBE)in the procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis. The objective of the Policy is to increase the use of M/WBE firms to a level comparable to the availability of MNVBEs that provide goods and services directly or indirectly to the City. MIWBE PROJECT GOALS The City's MBENWBE goal on this project is 24%of the base bid value of the contract. COMPLIANCE To BID SPECIFICATIONS On City contracts of$25,000 or more,bidders are required to comply with the intent of the City's M/WBE Ordinance by either of the following: 1. Meet or exceed the above stated M/WBE goal,or; 2. Good Faith Effort documentation,or; 3. Waiver documentation. SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The appi'icable documents must be received by the Managing Department,within the following times allocated,in order for the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specificabons. 1. MNVBE Utilization Form: received by 5:00 p.m.,five(5) City business days after the bid opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date. 2. Prime Contractor Waiver Form: received by 5:00 p.m.,five(5)City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 3. Good Faith Effort Form- received by 5:00 p.m.,five{5)City business days after the bid opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S M/WBE ORDINANCE,WILL RESULT IN THE BID I3EING CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS. Any questions,please contact the MIWBE office at{817]871-6104. ATTACHMENT 1A Pagel of 2 City of Fort Worth Minority and Women gBusiness EnteWriise Specifications MBEMBE UTILIZ TJON - - r~I r [•1�V Jackson Construction, Inc. 1-20-00 PRIME COMPANY NAME OQ DATE ! I _ NfEST FQRK REL1EF 5E+++JR SECTION WF-6 DQE No.0660 `>ROJECT NAME PROJECT NUMBER Cm"S ktlrr-DE PROJECT GOAL: 24% NtAA%'BE PERCENTAGE ACHIEVED: 7%/ =ailure to complete this farm, In its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Departmen n or before 5:00 p.m. five (5)City business days atter bid opening,exclusive of bid opening date,will result in the bi ing considered non-responsive to bid specifications. Rhe undersigned bidder agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the MBE and/or WOE firms for work listed in thi. schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or knowin ,misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered no ,responsive to specifications. Company Name, Contact Certified Specify Ali Contracting Specify All Items to be Dollar Amount Name,Address, and Telephone Scope of Work(') Supplied(*) No. rc 0 _ X _ J/M Materials P. . Box 4Yb Dock & Hauling 1 $87500.00 Alvor , T X 800-856-8733 Judy Brown Europace, Inc . P. 0. Box 44 Da-/las , TX 75247 X Sand & Hauling 1 $87000.00 940--440-2933 Todd ar ey CPO—TeX Speding 3312 Jo ce Drive Fort Worth, TX 7611 X Hydromulching 1 $35000.00 817-244-6024 Gayle Jurachek MMBEs roust be located in the S(nine)county marketplace or currently doing business In the marketplace at the time of blit_ Specify all areas In which MWBE's are to be utilized and/or items to be supplied: A complete listing of Items to be supplied Is required In order to receive credit toward the MMBE goal. identify each Tier level. Tier:Means the level of subcontracting below the prkm cordracloficonsultant,i.e...a direct payrrwrrt from the prime contractor to a subcontractor Is considered to tier,a payment by a subcontractor to Its supplier Is cormidered 21 tier. THIS FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE MANAGING DEPARTMENT SY 5:00 p.m., FIVE(5)CITY BUSINESS DAYS AFTER 811D OPENING, EXCLUSIVE OF THE SID OPENING DATE Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1A must be received by the Managing department ATTACHMEN 1 Page 2 of CiY of Fort Worth Minority andWomen business Enterprise Specifications MBEMBE UTILIZATION Company Name„ Contact Name, Certified Specify Alt Contracting Specify All Items to be Dollar Amount Address, and Telephone No. Scope of Work(') Supplied(*) Ix The bidder further agrees to provide,directly to the City upon request,complete and accurate information regarding actu work performed by all subcontractors,including MBE(s)and/or WBE(s)arrangements submitted with this bid. The bio l( also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that r substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE(s) and/or WBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer c employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating.th contractor debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Fed a State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material brE_.c of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offer or and barred from participating in City work for a perio of time not less than one (1) year. T ALL MBEs,ind WBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BY THE CITY BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD Larry H. Jackson Authorized gignatufe Printed.Signature President Title Contact Name and Title (if different) Jackson Construction , Tnc . 517-572-3303 Company Name Telephone Number (s) 5112 Sun Valley Drive 817-478-0443 Address Fax Number Fort Worth, TX 76119 1-27-00 ' City/State/Zip Code Date THIS FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE MANAGING DEPARTMENT BY 5:00 p.m., FIVE (5)CITY BUSINESS DAYS AFTER Bi►., OPENING, EXCLUSIVE OF THE BID OPENING 'DATE Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1A must be received by the Managing Department Ydest Fork Relief Sewer Section WF-5 ATTACHMENT 1C - Pagel of 3 City of Fort W©dtY 7 _ Minority and Women Busln66 9.Ent6i*lse GOOD FAITH EFFORT - Jackson Construction, Inc. I-20-00 Prime Company Name Bid Date West Fork Relief Sewer WF-5 DOE No. 0560 Project Name Project Number E you have failed to secure MIWBE participation end you have subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities or if your fWBE participation is less than the City's project goal,you must complete this farm. If the bidder's method of compliance with the MNVBE goal is based upon demonstration of a "good faith effort", the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below, shall satisfy - the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder. Failur:1ocomplete this form,in its entirety with supporting dvczrmentation, and received by the Managing l}epaon or before 5:00 p.m. five {5)City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, sult in the bid being considered non-responsive to laid specifications, 1.3 Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity(DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS 3 which will be used in the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a MIWBE or noir-M/WBE. (Use additional sheets, if necessary) List of: Subcontracting Opportunities list of: Supplier Opportunities Portable Toilets Pipe & Fittings Manholes Sand Interior Manhole Coating Rack TV Inspection Hauling Hydromulch Rebar Bores Concrete HMAC West Fork Relief Sewer Section WF-5 ATTACHMENT tC Page 2 of 2.) Did you obtain a current list of MIWBE firms from the City's MANBE Office? The list is considered in compliance,if it is not more than 3 months old from the date of bid opening. X Yes Date of Listing 12 / 2 Pg No 3.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms,within the subcontracting andlor supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? Yes if yes,attach MNVBE mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated_ No copy of letter mailed. 4.) Did you solicit bids from MIWBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed,at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone, exclusive of the day the bids ar(- opened? X Yes If yes, attach list to include name of MNVBE firm, person contacted, No phone number and date and time of contact NOTE: A facsimile may be used to comply with either 3 or 4, but may not be used for both. If a facsimile is used, attach the fax confirmation, which is to provide MIWBE name, date, time, fax number and documentation faxed. E If a SIC list of MIWBE is ten or less,the bidder must contact the entire list to be in compliance withns 3 and 4. If a sic list of MIWBE is more than ten,the bidder must contact at least two-thirds of th4 not less than ten to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. 5.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential MIWBEs or information regarding the locationR of plans and specifications in order to assist the M/WBEs? X Yes No 6.) If MIWBE bids were received and rejected, you must: (t) List the MIWBE firms and the reason(s)for the rejection (i.e.,quotation not commercially reasonable, qualifications,etc.)and (2) Attach affidavit and/or documentation to support the reason(s) listed below(i.e. letters,memos, bids, telephone calls, meetings,etc.) (Please use additlonal sheets,ff necessary.and attach.) Company Name Telephone Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for Rejection Ray Redi Mix 473-8355, Cheryl Ray Concrete higher than o . T Tops Manhole 565-0837 Desi Manholes higher than o h--�, Texas Hydromu ch 249-6315 Randy Healer Hydromulch using other W TX Environmental 888-434-8249 W.Borg r H dromulch using other W E +' J Er Work done wl - 1 force, S & S Supply 267-4783 Sue Brown Interior Manhole coating Higher than otlg -j A.L.K. Enterprises 362-387-2856 Interior Manhole Coating Higher than othe Haukos Construction 972-386-4220 Trenching work clone with .- Sharon Haukos own`torces.. West Fork Relief Sewer Section WF-5 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 3 of 3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Please provide additional information you feel will further explain you good and honest efforts to obtain MIWBE participation on this project. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offer or and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (7) year. The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the MMIBE(s) listed was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any MlWBE(s) listed in Attachment 1C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the City's MIWBE Offi ce Larry H. Jackson Authorized Signature Printed Signature President Title Contact Name and Title (if different) Jackson Construction, Inc . 817-572--3303 Company Name Telephone Number(s) 5112 Sun Valley Drive 817-478-0443 Address Fax Number Port Worth, TX 76119 I-27-00 City/State/Zip Date r PART D - PROPOSAL (This Proposal must not be removed from this book of Contract Documents) TO: Mr. Bob Terrell Fort Worth, Texas City Manager 2000 City of Fort Worth, Texas FOR: WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING PROJECT NO. 0660 WATER PROJECT NO. PS 46-070460220080 Proposal For: The furnishing of all materials (except as specified to be furnished by the City), equipment and labor for the installation of sanitary sewer improvements, all necessary appurtenances and incidental work to provide a complete and serviceable project, designated as: Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders," the undersigned bidder, having thoroughly examined the contract documents, including plans, special contract documents, and the General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects, the site of the project and understanding the amount of work to be done, and the prevailing conditions, Standard Specifications and Standard Special Provisions (as amended by Special Provisions herein contained)for Public Works Department Projects for the City of Fort Worth, State of Texas Special Conditions for SRF Funding, the rules of the Texas Water Development Board, and Specifications of the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), hereby proposes to do all the work, furnish all labor, equipment and material, except as specified to be furnished by the City, which is necessary to fully complete the inspection and approval of the Director of the Engineering Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas; and binds himself upon acceptance of this proposal to execute a contract and furnish an approved Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and such other bonds, if any, as may be required by the Contract Documents for the performing and completing of the said work. Total quantities given in the Bid Proposal may not reflect actual quantities; however, they are given for the purpose of bidding on and awarding of the contract. Contractor proposes to do the work within the time stated and for the following sums: (Furnish and install, including all appurtenant work, complete in place, the following items): B-1 low WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 iy PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION I - WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER STRUCTURES 1. 1 LS Furnish and Install Siphon Structure WF-5A (243+91.00), Including Excavation, Structure, Backfill, Protective Coating System, Access Riser, Manhole Insert, and All Other Incidentals, for J, CL Dollars & -29 Cents per LS Q OF 2. 1 LS Furnish and Install Siphon Structure WF-513 (244+51.00), Including Excavation, Structure, Backfill, Protective Coating System, Access Riser, Manhole Insert, and All Other Incidentals, for WqDALa" Dollars & AD Cents per LS )7000a'd $ $ 3. 1 LS Furnish and Install Junction Structure WF- 5C (249+18.00) including Excavation, Structure Backfill, Protective Coating System, Access Riser, Manhole Insert and all other incidentals, for t Dollars & Cents per LS L $ $ 90135201 F B-2 December 1999 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION I WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER STRUCTURES 4. 1 LS Furnish and Install Junction Structure WF- 5D (249+46.00), including Excavation, Structure Backfill, Protective Coating System, Access Riser, Manhole Insert and all other incidentals, for is Dollars & Cents per LS $ 5. 1 LS Furnish and Install Siphon Structure WF-5E (258+02.77), including Excavation, Structure Backfill, Protective Coating System, Access Riser, Manhole Insert and all other incidentals, for. Dollars & Cents per LS $ '3 $ 6. 1 LS Furnish and Install Siphon Structure WF-5F (258+62.77), including Excavation, Structure Backfill, Protective Coating System, Access Riser, Manhole Insert and all other incidentals, for a4 Dollars & Cents per LS $ 06 $ May iL fi 90135201F B-3 December 1999 r WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION I WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER STRUCTURES 7. 1 LS Connect to Existing Junction Box WF-4D (STA 239+80.00), for Dollars & Cents per LS $ 8. 150 Cy Unclassified Structural Excavation, for U V Dollars & Cents per CY $ %AM SUBTOTAL SECTION I 90135201F B-4 December 1999 ;.��',t n"n 0 E 0 7 ; . I . I I I.n I . .r I A It I Ivi V f,11 v, V1 r 14 WEST FORK RE(IFF SEWER SECTION WF4 PAY APPIROXv De-scWT"OF ITEMS W1,19480 UNIT AMOUNT "I"EM QUMTTI.Y PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 11 1 0 PRICE SECTION IIWESTFORK RIEF SEWER BASE 810 i. 665 LF fuftsh an lin!AA Sewer(All to Ylk-hn—M and P.Wased Faolffies.Ex-covown. BC*Ml for Cents-W LF it, 2. 25 LF Asphalt Paverneat R"Ir per Figure 4.for Dollars Rc ................. Cents per LF 3, 9,"5 SY HMAC St"i4m Cie(Nn. 2-), met DA-;M,kN- rf Dollars& • .9 lay S 9013MIF 0-5A Addendum No.4-Page 2 VI f w it V w v 4 t q PM WEST F011K REL M+,SF-WLR 4ECTmWF-G PAY APPROX. I DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH 810 UNIT AMOUNT ITFm QUAWITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION-It WEST FORK RELtCF SEWER EVASE BW 4- 10275 LF Tmn,-,t Safotr*YW- m in Aa-wd-ano,-with the Spedlik--ations and OSHA Regulations.. and the Assumption of the Responsibillty of Said Protection System, and Implamentation.For Depths Over 5 FeeL for & / o - -Cents LF s JOcP-75 7 S, i L5. Tw—vch Sealy Qosign 40 4L Dollars& Cents per LS J:500 s /5001 1 V. 07146 SY P�gvvirizs Exis-.1m.9 Pavannen'on Rockwood Pad,Drivre.mand River est Gwritry Club,per DA-32,fw Dollars& c�5b v nm Baw(MkV)As&-ected by the E ' mer,S- ft DivW-nu 2 It 208,for & 22[8§ SY S. 9013520ir "A Addendum No-4-Page 3 I U )1 V q WEST FQRK RELIEF SEWER SECIIC44 WF-5 PAY APPROX. OF-SCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BIO UNITAMOUN MOUN ITEM QUAN11TY PPJCES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE SfCTtON It W-E$T FORK RELIEF WWER RA$"Sit) 13. 210 Ton Portland Cernent for PuNetized Mixed Base, per DA-32.for -4 —"pwToo 9. 6 EA Furnish and Install Standard 4' Diameter(up to Fdasp)Manhole,for & Gents-per EA 10, IT VF Addilional Depth for Standard 4' Morn~ Manhole(over 6-deep,for Doffars& 2 L-9 ContspervF $ IOD s 170U" Ii. V EA Fumish and Instaff Type W Manholes7,(up to v de-"},for LLOLeA Glalfars& Oto Qeats per EA 90135201F B-7A Addendum No.4 -Page 4 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION 11 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER BASE BID 12. 130 VF Additional Depth for Type"A" Manholes, for k 0) Dollars & Cents per VF $ 005U� 13. 4 EA Furnish and Install Standard 4' Diameter Drop Manhole (up to 6' deep), for Dollars & Cents per EA $ 14. 44 VF Additional Depth for Standard 4' Diameter Drop Manhole , for U Dollars & Cents per VF $ 15. 17 EA Abandon Existing Manhole, for v U Dollars & Cents per EA 90135201F B-8 December 1999 fi WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION 11 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER BASE BID 16. 160 VF Type "A" Manhole Interior Coating as per Additional Special Conditions (Da), for Dollars & Cents per VF oQ $C�6 Yon*- 17. 1 EA Cut & Plug Existing 6" Sanitary Sewer, for n dAw cL Dollars & Cents per EA 18. 3 EA Cut & Plug Existing 8" Sanitary Sewer, for AA dAlj,�' Dollars & Cents per EA 19. 8 EA Cut& Plug Existing 24" Sanitary Sewer, for Dollars & Cents per EA 7?x 20. 1 LS Readjust Grade of 36" RCP, (See Plan Sheet 12), for Dollars & Cents per LS 90135201F B-9 December 1999 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION 11 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER BASE BID 21. 3 EA Relocate Existing Service Lines to Proposed Manhole, See Plan Sheet 12, for Dollars & Cents per EA 22. 100 CY Crushed Limestone Backfill, for Dollars & Cents per CY $ cz 0.0co 23. 2 EA Stainless Steel Manhole inserts, for A4 ZIA6LiLL Dollars & 7W Cents per EA $ $ 24. 1 EA Manhole Inserts, for 7- Dollars & Cents per EA $ 25. 11,025 LF Post Construction Television Inspection of Sanitary Sewer Pipe, for Dollars & PC�oo-75- $ a Cents per LF 90135201F B-10 December 1999 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION 11 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER BASE BID 26. 21 EA Concrete Manhole Collars, for V Dollars & Cents per EA $ 27, 10,200 LF Pre-construction Television Inspection of Sanitary Sewer, for Dollars & Cents per LF $ C $ v 28. 88 LF Congete Encasement for 24" Sewer, for & Cents per LF $ $ 29. 88 LF Concrete qcasement foer6" Sewer, for JJI*W Dollars & Cents per LF $ $ 30. 1 LS Relocate Lions Club Service (approximately 400 Ill- ' 8" San' ary Sewer , for Dollars & 14,10 Cents per LS 90135201F B-11 December 1999 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 r PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION 11 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER BASE BID 31. 1 L.S. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, for Dollars & Cents per LS $ SUBTOTAL SECTION 11 OW P0 10 IF i 90135201E B-12 December 1999 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT —ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION IIA WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER AZ DESIGN ALTERNATE BID 1 5,499 LF Furnish and Install AZ Design 54" Sanitary Sewer 1100D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for co Dollars & -11'0 Cents per LF $ 95 $ 64?7 37S 2. 2,367 LF Furnish and Install AZ Design 54" Sanitary Sewer 1200D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Dollars & 9t1 Cents per LF $ $ 'q73 -- 3. 600 LF Furnish and Install AZ Design 54" Sanitary Sewer 1300D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Erujbedmenand Bacfill, for I Dollars & 0 U Cents per LF $ 4. 802 LF Furnish and Install AZ Design 54" Sanitary Sewer 1400D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Oil— hath? ,�A 0 Cp Dollars & Cents per LF $ 9013 5201 F B-13 December 1999 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS L PRICE BID SECTION IIA WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER AZ DESIGN ALTERNATE BID 5. 703 LF Furnish and Install AZ Design 54" Sanitary Sewer 1500D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for 6 n k 1A 1,eki d—) — j Dollars & Cents per LF $ $ 6. 135 LF Furnish and Install AZ Design 54" Sanitary Sewer 1600D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Dollars & j Cents per LF $ 7. 148 LF Furnish and Install 24" DIP Sanitary Sewer, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Dollars & Cents per LF 8. 148 LF Furnish and Install 36" DIP Sanitary Sewer, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Dollars & Cents per LF $ $ IQ' 90135201F B-14 December 1999 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION IIA WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER AZ DESIGN ALTERNATE BID 9. 809 LF Protective Coating for 54" RCP Pipe Alternate, for U Dollars & yto Cents per LF $ $ 10, 250 LF Furnish and Install AZ Design 54" Sanitary Sewer 1100D 0.01 Load, by Other Than Open Cut, for U Dollars & av �y Cents per LF $ s , SUBTOTAL SECTION IIA $ PW 1W 90135201E B-15 December 1999 r WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION 1113 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER THICK WALL PIPE ALTERNATE BID 1 5,499 LF Furnish and Install Thick Wall Pipe 54" 11P Sanitary Sewer 1100D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Dollars & Cents per LF $ $ 2. 2,367 LF Furnish and Intall 4hick k`Wall Pipe 54" fo Sanitary Sewer 1200D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Dollars & Cents per LF $ 3. 600 LF Furnish and nskll Thick Wall Pipe 54" Sanitary Sewer 1300D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for lul&(42 CL Am-u& Dollars & Cents per LF $ 00 4. 802 LF Furnish and Install Thick Wall Pipe 54" Sanitary Sewer 1400D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for r 7 Dollars & Cents per LF $ 90135201E B-16 December 1999 r 71 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION IIB WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER THICK WALL PIPE ALTERNATE BID 5. 703 LF Furnish and Install Thick Wall Pipe 54" Sanitary Sewer 1500D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Dollars & J44A Cents per LF $ $ -D 6. 135 LF Furnis andYnstall Thick Wall Pipe 54" Sanitary Sewer 1600D 0.01 Load, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Lp-4 Dollars & 01 V LIZO� Cents per LF $ $ F I P 7. 148 LF Furnish andInWall 24" DIP Sanitary Sewer, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Dollars & 74,,0 Cents per LF $ $ .5/0 8. 148 LF Furnish and Install 36" DIP Sanitary Sewer, Excavation, Embedment and Backfill, for Dollars & U U U Cents per LF $ 6 $ 90135201F B-17 December 1949 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION 1113 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER THICK WALL PIPE ALTERNATE BID 9. 250 LF Furnish and Install Thick Wall Pipe 54" 00 Sanitary Sewer 1100D 0.01 Load, by Other Than Open Cut, for lux za di Dollars & 75 Cents per LF $ YI' i $ R SUBTOTAL SECTION 1113 $ 77 90135201E B-18 December 1999 via f WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 r PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID [SECTION III - WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 1. 1 LS Mobilization Complete Including Installation of Field Offices, for , `'L , Dollars & Cents per LS $���� $ 2. 16 HR Screen, Analyze and Evaluate Potentially Petroleum Contaminated Areas (soils and water). Provide On-Site Personnel, including 15% Office Management Time and Appropriate Field Screening Device (SRF Non-Fundable), for c Dollars & o� • � Cents per Job Site Hour $ gs $ 3. 100 CY Load, Haul and Disposal of Petroleum Contaminated Material with 0 to 1500 PPM TPH (SRF Non-Fundable), for Dollars & Cents per CY $ $ woo 4 90135201F B-19 December 1999 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT —ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION III - WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 4. 100 CY Load, Haul and Dispose of Petroleum Contaminated Material with 1500 to 3000 PPM TPH (SRF Non-Fundable), for Dollars & Cents per CY $5 5. 1,000 GAL Handling Petroleum Contaminated Water (SRF Non-Fundable), for 11 Dollars & Cents per Gallon 6. 10 EA Soil Analysis for Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons by Method 418.1 to include Sample Shipping, Disposal and Report of Results (SRF Non-Fundable), for A0. Dollars & ID, Cents per EA 75 75-0 - 7. 10 EA Water Analysis for Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons by Method 418.1 to include Sample Shipping, Disposal and Report of Results (SRF Non-Fundable), for Dollars & Cents per EA 75 - $ 75D 90135201F B-20 December 1999 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION III - WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 8. 10 EA Soil Analysis for BTEX by Method 8020 to include Sample Shipping, Disposal and Report of Results (SRF Non-Fundable), for Dollars & )AID Cents per EA 7- 7! 9. 10 EA Water Analysis for BTEX by Method 8020 to include Sample Shipping, Disposal and Report of Results (SRF Non-Fundable), for Dollars & C— Cents per EA 75 $ wu—� 10. 10 EA Water or Soil Analysis for Total Organic Halogens (TOX) by SW846 Method 9020, including Sample Shipping, Disposal and Report of Results (SRF Non-Fundable), for Dollars & 0 Cents per Each $X5' 1 $ �75-0 ow 90135201 F B-21 December 1999 pw WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 r PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID SECTION III - WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 11. 10 EA Soil Analysis for Total Lead by SW846 Method 6010, including Sample Shipping, Disposal and Report of Results (SRF Non- Fundable), for Dollars & 0'. Cents per EA 12. 10 EA Soil Analysis for TCLP Metals, including Sample Shipping, Disposal and Report of Results (SRF Non-Fundable), for I, Jig' Dollars & Cents per EA 13. 1 EA Soil Analysis for TCLP Volatiles, including Sample Shipping, Disposal and Report of Results (SRF Non-Fundable), for Dollars & Cents per EA 90135201E B-22 December 1999 PP WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE SECTION III -WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 14. 1 EA Soil Analysis for TCLP Base Neutrals and Acid Compounds, including Sample Shipping, Disposal and Report of Results (SRF Non-Fundable), for Dollars & - v— CentsperEach 15. 50 CY Ballast Stone for Misc. Placement, for V Dollars & Cents per CY Cx) $ 16, 25 CY Class "E" (1500#) Concrete for Misc. Placement, for Dollars & Cents per CY 601- $ 17. 20 CY Class "B" (2500#) Concrete for Misc. Placement, for Dollars & co Cents per CY 90135201F B-23 December 1999 WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER SECTION WF-5 PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE BID [SE ON III -WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 18. 1 LS Installation and Maintenance of Silt Fence and Hay Bales for Erosion Control as Shown on the Plans and as directed by the Engineer, for Dollars & Cents per CY SOD[)- 11 19, 1 LS Traffic Control Devices, Includes Type III Barricades, Warning Signs, Chain Link Fence, for. Include Installation, Maintenance, and Removal of Traffic Control Devices. Dollars & Cents per LS $ po 20. 7,450 LF Seeding, for Dollars & P Cents per LF $ i $ 21Y760 SUBTOTAL SECTION III $ 90135201F B-24 December 1999 n 1�I K V V 4, January 3,2000 WEST FOW RELREF SEWER SECT=Vff 4 SUMMARYOFOM SECTION 1 -WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER STRUCTURE SWTOTAL am Check ProtacWe Coating Used for Structures- w. Shatcrete Corrosion Protection Section 03010 Mastic(POW nyf Chloride)Corrosion Protection Secdon 03015 . ............. SECTION 14-V FORK RELIF-F SESAIFOR BASE 811r., SU13TOTAL 910 Chec* Maw L'sed for Sewer Pipe Less Than 24-.- PVC Pipe SDR-35 (PER EI-25) PVC Pipe PS-46 WER E-1-27) PVC Pipe Composite (PER E1-24) PVC Plpe Corrugated(PER E1-31) a. SEPT; I+I IIA-WE!ST FMK RELIEF SEWERDESIGN ALTERNATE M W BTUTAL 1119 1 al Chock MaUwialsr Used: AZ Devon RCP WS1#� 3�' Pw0301T ',AZ Des*RCP wdftstic(Polyvinyl Chloride)Qxro4mon Prot �Section OW15* Cevfx�Cast Mw_$ass Reirftood Pipe SECTION M-WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER THICK WALL PIPE ALTERNATE 810"W SECTM4 iff -MtS"CELLAMEOM iM MEMS Lz e. B-25A Addendum No. I -Page 5 PM A i h n Ar r.t AA A I Asn n Y n nn nn nn A I t A J r A1. i A AAI . Xi tis tXr jixVAV fl 4 N{[ r�K {{ k ...a A!i i L El V Y V 3l Y 4 V U r +i J 7 t V V �u�1 It I . V l 4 i�M 4 January 3.2000 .. WEST FORK RELIIEF SERER SECTION WF-5 5UMMARY Of ISIDS 8 Aj 1) t�� • ALTMATE BID#A"TOTAL AMOUNT BID -WF-4 � WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER WITH AZ DESIGN (Sections I+U + IIA+III) 1 � .AMOUNT WRITTEN OUT IN W£tl q ALTERNATE BIO "B"TOTAL AMOUNT BI[)-WF-4 WEST FORK RELIEF SEINER WITH THICK WALL PIPE ►� AMOUNT WRITTEN OUT W WO Contradw shal!bid the s=of Sacdom 1,It, IIA and it'# for 8W A, Cmtrador shall bid the 6=of Soctkma 1, 1', M w4 141 for SkI B. .See ftem 12 "AWARD OF C-ONTRACT"of SPst CtkwW to BWdeft. NOTE: I- r* "rte pipe t MGIW and ixote ft Used, MA for both Altema *V mutt to the tod deled -re n-s-I e, �. *protective tatlnba#1 be in tailed In.�! shy on PW.�. EN00 t?F ADDEND WJ 6-26A Addendum No. 1 -Page 6 PART B -PROPOSAL (cont.) Within ten (10) days after acceptance of this Proposal, the undersigned will execute the formal contract and will deliver an approved Surety Bond and such other bonds as required by the Contract Documents, for the faithful performance of the Contract. The attached bid security in the amount of 5% is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, in the event the contract and bond or bonds are not executed and delivered within the time above set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby. The undersigned bidder certifies that he has been furnished at least one set of the General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects dated January 1, 1978, and that he has read and thoroughly understands all the requirements and conditions of those General Documents and these specific Contract Documents and appurtenant plans. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400. The Contractor agrees to begin construction within 30 calendar days after issue of the work order by the Owner and to substantially complete the contract within 240 calendar days and final completion of contract within 270 calendar days of issuance of work order as set forth in the written work order to be furnished by the Owner. (Complete A or B below, as applicable:) A. The principal place of business of our company is in the State of Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business are required to be— percent lower than P, resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statute is attached. Nonresident bidders in the State of our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. Receipt is acknowl d of the following addenda: pa Addendum No. 1 Addendum No. 2 Addendum No. 3 Respectfully submitted, CC N�t AA� N\4- ( SEAL ) BY: V If Bidder is Corporation. TITLE: ADDRESS: 90135201F B-27 December 1999 P, PROSP CTIVE PRIME CONTRACTOR'S (BIDDER) STATEMENT ABOUT EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE I have participated in previous contract(s) or subcontract(s) subject to the equal opportunity clause under Executive Orders 11246 and 11375 or preceding Executive Orders 10925 and 1114. 1 have filed all reports due under the requirements contained in 40 CFR, Part C, 8.11. I have not participated in previous contract(s) subject to the equal opportunity clause under Executive Orders 11246 and 11375 or preceding Executive Orders 10925 f and 1114. I will obtain a similar statement from any proposed subcontractor(s). (Signature and Title of Prospective Prime or Subcontractor's Representative) jai N J(JL_CkA C A,,t- (Printed or typ6d Name of Title of Prospective Prime or Subcontractors Representative) vi a FS y2, (Name and Address of Prospective or Subcontractor) 90135201F B-28 December 1999 PART C GENERAL CONDITIONS PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS NOVEMBER, 1, 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS C1-1 DEFINITIONS C1-1.1 Definition of Terms C1-1 (1) C1-1.2 Contract Documents C1-1 (1) C1-1.3 Notice to Bidders CI-1 (2) C1-1.4 Proposal C1-1 (2 ) C1-1.5 Bidder C1-1 (2) C1-1. 6 General Conditions C1-1 (2) C1-1. 7 Special Conditions C1-1 (2) C1-1. 8 Specifications Cl-1 (2) C1-1. 9 Bond C1-1 (2) C1-1.10 Contract C1-1 (3) C1-1.11 Plans C1-1 ( 3 ) C1-1.12 City Cl-1 (3) C1-1,13 City Council C1-1 ( 3 ) C1-1.14 Mayor C1-1 ( 3 ) C1-1.15 City Manager C1-1 (3 ) C1-1.15 City Attorney C1-1 (3 ) C1-1..17 Director of Public Works Cl-1 (4 ) C1-1. 18 Director, City Water Department C1-1 (4 ) C1-1.19 Engineer C1-1 (4 ) C1-1.20 Contractor Cl-1 (4 ) C1-1. 21 Sureties Cl-1 (4) Ci-1. 22 The Work or Project C1-1 (4 ) Ci-1,23 Working Day C1-1 (4 ) C1-1 .24 Calendar Day C1-1 (4 ) C1-1.25 Legal Holiday C1-1 (4 ) C1-1. 25 Abbreviations CI-1 (5 ) C1-1. 27 Change Order C1-1 (6 ) C1-1.28 Paved Streets and Alleys C1-1 (6 ) C1-1.29 [unpaved Streets and Alleys C1-1 (6 ) Cl-1. 30 City Streets C1-1 (6 ) C1-1.31 Roadway Ci-1 (6 ) C1-1.32 Gravel Street C1-1 (6 ) r C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2.1 Proposal Form C2-2 (1) C2-2.2 Interpretation of Quantities C2-2 (1) C2-2.3 Examination of Contract Documents and Site C2-2 (2) C2-2.4 Submitting of Proposal C2-2 (3) C2-2.5 Rejection of Proposals C2-2 (3 ) C2-2.6 Bid Security C2-2 (3) (1) C2-2.7 Delivery of Proposal C2-2 (4 ) C2-2.8 Withdrawing Proposals C2-2 (4 ) C2-2. 9 Telegraphic Modification of Proposals C2-2 (4 ) C2-2.10 Public Opening of Proposal C2-2 (4 ) C2-2.11 Irregular Proposals C2-2 ( 4 ) C2-2.12 Disqualification of Bidders C2-2 (5 ) C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS C3-3.1 Consideration of Proposals C3-3 (1) C3-3. 2 Minority Business Enterpise Women-Owned Business Enterprise compliance C3-3 (1) C3-3. 3 Equal Employment Provisions C3-3 (1) ., C3-3 . 4 Withdrawal of Proposals C3-3 (2 ) C3-3 .5 Award of Contract C3-3 (2 ) C3-3 . 6 Return of Proposal Securities C3-3 (2 ) C3-3 . 7 Bonds C3-3 (2 ) C3-3. 8 Execution of Contract C3-3 (4 ) C3-3.9 Failure to Execute Contract C3-3 (4 ) C3-3.10 Beginning Work C3-3 (4 ) C3-3.11 Insurance C3-3 (4 ) C3-3.12 Contractor ' s Obligations C3-3 (7 ) C3-3 .13 Weekly Payroll C3-3 (7) C3-3.14 Contractor ' s Contract Administration C3-3 (7) C3-3. 15 Venue C3-3 (8 ) C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK C4-4.1 Intent of Contract Documents C4-4 (1 ) C4-4. 2 Special Provisions C4-4 (1) C4-4 .3 Increased or Decreased Quantities C4--4 (1 ) C4-4. 4 Alteration of Contract Documents C4-4 (2) C4-4. 5 Extra Work C4-4 (2 ) C4-4 . 6 Schedule of Operations C4-4 (3 ) C4-4. 7 Progress Schedules for Water and Sewer Plant Facilities C4-4 (4 ) C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C5-5.1 Authority of Engineer C5-5 (1 ) C5-5.2 Conformity with Plans C5-5 (1 ) C5-5. 3 Coordination of Contract Documents C5-5 (2) C5-5. 4 Cooperation of Contractor C5-5 (2 ) C5-5. 5 Emergency and/or Rectification Work C5-5 (3 ) C5-5. 6 Field Office C5-5 (3) C5-5. 7 Construction Stakes C5-5 (3) C5-5. 8 Authority and Duties of Inspectors C5-5 (4 ) C5-5. 9 Inspection C5-5 (5 ) C5-5.10 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work CS-5 (5 ) C5-5.11 Substitute Materials or Equipment C5-5 (5) C5-5.12 Samples and Tests of Materials C5-5 (6 ) C5-5.13 Storage of Materials C5-5 (6) C5-5.14 Existing Structures and utilities C5-5 (7) C5-5. 15 Interruption of Service C5-5 (7 ) C5-5.16 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors C5-5 (8 ) C5-5.17 Cleanup C5-5 (8 ) C5-5.18 Final Inspection C5-5 (9 ) (2) C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6.1 Laws to be Observed C6-6 (1) C6-6.2 Permits and Licenses C6-6 (1) C6-6. 3 Patented Devices, Materials and Processes C6-6 (1) C6-6.4 Sanitary Provisions C6-6 (2) C6-6. 5 Public Safety and Convenience C6-6 (2) C6-6.6 Privileges of Contractor in Streets, Alleys, and Right-of-Way C6-6 ( 3 ) C6-6. 7 Railway Crossings C6-6 (4 ) C6-6.8 Barricades, Warnings and Watchmen C6-6 (4 ) C6-6. 9 Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, etc. C6-6 (5 ) C6-6.10 work Within Easements C6-6 (6 ) C6-6.11 Independent Contractor C6-6 (8 ) C6-6.12 Contractor ' s Responsibility for Damage Claims C6-6 (8 ) C6-6.13 Contractor 's Claim for Damages C6-6 (10) C6-6.14 Adjustment of Relocation of Public Utilities, etc. C6-6 (10 ) C6-6.15 Temporary Sewer Drain Connections C6-6 (10) C6-6.16 Arrangement and Charges of water Furnished by City C6-6 (11) C6-6.17 Use of a Section of Portion of the Work C6-6 (11 ) C6-6.18 Contractor ' s Responsibility for work C6-6 (11 ) C6-6. 19 No Waiver of Legal Rights C6-6 (12) C6-6 . 24 Personal Liability of Public Officials C6-6 (12) C6-6.21 State Sales Tax C6-6 (12 ) C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS C7-7.1 Subletting C7-7 (1 ) C7-7.2 Assignment of Contract C7-7 (1 ) C7-7. 3 Prosecution of the Work C7-7 (1) C7-7. 4 Limitations of Operations C7-7 (2 ) C7-7. 5 Character of Workman and Equipment C7-7 (2) C7-7. 6 Work Schedule C7-7 (3 ) C7-7.7 Time of Commencement and Completion C7-7 (4 ) C7-7. 8 Extension of time of Completion C7-7 (4 ) C7-7.9 Delays C7-7 (4 ) C7-7.10 Time of Completion C7-7 (5) C7-7. 11 Suspension by Court Order C7-7 (6 ) C7-7.12 Temporary Suspension C7-7 (6 ) C7-7.33 Termination of Contract due to National Emergency C7-7 (7) C7-7.14 Suspension of Abandonment of the Work and Annulment of Contract C7-7 (7) C7-7.15 Fulfillment of Contract C7-7 ( 9) C7-7.16 Termination for Convenience of the Onwer C7-7 (10 ) C7-7.17 Safety Methods and Practices C7-7 (13 ) C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C8-8 .1 Measurement of Quantities C8-8 (1) CB-8.2 Unit Prices C8-8 (1 ) (3 ) C8-8. 3 Lump Sum C8-8 (1 ) CS-8. 4 Scope of Payment CS-8 (1 ) C8-8. 5 Partial Estimates and Retainage C8-8 (2 ) C8-8.6 Withholding Payment C8-8 (3 ) C8-8. 7 Final Acceptance C8-8 (3 ) C8-8 . 8 Final Payment C8-8 (3 ) C8-8 . 4 Adquacy of Design C8-8 (4 ) CS-8. 14 General Guaranty C8-8 (4 ) C8-8.11 Subsidiary Work C8-8 (5 ) C8-8.12 Miscellaneous Placement of Material C8-8 (5 ) C8-8 .13 Record Documents C8-8 (5 ) (4 ) G CONSTRUCTION NOTE2 1. Applicable design and details shall conform to "General Contract Documents and Specifications for Water Department Pro)ects" (GCD) effective July 1, 1978 , with the latest revisions. 2 . All horizontal blocking, cradle blocking, and vertical tie-down blocking to be in accordance with Fig. (s) 9, 10, and 11 of the GCD. 3 . Fire hydrants shall be located a minimum of 3 '-0" behind the face of curb per Fig. 5 GCD. 4 . All gate valve installations for sizes up to 1211 are to be per Fig. 3 GCD and sizes 16" and larger Fig. 4 GCD. F 5. The proposed water and/or sewer mains at times will be laid close to other existing utilities and structures both above and below the ground. The contractor shall make necessary provisions for the support and protection of all utility poles, fences, trees, shrubsgas mains, telephone cables, TU cables, drainage pipes, utility services, and all other utilities and structures both above and below the ground during construction. It is the contractor' s responsibility to notify all utility owners prior to any construction in the area and verify the actual location of all buried utilities that may or may not be shown on the plans. The contractor shall preserve and protect all underground and overhead facilities and be responsible for any damage he may cause to them. The Contractor shall contact the following @ least 48 hours prior to excavating at each location: Fort Worth Water Department 871-8306 Lone Star Gas Company Metro (214) 263-3444 Texas Utility Service Company 336-2328 Southwestern Bell Telephone Company Enterprise 9800 Western Union Cable Division (214) 939-1930 Sammons Cable T.V. 737-4731 6. Contractor 'shall verify the elevation, configuration, and angulation of existing line prior to construction of tie-in materials. Such verification shall be considered as subsidiary cost of project and no additional compensation will be allowed. Elevation adjustments at connections may be made with bends, offsets, or joint deflections. All nonstandard bends shall be made using the closest standard M.J. fittings with the required Joint deflections. (deflections not to exceed manufacturer's recommended deflection per joint) 7 . Contractor shall keep at least one lane of traffic open at all times during construction and access to all places of business and residence at all times. (reference C6-6. 5 GCD) 8 . No excavated materials, backfill materials, equipment, or supplies shall be stored within floodways or drainage easements. (reference C6-6. 6 GCD) 9 . Trenches which lay outside existing or future pavements shall be backfilled above the top of the embedment with Type "C" backfill material. When Type "C" backfill material is not suitable, at the direction of the Engineer, Type "S" material shall be used. All backfill material shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% proctor density by means of tamping only. Trenches which cross under existing or future pavement shall be backfilled per Fig. "A" with 95% proctor density by jetting, tamping, or a combination of such methods. lO.Rim elevations of the proposed sanitary sewer manholes in repaved streets are shown as final finished grades in these plans. They shall be constructed to 15" below final finished grade by utility contractor and adjusted by paving contractor in accordance with Fig. M of the special contract documents. Manhole inserts and concrete collars shall be installed where indicated on the plans per E-100-4 and Fig. 121 of the special contract documents respectively. Standard four foot diameter manholes shall be in accordance with section E2A, Fig. 103 and Fig. 104 GCD, standard four foot drop access manholes per Fig. 107 GCD, and shallow manholes per Fig. 106 GCD. 11 .The top of the water lines shall be a minimum of 3'-6" below the top of the curb for 1211 and smaller mains except where otherwise shown on these plans. 12 .Ai1 water meters shall be placed or relocated V-011 behind the face of the proposed curb or as directed by the Engineer. 13 .All existing water services shall be replaced with 1" minimum copper tubing unless a larger size is indicated on the plans. Corporation stops shall be fully opened prior to trench backfill. Curb stops with lock wings shall be tested for full flow when the system is pressure tested. Extend 1" water services to those lots where no water services have been extended to. Locate these services at normal locations or as directed by the Engineer. a.The normal location of water service lines shall be 5' east or north of the center of the property frontage. b.For 40' or less lot frontage, all water services shall be placed 18" from the east or south property line. r rPART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C1-1 'DEFINITIONS FSECTION C1-1 DEFINITIONS C1-1 . 1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS : Whenever in these Contract Documents the following terms or pronouns in place of them are used , the intent and meaning shall be understood and interpreted as follows: C1-1 . 2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are all of the written and drawn documents , such as specifications , bonds , addenda , plans , etc. , 'which govern the terms and performance of the contract . These are contained in the General Contract Documents and the Special Contract Documents. a. GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS : The General Contract Documents govern all Water Department Projects and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Sample) White PART B - PROPOSAL (Sample) White PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS [CITY] Canary Yellow (Developer) Brown PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Green PART E - SPECIFICATIONS E1-White E2-Golden Rod f E2A-White PERMITS/EASEMENTS Blue PART F - BONDS (Sample) White PART G - CONTRACT (Sample) White b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the General. Contract Documents and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement) Same as above PART B PROPOSAL (Bid) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E - SPECIFICATIONS r" PERMITS/EASEMENTS PART F - BONDS PART G - CONTRACT ir PART H - PLANS (Usually bound separately) Cl-1 (1 ) C1-1 . 3 NOTICE TO BIDDERS : All of the legal publications either actually published in public advertising mediums or furnished direct to interested parties pertaining to the work contemplated under the Contract Documents constitutes the notice to bidders. C1-1 . 4 PROPOSAL: The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to perform the work which the Owner desires to have done, together with the bid security, constitutes the Proposal , which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially received by the Owner, has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner. C1-1 . 5 BIDDER ; Any person , persons , firm, partnership , company, association, corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, submitting a proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents , constitutes a bidder. C1 -1 . 6 GENERAL CONDITIONS : The General Conditions are the usual construction and contract requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be carried on in accordance with the customary procedure, the local statutes , and requirements of the City of Fort Worth ' s charter and promulgated ordinances . Wherever there may be a conflict between the General Conditions and Special Conditions , the latter shall take _ precedence and shall govern. C1 -1 . 7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS : Special conditions are the specific requirements which are necessary for the particular project covered by the Contract Documents and not specifically covered in the General Conditions . When considered with the _ General Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of the project. C1-1 . 8 SPECIFICATIONS : The Specifications is that section or part of the Contract Documents which sets forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials, construction, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed and useful project. Whenever reference is made to standard specifications, regulations, requirements , statutes , etc . , such referred to documents shall become a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were embodied therein. C1-1 . 9 BOND : The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnished by the Contractor for the prompt and Cl-1 (Z) faithful performance of the contract and include the following: a. Performance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7 ) b. Payment Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) C. ;Maintenance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7 ) d. Proposal or Bid Security (see Special Instructions to Bidders, Part A and C2-2.6) C1-1 . 10 CONTRACT: The Contract is the formal signed agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering the mutual understanding of the two contracting parties about the project to be completed under the Contract Documents. C1-1 . 11 PLANS : The plans are the drawings or reproductions therefrom made by the Owner' s representative showing in detail the location , dimension and position of the various elements of the project , including ,such profiles , typical cross-sections, layout diagrams, working drawings, preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as the Owner may issue to clarify other drawings or for the purpose of showing changes in the work hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately from other parts of the Contract Documents , but they are a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were bound therein. C1-1 . 12 CITY : The City of Fort Worth, Texas , a municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes , acting by and through its governing body or its City Manger , each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties . Responsibility for final enforcement of Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager . The terms City and Owner are synonymous. C1 -1 . 13 CITY COUNCIL : The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. C1-1 . 14 MAYOR : The officially elected Mayor, or in his absence, the Mayor Pro tem of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. C1-1 . 15 CITY MANAGER: The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas , or his duly authorized representative. C1-1 . 16 _CITY ATTORNEY: The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas , or his duly authorized representative. Cl-1 (3 ) C1-1 . 17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS: The duly appointed official of the City of Fort Worth , referred to in the Charter as the City Engineer, or his duly authorized representative. C1-1 . 18 DIRECTOR, CITY WATER DEPARTMENT: The duly appointed Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth , Texas , or his duly authorized representative , assistant, or agents. C1-1 . 19 ENGINEER: The Director of Public Works, the Director of the Fort Worth City Water Department , or their duly authorized assistants , agents , engineers , inspectors , or superintendents , acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. C1 -1 . 20 CONTRACTOR: The person , persons , partnership , company, firm, association, or corporation , entering into a - contract with the Owner for the execution of the work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative . A sub-contractor is a person, firm, corporation, or others under contract with the principal contractor , supplying labor and materials or only labor, for work at the site of the project. C1-1 . 21 SURETIES: The Corporate bodies which are bound by such bonds are required with and for the Contractor . The sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all requirements as set forth in the Contract Documents and approved changes therein. Cl-1 . 22 THE WORK OR PROJECT: The completed work contemplated in and covered by the Contract Documents , including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor, materials , tools , equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and serviceable project. C1-1 . 23 WORKING DAY: A working day is defined as a calendar ay, not including Saturdays, Sundays , and legal holidays , in which the weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a period of not less than seven ( 7 ) hours between 7: 00 a.m. and 6 : 00 p.m. , with exceptions as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6. C1-1 . 24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. Cl-1 . 25 LEGAL HOLIDAYS : Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City employees as follows: Cl-1 (4 ) r 1. New Year's Day January 1 2. M. L. Icing, Jr. Birthday Third Monday in January 3 . Memorial Day Last Monday in May 4. Independence Day July 4 5. Labor Day First Monday in September 5. Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November 7. Thanksgiving Friday Fourth Friday in November " 8 . Christmas Day December 25 9. Such other days in lieu of holidays as the City Council r may determine When one of the above named holidays or a special holiday is declared by the City Council , falls on Saturday, the holiday r shall be observed on the preceding Friday or if it falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday, by those employees working on working day operations . Employees working calendar day operations will consider the calendar holiday as the holiday. C1-1. 26 ABBREVIATIONS .- Wherever the abbreviations defined herein appear in Contract Documents , the intent and meaning shall be as follows: AASHTO - American Association of MGD - Million Gallons Per State Highway Transportation Day Officials ASCE - American Society of Civil CFS - Cubic Foot per Engineers Second LAW - In Accordance With ASTM - American Society of Min. - Minimum Testing Materials Mono.- Monolithic AWWA American Water Works % - Percentum Association R - Radius ASA - American Standards Association I.D. - Inside Diameter HI - Hydraulic Institute O. D . - outside Diameter Asph. _ Asphalt Elev.- Elevation Ave. Avenue F - Fahrenheit Blvd. - Boulevard C - Centigrade CI - Cast Iron In. - Inch CL - Center Line Ft. - Foot GI - Galvanized Iron St. - Street Lin. - Linear or Lineal CY - Cubic Yard 1b. - Pound Yd. - Yard MH - Manhole SY - Square Yard Max. - Maximum L.F. - Linear Foot D.I. - ductile Iron Ci-1 (5 ) C1- 1 . 27 CHANGE ORDER : A " Change order" is a written supplemental agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering some added or deducted item or feature which may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in the scope of the project on which bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities stated in the proposal are not the subject matter of a Change order unless the increase or decrease is more than 258 of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal. All " Change orders " shall be prepared by the City from information as necessary furnished by the Contractor . C1-1 . 28 PAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS : A paved street or alley shall be defined as a street or alley having one of the following types of wearing surfaces applied over the natural unimproved surface; 1. Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material. 2. Any type of asphalt surface treatment , not including an oiled surface , with or without separate base material. 3. Brick, with or without separate base material. 4. Concrete, with or without separate base material. - 5 . Any combination of the above. C1-1 . 29 UNPAVED STREETS OR ALLEYS: An unpaved street, alley, roadway or other surface is any area except those defined above for "Paved Streets and Alleys. " C1-1 . 30 CITY STREETS: A city street is defined as that area between the right-of-way lines as the street is dedicated. C1-1 . 31 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two ( 2 ' ) feet back of the curb lines or four ( 4 ' ) feet back of the average edge of pavement where no curb exists. C1-1 . 32 GRAVEL STREET: A gravel street is any unpaved street to which has been added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural material found on the street surface before any improvement was made. C1-1 (5 ) SECTION C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL SECTION C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2 . 1 PROPOSAL FORM: The Owner will furnish bidders with proposal form, which will contain an itemized list of the items of work to be done or materials to be furnished and upon which bid prices are requested. The Proposal form will state the Bidder ' s general understanding of the project to be completed, provide a space for furnishing the amount of bid security , and state the basis for entering into a formai contract. The Owner will furnish forms for the Bidder ' s "Experience Record, " "Equipment Schedule, " and "Financial Statement, " all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director of the City Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent Y public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an ' appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the current financial status. This statement must be current and not more than one ( 1 ) year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared , the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. Liquid assets in the amount of ten ( 108 ) percent of the estimated project cost will be required. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project , it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are to be received, and such experience must have been on projects completed not more than five (S ) years prior to the date on which are to be received . The Director of the Water department shall be sole judge as to the acceptability of experience for qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and state that he will rent such additional equipment as may be required to complete the project on which he submits a bid. C2-2 . 2 INTERPRETATION OF UANTITIES : The quantities of work and materials to be furnished as may—Be listed in the proposal C2-2(1) forms or other parts of the Contract Documents will be considered as approximate only and will be used for the purpose of comparing bids on a uniform basis. Payment will be made to the Contractor for only the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in strict accordance with the Contract Documents and Plans . The quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided , without in any way invalidating the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the Contract Documents. C2-2 . 3 EXAMINATION_ OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT: Bidders are advised that the Contract Documents on file with the Owner shall constitute all of the information which the Owner will furnish. All additional information and data which the owner will supply after promulgation of the formal contract documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. Bidders are required, prior to the filing of proposal, to read and become familiar with the Contract Documents , to visit the site of the project and examine carefully all local conditions , to inform themselves by their own independent research and investigations, tests, boring, and by such other Means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be encountered during the construction of the project . They must judge for themselves the difficulties of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the work or the time required for its completion, and obtain all information required to make an intelligent proposal. No information given by the Owner or any representative of the Owner other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the Owner. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates , investigation , research, tests , explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the investigations , examinations and tests herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be allowed. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, showing on the plans are for general information only and may not be correct. Neither the C2-2(2) Owner nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of conditions which actually exist. C2-2 . 4 SUBMITTING of PROPOSAL: The Bidder shall submit his Proposal on the form furnished by the owner. All blank spaces applicable to the project contained in the form shall be correctly filled in and the Bidder shall state the prices , written in ink in both words and numerals , for which he proposes to do the work contemplated or furnishe the materials required. All such prices shall be written legibly. in case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in numerals, the price most advantageous to the City shall govern. If a proposal is submitted by an individual, his or her name must be signed by him (her) or his (her) duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm , association , or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given , and the proposal must be signed by a member of the firm, association , or partnership , or by a person duly authorized . If a proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. The corporate seal must be affixed. Power of Attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposal must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. C2-2. 5 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be rejected if they show any alteration of words or figures , additions not called for , conditional or uncalled for alternate bids , r incomplete bids, erasures , or irregularities of any kind, or contain unbalance value of any items . Proposal tendered or delivered after the official time designated for receipt of op proposal shall be returned to the Bidder unopened. C2-2 . 6 BID SECURITY: No proposal will be considered unless it is accompanie y a "Proposal Security" of the character and in the amount indicated in the "Notice to Bidders" and the "Proposal. " The Bid Security is required by the owner as evidence of good faith on the part of the Bidder, and by way of a guaranty that if awarded the contract, the Bidder will within the required time execute a formal contract and furnish the required performance and other bonds. The bid security of the three lowest bidders will be retained until the contract R is awarded or other disposition is made thereof . The bid security of all other bidders may be returned promptly after the canvass of bids. C2-2( 3) C2-2 . 7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered , accompanied by its proper Bid .Security, to the City Manager or his representative in the official place of business as set forth in the "Notice to - Bidders . " It is the Bidder ' s -sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidder must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL, " and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders. " The envelope shall be r addressed to the City Manager, City Hall, Fort Worth, Texas. C2-2 . 8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the City Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals . A request for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing , addressed to the City Manager , and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed ma , at the option of the Owner , be returned unopened. C2-2 . 9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals , provided such telegraphic communication is received by the City Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight ( 48 ) hours after the proposal opening time , no further consideration will be given to the proposal. C2-2 . 10 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSAL: Proposals which have been properly filed and or which no "Non-consideration Request" has been received will be publicly opened and read aloud by the City Manager or his authorized representative at the time and place indicated in the "Notice to Bidders. " All proposals which have been opened and read will remain on file with the Owner until the contract has been awarded. Bidders or their authorized representatives are invited to be present for the opening of bids. C2-2 . 11 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS: Proposals shall be considered as being "Irregular" if they show any omissions, alterations of form, additions , or conditions not called for , unauthorized alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind. However, the C2-2(4 ) owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities and to make the award of the contract to the best interest of the City. Tendering a proposal after the closing hour is an irregularity which cannot be waived. C2-2 . 12 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS : Bidders may be disqualified and their proposals not considered for any of , but not limited to, the following reason: a. Reasons for believing that collusion exists among bidders. 1 b. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for work contemplated. C. The bidder being interested in any litigation against the Owner or where the owner may have a claim against or be engaged in litigation against the bidder . d. The bidder being in arrears on any existing contract or having defaulted on a previous contract. e. The bidder having performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. f. Lack of competency as revealed by the financial statement , experience record, equipment schedule, and such inquiries as the Owner may see fit to make. g. Uncompleted work which , in the judgment of the Owner , will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. h. The bidder not filing with the owner , one week in advance of the hour of the opening of proposals the following: do 1. Financial Statement showing the financial condition of the bidder as specified in Part "A" - Special Instructions. 2. A current experience record showing especially the projects of a nature similar to the one under consideration , which have been successfully completed by the Bidder. 3. An equipment schedule showing the equipment. _the bidder has available for use on the project. The Bid Proposal of a bidder who , in the judgment of the Engineer , is disqualified under the requirements stated rherein, shall be set aside and not opened.. r C2-2(5) r PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS SECTION C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: C3-3 . 1 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS: After proposals have been opened and read aloud, the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices , the quantities shown in the proposal , and the application of such formulas or other methods of bringing items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract Documents. The total obtained by taking the sum of the products of unit prices quoted and the estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may enter into the cost of the completed project will be considered as the amount of the bid. [roti] the award of the contract is made by the Owner , the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and waive technicalities, to re-advertise for new proposals, or to proceed with the work in any manner as maybe considered for the best interest of the Owner. C3-3 . 2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Contractor agrees to provide to owner , upon request , complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and or a a Woman-owned Business Enterprise (WBE ) on the contract and the payment therefor. Contractor further agrees , upon request by Owner , to allow and audit and/or an examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE or WBE. Any material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the contract and for initiating any action under appropriate federal , state or local laws and ordinances relating to false statements ; further , any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor at Owner ' s discretion for bidding on future Contracts with the owner for a period of time of not less than six (6 ) months. C3-3 . 3 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall comply with Current City Ordinance prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. C3-3 ill The Contractor shall post the required notice to that effect on the project site , and, at his request , will be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth ' s Equal Employment Officer who will refer any qualified applicant he may have on file in his office to the Contractor.. Appropriate notices may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer. C3-3 . 4 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS : After a proposal has been rea7 by the Owner it cannot be withdrawn by the Bidder within forty-five ( 45 ) days after the date on which the proposals were opened. C3- 3 . 5 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The Owner reserves the right to withholdfinal action on the proposals for a reasonable time , not to exceed forty-five ( 45 ) days after the date of opening proposals, and in no event will an award be made until after investigations have been made as to the responsibility of the proposed awardee. The award of the contract, if an award is made, will be to the lowest and _best responsible bidder. The award of the contract shall not become effective until the Owner has notified the Contractor in writing of such award. C3-3 . 5 RETURN OF PROPOSAL SECURITIES: As soon as proposed price totals have been determined for comparison of bids , the Owner may , at its discretion , return the proposal security which accompanied the proposals which , in its judgment , would not be considered for the award . All other proposal securities, usually those of the three lowest bidders , will be retained by the Owner until the required contract has been executed and bond furnished or the Owner has otherwise disposed of the bids, after which they will be returned by the City Secretary. C3-3 . 7 BONDS : With the execution and delivery of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall furnish to, and file with the Owner in the amounts herein required, the following bonds: a. PERFORMANCE BOND : A good and sufficient performance bond in an amount not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise , guaranteeing the full and faithful execution of the work and performance of the contract, and for the protection of the Owner and all other persons against damage by reason of negligence of the Contractor , or improper execution of the work or the use of inferior materials . This performance C3-3 (2 ] bond shall guarantee the payment for all labor , materials, equipment, supplies , and services used in the construction of the work, and shall remain in full force and effect until provisions as above stipulated are accomplished and final payment is made on the project by the City. b. MAINTENANCE BOND : A good and sufficient maintenance bond, in the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt , full and faithful performance of the general guaranty which is set forth in paragraph C6-8.10. C. PAYMENT BOND: A good and sufficient payment bond, in an amount not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract , as evidenced -by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful payment of all claimants as defined in Article 5160 , Revised Civil Statutes of Texas , 1925 , as amended by House Bill 344 Acts 55th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959 , effective April 27 , 1959 , and/or the latest version thereof, supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract being constructed under these specifications . Payment Bond shall remain in force until all payments as above stipulated are made. d. OTHER BONDS: Such other bonds as may be required by these Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Contractor. No sureties will be accepted by the owner which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the owner. All bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and shall be executed by an approved surety company doing business in the City of Fort Worth , Texas , and which is acceptable to the owner , In order to be acceptable, the name of the surety shall be included on the current Q . S . Treasury list of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and Surety Company. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the owner, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect and the Contractor shall immediately provide a C3r3 (3) new surety satisfactory to the owner. No payment will be made under the contract until the new surety or sureties , as required, have qualified and have been accepted by the Owner. The contract shall not be operative nor will any payments be due or paid until approval of the bonds by the owner. C3-3 . 8 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: Within ten (10 ) days after the Owner has by appropriate resolution, or otherwise, awarded the contract, the Contractor shall execute and file with the Owner the Contract and such bonds as may be required in the Contract Documents. No contract shall be binding upon the owner until it has been attested by the City Secretary , approved as to form and legality by the City Attorney, and executed for the Owner by either the Mayor or City Manager. C3-3 . 9 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT : The failure of the Awardee to execute the required bond or bonds or to sign the required contract within ten ( 10 ) days after the contract is awarded shall be considered by the Owner as an abandonment of his proposal, and the Owner may annul the Award. By reason of the uncertainty of the market prices of material and labor , and it being impracticable and difficult to accurately determine the amount of damages occuring to the Owner by reason of said awardee ' s failure to execute said bonds and contract within ten ( 10 ) days , the proposal security accompanying the proposal shall be the agreed amount of damages which Owner will suffer by reason of such failure on the part of the Awardee and shall thereupon immediately be forfeited to the Owner. The filing of a proposal will be considered as an acceptance of this provision by the Bidder. C3-3 . 10 BEGINNING WORK: The Contractor shall not commence work until authorized in writing to do so by the Owner . Should the Contractor fail to commence work at the site of the project within the time stipulated in the written authorization usually termed the "work Order" or "Proceed Order* , it is agreed that the Surety Company will , within ten ( 10 ) days after the commencement date set forth in such written authorization, commence the physical execution of the contract. C3-3 . 11 INSURANCE: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all the insurance required under the Contract Documents, and such insurance has been approved by the Owner . The prime Contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub-contractors ' C3-3 [4 ) certificate of insurance for approval. The prime contractor shall indicate on the certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not his insurance covers sub-contractors . It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all sub-contractors. - a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE : The Contractor shall maintain, during the life of this contract , Workers ' Compensation Insurance on all of his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract, and for all sub-contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Workers ' Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate employer ' s general liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees not so protected. b. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract Contractor ' s Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance ) in an amount not less than $ 500 , 000 covering each occurrence on account of bodily injury, including death , and in an amount not less than $ 500 , 000 covering each occurrence on account of property damage with $2,000,000 umbrella policy coverage. C. ADDITIONAL LIABILITY : The Contractor shall furnish insurance as separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the above-mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public liability and property damage, the following insurance: 1. Contingent Liability ( covers General Contractor ' s Liability for acts of sub-contractors) . 2. Blasting, prior to any blasting being done. 3. Collapse of buildings or structures adjacent to excavation ( if excavations are to be performed adjacent to same) . 4. Damage to underground utilities for $500,000. C3-3 (5) 5. Builder' s risk (where_ above-ground structures_ are involved) . 6. Contractual Liability ( covers all indemnification requirements of Contract) . d. AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain , during the life of this Contract, Comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance in an amount not less than $ 250 , 000 for injuries including accidental death to any one person and subject to the same limit for each person an amount not less than $500 , 000 on account of one accident , and automobile property damage insurance in an amount not less than $100, 000. e. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD : The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his sub-contractors , respectively , against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him, and also against any of the following special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. f. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in amounts and by carriers satisfactory to the Owner . ( Sample attached. ) All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub- contractor , should the Prime Contractor ' s insurance not cover the sub-contractor ' s work operations. g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING : The insurance and bonding companies with whom the Contractor ' s insurance and performance , payment, maintenance and all such other bonds are written shall be represented by an agent or agents having an office located within the city limits of the C3-3 (6) City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County , Texas . Each such agent shall be a duly qualified, one upon whom service of process may be had , and must have authority and power to act on behalf of the insurance and/or bonding company to negotiate and settle with the City_ of . Fort Worth, or any other claimant, any claims that the City of Fort Worth or other claimant or any property owner who has been damaged , may have against the Contractor , insurance, and/or bonding company. If the local insurance representative is not so empowered by the insurance or bonding companies, then such authority must be vested in a local agent or claims officer residing in the Metroplex, the Fort Worth-Dallas area. The name of the agent or agents shall be set forth on all of such bonds and certificates of insurance. C3- 3 . 12 CONTRACTOR ' S OBLIGATIONS: Linder the Contract, the Contractor shall pay for all materials , labor and services when due. C3 -3 . 13 WEEKLY PAYROLL: A certified copy of each payroll covering payment of wages to all person engaged in work on the project at the site of the project shall be furnished to the op Owner's representative within seven ( 7 ) days after the close of each payroll period. A copy or copies of the applicable minimum wage rates as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times during the course of the Contract . Copies of the wage rates will be furnished the Contractor, by the Owner, however, posting and protection of the wage rates shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, C3-3 . 14 CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Any Contractor, whether a person , persons , partnership , company , firm , association , corporation or other who is approved to do business with and enters into a contract with the City for construction of water and/or sanitary sewer facilities , will have or shall establish a fully operational business office within the Fort Worth-Dallas metropolitan area . The Contractor shall- charge, delegate, or assign this office ( or he may delegate his Project Superintendent ) with full authority to transact all business actions required in the performance of the Contract . This local authority shall be �r made responsible to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work governed by the Contract whether it be administrative or otherwise and as such shall be empowered, thus delegated and directed, to settle all material, labor or other expenditures, all claims against the work or any other C3-3 (7 iexz; 7£113 matter associated such as maintaining adequate and appropriate insurance or security coverage for the project . Such local authority for administration of the work under the Contract shall be maintained until all business transactions executed as part of the Contract are complete. Should the Contractor ' s principal base of operations be other than in the Fort Worth-Dallas metropolitan area, notification of the Contractor ' s assignment of local authority shall be made in writing to the Engineer in advance of any work on the project, all appropriately signed and sealed, as applicable, by the Contractor ' s responsible officers with the understanding that this written assignment of authority to a local representative shall become part of the project Contract as though bound directly into the project documents . The intent of these requirements is that all matters associated with the Contractor ' s administration, whether it be oriented in furthering the work, or other, be governed direct by local authority. This same requirement is imposed on insurance and surety coverage. Should the Contractor 's local representative fail to perform to the satisfaction of Engineer, the Engineer, at his sole discretion , may demand that such local representative be replaced and the Engineer may, at his sole discretion , stop all work until a new local authority satisfactory to the Engineer is assigned . No credit of working time will be for periods in which work stoppages are in effect for this reason. C3 -3 . 35 VENUE : Venue of any action hereinunder shall be exclusively in Tarrant County, Texas. C3-3 (8 ) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK C4-4 . 1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite intention of these Contract Documents to provide for a complete, useful project which the Contractor undertakes to construct or furnish , all in full compliance with the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents . It is definitely understood that the Contractor shall do all work as provided for in the Contract Documents, shall do all extra or special work as may be considered by the Owner as necessary to complete the project in a satisfactory and acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in these Contract Documents, furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment , special services , and incidentals ! necessary to the prosecution and completion of the project. C4 -4 . 2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS : Should any work or conditions ' which are not thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by General or Special Conditions of these Contract Documents be anticipated, or should there be any additional proposed work which is not covered by these Contract Documents, then "Special Provisions" covering all such work will be prepared by the owner previous to the time of receiving bids or proposals for such work and furnished to the Bidder in the form of Addenda. All such *Special Provisions" shall be considered to be a part of the Contract Documents -- just as though they were originally written therein. C4-4 . 3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices. Such increased or decreased quantity shall not be more than 25 ' percent of the contemplated quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original quantity .- of any item or items of work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25 percent or more, then either party to the contract shall upon written request to the other party be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work above or below the 25 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal ; such revised consideration to be determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for *Extra Work. * No allowance will be made for any changes in r anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as rt r C4-4 (1) r PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION C4-4 SCOPE OF WORT{ C4-4 . 1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite intention of these Contract Documents to provide for a complete, useful project which the Contractor undertakes to construct or furnish , all in full compliance with the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents . It is definitely understood that the Contractor shall do all work as provided for in the Contract Documents, shall do all extra or special work as may be considered by the Owner as necessary to complete the project in a satisfactory and acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in these Contract Documents, furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment , special services , and incidentals necessary to the prosecution and completion of the project. C4-4 . 2 SPECIAL_ PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which are not thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by General or Special Conditions of these Contract Documents be anticipated, or should there be any additional proposed work which is not covered by these Contract Documents, then "Special Provisions" covering all such work will be prepared by the owner previous to the time of receiving bids or proposals for such work and furnished to the Bidder in the form of Addenda. All such "Special Provisions" shall be considered to be a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were originally written therein. C4-4. 3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices. Such increased or decreased quantity shall not be more than 25 percent of the contemplated quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original quantity of any item or items of work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25 percent or more, then either party to the contract shall upon written request to the other party be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work above or below the 25 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal , such revised consideration to be determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for "Extra Work. " No allowance will be made for any changes in anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as C4-4 (1 ) waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents. variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories , shall be interpreted herein as applying to the overall quantities or sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size, but not to the various depth categories. C4-4 . 4 ALTERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By Change Order, the Owner reserves the right to make such changes in the Contract Documents and in the character or quantities of the work as may be necessary or desirable to insure completion in the most satisfactory manner , provided such changes do not materially alter the original Contract Documents or change the general nature of the project as a whole. Such changes shall not be considered as waiving or invalidating any condition or provision of the Contract Documents. C4-4 . 5 EXTRA WORK: Additional work made necessary by changes and alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents, shall be defined as "Extra Work" and shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with these Contract Documents or approved additions thereto; provided , however , that before any extra work is begun a "Change Order" shall be executed or written order issued by the Owner to do the work for payments or credits as shall be determined by one or more combination of the following methods: a. Unit bid price previously approved. b. An agreed lump sum. C, The actual reasonable cost of (1 ) labor, (2 ) rental of equipment used on the extra work for the time so used at Associated General Contractors of America current equipment rental rates ; ( 3 ) materials entering permanently into the project, and ( 4 ) actual cost of insurance , bonds , and social security as determined by the Owner, plus a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to exceed 10% of the actual cost of such extra work. The fixed fee is not to include any additional profit to the Contractor for rental of equipment owned by him and used for the extra work. The fee shall be full and complete compensation to cover the cost of superintendence, overhead, other profit , general and all other expense not included in ( 1 ) , ( 2 ) , ( 3 ) , and ( 4 ) above. The Contractor shall keep accurate cost records on the form and in the method C4-4 (2) suggested by the Owner and shall gime the Owner access to all accounts , bills , vouchers , and records relating to the Extra Work. No "Change Order" shall become effective until it has been approved and signed by each of the Contracting parties. No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the Owner . In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation, he shall make written request to the Engineer for written orders authorizing such Extra Work , prior to beginning such work. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof , and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep an accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof as provided under method ( Item C ) . Claims for extra work will not be paid unless the Contractor shall file his claim with the Owner within five ( 5 ) days before the time for making the first estimate after such work is done and unless the claim is supported by satisfactory vouchers and certified payrolls covering all labor and materials expended upon the said Extra Work. The Contractor shall furnish the owner such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the Owner to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. The compensation agreed upon for 'extra work' whether or not iniitia.ted by a 'change order ' shall be a full , complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or extra work, whether said costs are known , unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost , or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result or the change or extra work. C4-4 . 6 SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS: Before commencing any work under this contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and receive the Owner ' s approval thereof, a "Schedule of Operations , " showing by a straight line method the date of commencing and finishing each of the major elements of the contract. There shall be also shown the estimated monthly cost of work for which estimates are to be expected. There C4-4 [3 ) shall be presented also a composite graph showing the anticipated progress of construction with the time being - plotted horizontally and the percentage of completion plotted vertically. The progress charts shall be prepared on 8-1/2" x 11" sheets and at least five black or blue line prints shall be furnished to the owner. C4-4 . 7 PROGRESS SCHEDULES FOR WATER AND SEWER PLANT FACILITIES: Within ten ( 10 ) days prior to submission of - first monthly progress payment , the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner for approval six copies of the schedule in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the work, the date of which he will start the several major activities ( including procurement of materials, plans, and equipment ) and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The schedule shall be in the form of a time schedule Critical Path Method (CPM) network diagram. As the work progresses , the Contractor shall enter on the diagram the actual progress at the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also revise the schedule to reflect any adjustments in contract time approved by the Engineer . Three copies of the updated schedule shall be delivered at such intervals as directed by the Owner. As a minimum, the construction schedule shall incorporate all work elements and activities indicated in the proposal and in the technical specifications. Prior to the final drafting of the detailed construction schedule , the Contractor shall review the draft schedule with the Engineer to ensure the Contractor ' s understanding of the contract requirements. The following guidelines shall be adhered to in preparing the construction schedule: a. Milestone dates and final project completion dates shall be developed to conform to time constraints , sequencing requirements and completion time. b. The construction process shall be divided into activities with time durations of approximately fourteen ( 14 ) days and construction values not to exceed $50 , 000 . Fabrication , delivery and submittal activities are exceptions to this guideline. C4-4 (4 ) C, Durations shall be in calendar days and normal holidays and weather conditions over the duration of the contract shall be accounted for within the duration of each activity. d. One critical path shall be shown on the construction schedule. e. Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities of the CPM construction schedule. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Owner. f. Thirty days shall be used for submittal review unless otherwise specified. The construction schedule shall as a minimum be divided into general categories as indicated in the Proposal and Technical Specifications and each general category shall be broken down into activities in enough detail to achieve activities of approximately fourteen C14 ) days duration. For each general category, the construction schedule shall identify all trades or subcontracts whose work is represented by activities that follow the guidelines of this Section. For each of the trades or subcontracts , the construction schedule shall indicate the following procurements , construction and preacceptance activities and events in their logical sequence for equipment and materials. 1. Preparation and transmittal of submittals. 2. Submittal review periods. 3 . Shop fabrication and delivery. 4 . Erection or installation. 5 . Transmittal of manufacturer ' s operation and maintenance instructions. 6. Installed equipment and materials testing. 7. Owner' s operator instruction (if applicable) . 8. Final inspection. C4-4 (5 ) 9 . Operational testing. 10. Final inspection. If , in the opinion of the Owner , work accomplished falls behind that scheduled , the Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve his progress. In addition, the Owner may require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his program and proposed plan to make up lag in scheduled progress and to insure completion of the work within the contract time . If the Owner finds the proposed plan not acceptable , he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction plant and equipment , the number of work shifts or the overtime operations without additional cost to the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements shall be considered grounds for determination by the owner that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified. C4-4 (6) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C5-5 CONTROL OF WORD AND MATERIALS SECTION C5-5 CONTROL OF WORD AND MATERIALS C5-5. 1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER: The work shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents . He shall decide all questions which arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished , work performed,, rate of progress of the work, overall sequence of the construction , interpretation of the Contract Documents , acceptable fulfillment of the contract, compensation, mutual rights between Contractor and Owner under these Contract Documents , supervision of the work, resumption of operations, and all other questions or disputes which may arise . Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor ' s means , methods , techniques , sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precaution and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for Contractor ' s failure to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents. He shall determine the amount and quality of the work completed and materials furnished , and his decisions and estimates shall be final . His estimates in such event shall be a condition to the right of the Contractor to receive money due him under the Contract. The Owner shall have executive authority to enforce and make effective such necessary decisions and orders as the Contractor fails to carry out promptly. In the event of any dispute between the Engineer and Contractor over the decision of the Engineer on any such matters , the Engineer must, within a reasonable time , upon written request of the Contractor, render and deliver to both the Owner and Contractor, a written decision on the matter in controversy. C5-5. 2 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS: The finished project in all cases shall conform with lines , grades , cross-sections , finish, and dimensions shown on the pians or any other requirements otherwise described in the Contract Documents . Any deviation from the approved Contract Documents required by the Engineer during construction will in all cases be determined by the Engineer and authorized by the Owner by Change Order. C5-5 (,1) C5-5 . 3 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS : The Contract Documents are made up of several sections , which , taken together , are intended to describe and provide for a complete and useful project, and any requirements appearing in one of the sections is as binding . as. though it occurred in all sections. In case of discrepancies, figured dimension shall govern over scaled dimensions , plans shall govern over specifications, special conditions shall govern over general conditions and standard specifications, and quantities shown on the plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal . The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission in the Contract Documents , and the Owner shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for the fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents . In the event the Contractor discovers an apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call this condition to the attention of the Engineer. In the event of a conflict in the drawings, specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the award of Contract , the Contractor shall be deemed to have quoted the most expensive resolution of the conflict. C5-5 . 4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor will be furnished with three sets of the Contract Documents and shall have available on the site of the project at all times one set of such Contract Documents. The Contract shall give to the work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer , his inspector , and other Contractors in every possible way. The Contractor shall at all times have competent personnel available to the project site for proper performance of the work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times at the site of the project a competent , English-speaking superintendent and ah assistant who are fully authorized to act as the Contractor ' s agent on the work . Such superintendent and his assistant shall be capable of reading and understanding the Contract Documents and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner , the Engineer, or his authorized representatives . Pursuant to this responsibility of the Contractor , the Contractor shall designate in writing to the project superintendent, to act as the Contractor ' s agent on the work. Such assistant project superintendent shall be a resident of Tarrant County, Texas and shall be subject to call, as is the project Superintendent, at any time of the day or night on any day of the week on which the Engineer determines that circumstances require the presence on the project site of a representative of the Contractor to C5-5 (2) adequately provide for the safety or convenience of the traveling public or the owners of property across which the project extends or the safety of property contiguous to the project routing. The Contractor shall provide all facilities to enable the Engineer and his inspector to examine and inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. C5-5 . 5 EMERGENCY AND/OR RECTIFICATION WORK: When , in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer , a condition of emergency exists related to any part of the work, the Contractor, or the Contractor through his designated representative , shall respond with dispatch to a verbal request made by the owner or Engineer to alleviate the emergency condition . Such a response shall occur day or night, whether the project is scheduled on a calendar-day or on a working-day basis. should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the Engineer to rectify any discrepancies , omissions , or corrections necessary to conform with the requirements of the project specifications or plans , the Engineer shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours , the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract . The City shall then deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25% , from any funds due the Contractor on the project. C5-5 . 5 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide, at no extra compensation, an adequate field office for use of the Engineer , if specifically called for. The field office shall be not less than 10 by 14 feet in floor area■ substantially constructed , well heated , air conditioned , lighted, and weather-proof , so that documents will not be damaged by the elements. C5-5 . 7 CONSTRUCTION STARES; The City, through its Engineer, will furnish the Contractor with all lines , grades , and measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these Contract Documents, and lines , grades and measurements will be established by means of stakes or other customary method of marking as may be found rconsistent with good practice. C5-5 (3 ) These stakes or markings shall be set sufficiently in advance of construction operations to avoid delay . Such stakes or markings as may be established for the Contractor ' s use or guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor until he is authorized by the. Engineer__to remove. them. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer , any stakes or markings have been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees , the full cost of replacing such stakes or marks plus 258 will be charged against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. C5 - 5 . 8 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF CITY INSPECTORS : City Inspectors will be authorized to inspect all work done and to be done and all materials furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and the preparation or manufacturing of the materials to be used or equipment to be installed. A City Inspector may be stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being performed, to report any evidence that the materials being furnished or the work being performed by the Contractor fails to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents , and to call the attention of the Contractor to any such failure or other infringements . Such inspection or lack of inspection will not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. in case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the City Inspector as to the materials or equipment furnished or the manner of performing the work, the City Inspector will have authority to reject materials or equipment to suspend work until the question at issue can be referred to and be decided by the Engineer . The City Inspector will not , however, be authorized to revoke, alter , enlarge, or release any requirement of these Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any portion or section of the work, nor to issue any instructions contrary to the requirements of the Contract Documents . He will in no case act as superintendent or foreman or perform any other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the management or operation of the work. He will not accept from the Contractor any compensation in any form for performing any duties. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of the City Inspector or Engineer when the same are consistent with the obligations of the Contract Documents , provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders or instructions of the City Inspector, the Contractor may within six days make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision on the matter in controversy. C5'5 (4 ) C5-5 . 9 INSPECTION: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as performed is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the Engineer so requests , the Contractor shall , at any time before acceptance of the work, remove or uncover such portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination , the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Contract Documents. Should the work exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra work, but should be work so exposed or examined prove to be unacceptable , the uncovering or removing and the replacing of all adjacent defective or damaged parts shall be at the Contractor ' s expense. No work shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision or inspection. C5-5 . 10 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK: All work, materials , or equipment which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at his own expense. Work done beyond the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans , except as herein specifically provided, or any Extra Work done without written authority, will be considered as unauthorized and done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for by the Owner . work so done may be ordered removed at the Contractor ' s expense. Upon the failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this paragraph, the Engineer will have the authority to cause defective work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed, and the cost thereof may be deducted from any money due or to become due to the Contractor . Failure to require the removal of any defective or unauthorized work shad not constitute acceptance of such works. C5 - 5 . 11 SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT : If the Specifications , law, ordinance, codes or regulations permit Contractor to furnish or use a substitute that is equal to any material or equipment specified, and if Contractor wishes to furnish or use a proposed substitute , he shall, prior to the preconstruction conference , make written application to ENGINEER for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as that specified; and identifying all variations of the proposed C5-5 (5 ) substitute from that specified and indicating available maintenance service . No substitute shall be ordered or installed without the written approval of Engineer who will be the fudge of the equality and may require Contractor to furnish such other data about the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent . No substitute shall be ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as owner may require which shall be furnished at Contractor ' s expense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against the claims , damages, losses and expenses ( including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. C5-5 . 12 SAMPLES AND TESTS OR MATERIALS: Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, or as called for in the Contract Documents , tests of materials or equipment are necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for direct to the testing agency by the Owner unless otherwise specifically provided. The failure of the Owner to make any tests of materials shall be in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility of furnishing materials and equipment fully conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests and sampling of materials , unless otherwise specified , will be made in accordance with the latest methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing Materials or specific requirements of the Owner . The Contractor shall provide such facilities as the Engineer may require for collecting and forwarding samples and shall not , without specific written permission of the Engineer, use the materials represented by the samples until tests have been made and the materials approved for use. The Contractor will furnish adequate samples without charge to the Owner. In case of concrete , the aggregates , design minimum, and the mixing and transporting equipment shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed, and the Contactor shall be responsible for replacing any concrete which does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests shall be made at least 9 days prior to the placing of concrete , using samples -from the same aggregate , cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. Should the source of supply change , new tests shall be made prior to the use of the new materials. C5-5 . 13 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: All materials which are to be used in the construction operation shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of the quality and fitness of the work. When directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean durable surfaces and not on the C5-5 (6 ) _. ground, and shall be placed under cover when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. C5-5. 14 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: The location and dimensions shown on the Plans relative to existing utilities are based on the best information available. Omission from, or the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be considered as the nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities. The location of many gas mains, water mains , conduits , sewer lines and service lines for all utilities , etc . , is unknown to the Owner , and the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all such structures and utilities on the plans or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure will not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for Extra Work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever, unless an obstruction encountered is such as to necessitate changes in the lines and grades of considerable magnitude or requires the building of special works, provision for which is not made in the Contract Documents , in which case the provision in these Contract Documents for Extra Work shall apply. It shall be the Contractors responsibility to verify locations of adjacent and/or conflicting utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order that he may negotiate such local adjustments as necessary in the construction process to provide adequate clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all existing utilities , structures and service lines . Verification of existing utilities, structures and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies at least forty eight ( 48 ) hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. All verification of existing utilities and their adjustment shall be considered as subsidiary work. CS-5. 15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE: a. Normal Prosecutions In the normal prosectuion of work where the interruption of service is necessary, the Contractor, at least 24 hours in advance, shall be required to: 1. Notify the Water Department ' s Distribution Division as to location , time, and schedule of service interruption. C5-5 (7 ) Z. Notify each customer personally through responsible personnel as to time and schedule of the interruption of their service, or 3. In the event that personal notification of a customer cannot be made, a prepared tag form shall be attached to the customer ' s entrance door knob . The tag shall be durable in composition, and in large bold type shall say: "NOTICE" Due to Utility Improvement in your neighborhood, your (water) (sewer) service will be inter- rupted on between the hours of and This inconvenience will be as short as possible. Thank you, Contractor Address Phone b. Emergency: In the event that an unforeseen service interruption occurs , notice shall be as ab❑ve , but immediate. C5-5 . 15 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS : If , through acts or neglect on the part of the Contractor , any other Contractor or any sub-contractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, the Contractor agrees to settle with such other Contractor or sub-contractor by agreement or arbitration. If such other Contractor or sub-contractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the owner will notify the Contractor , who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim, C5-5 . 17 CLEAN-UP: Clean-up of surplus and/or waste materials accumulated on the job site during the prosecution of the work under these Contract Documents shall be accomplished in keeping with a daily routine established to the the satisfaction of the Engineer . Twenty-fours fours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the Engineer , if the Contractor fails to correct the C5_5 (8 ) unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the Engineer deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice, and the costs of such direct action, plus 25% of such costs , shall be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. Upon the completion of the project as a whole as covered by these Contract Documents , and before final acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean and remove from the site of the project all surplus and discarded materials , temporary structures, and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of all work in a neat and orderly condition equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean , polished and new appearing condition . No extra compensation will be made to the Contractor for any clean-up required on the project. C5-5 . 18 FINAL INSPECTION: Whenever the work provided for in and contemplated under the Contract Documents has been satisfactorily completed and final cleanup performed, the Engineer will notify the proper officials of the owner and request that the Final inspection be made . Such inspection will be made within 10 days after such notification . After such final inspection, if the work and materials and equipment are found satisfactory, the Contractor will be notified in writing of the acceptance of the same after the proper resolution has been passed by the City Council . No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the Engineer and the date of final inspection of the work. C5-5 (9 ) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY SECTION C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6. 1 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED: The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all Federal, and State Laws and City ordinances and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work or his operations , and shall observe and comply with all orders, laws, ordinances and regulations which exist or which may be enacted later by bodies having jurisdiction or authority for such enactment. No plea of misunderstanding or ignorance thereof will be considered. The Contractor and his Sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the City and all of its officers , agents,- and employees against any and all claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation , or order, whether it be by himself or his employees. C6-6 . 2 PERMITS AND LICENSES: The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges , costs and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. C6-6 . 3 PATENTED DEVICES , MATERIALS AND PROCESSES : If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letter, patent, or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner of such patent, letter, or copyrighted design. It is mutually agreed and understood that without exception the contract prices shall include all royalties or cost arising from patents, trade-marks, and copy rights in any way involved in the work. The Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design , device , material or process , or any trade-mark or copy right in connection with the work agreed to be performed under these Contract Documents , and shall indemnify the Owner for any cost, expense, or damage which it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after completion of the work, provided, however, that the Owner will assume the responsibility to defend any and all suits brought for the infringement of any patent claimed to be infringed upon by the design , type of construction or material or equipment specified in the Contract Documents furnished the Contractor by the Owner, and to hold the Contractor harmless on account of such suits. C6-6 (1 ) 1P C6-6 . 4 SANITARY PROVISIONS : The Contractor shall establish and enforce among his employees such regulations in regard to cleanliness and disposal of garbage and waste as will tend to prevent the inception and spread of infectious or contagious diseases and to effectively prevent the creation of a nuisance about the work on any property either public or private , and such regulations as are required by Law shall be put into immediate force and effect by the Contractor. The necessary sanitary conveniences for use of laborers on the work ,. properly secluded from public observation , shall be _ constructed and maintained by the Contractor and their use shall be strictly enforced by the Contractor . All such facilities shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition, free from objectionable odors so as not to cause a nuisance . All sanitary laws and regulations of the State of Texas and the. City shall be strictly complied with. C6-6 . 5 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE: Materials or equipment stored about the work shall be so placed and used, and the work shall at all times be so conducted , as to cause no greater obstruction or inconvenience to the public than is considered to be absolutely necessary by the Engineer. The Contractor is required to maintain at all times all phases of his work in such a manner as not to impair the safety or convenience of the public, including, but not limited to, safe and convenient ingress and egress to property contiguous to the work area. The Contractor shall make adequate provisions to render reasonable ingress and egress for normal vehicular traffic, except during actual trenching or pipe installation operations , at all driveway crossings . Such provisions may include bridging, placement of crushed stone or gravel or such other means of providing proper ingress and egress for the property served by the driveway as the Engineer may approve as appropriate. Such other means may include the diversion of driveway traffic, with specific approval by the Engineer. if diversion of traffic is approved by the Engineer at any location, the Contractor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer at any location, the Contractor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer for the diversion of traffic , and sh-all , at his own expense, provide all materials and perform all work necessary for the construction and maintenance of roadways and bridges for such diversion of traffic. Sidewalks must not be obstructed except by special permission of the Engineer. The materials excavated and the construction materials such as pipe used in the construction of the work shall be placed so _ as not to endanger the work or prevent free access to all fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes , police call boxes , water valves , C6-6 (2) gas valves , or manholes in the vicinity. The Owner reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of the Contractor as regards to public convenience and safety which may come to its attention, after twenty-four hours notice in writing to the Contractor, save in cases of emergency when it shall have the right to remedy any neglect- without notice, and in either case, the cost of such work done or materials furnished by the owner or by the City shall be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. The Contractor , after approval of the Engineer, shall notify the Fire Department Headquarters, Traffic Engineer , and Police Department, when any street or alley is requested to be closed or obstructed or any fire hydrant is to be made inaccessible , * and, when so directed by the Engineer, shall keep any street, i streets, or highways in condition for unobstructed use by fire apparatus . The Contractor shall promptly notify the Fire Department Headquarters when all such obstructed streets , alleys, or hydrants are again placed back in service. Where the Contractor is required to construct temporary bridges or make other arrangements for crossing over ditches or streams , his responsibility for accidents in connection with such crossings shall include the roadway approaches as well as the structures of such crossings. The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operation and the use of construction machinery so as not to damage or destroy trees and shrubs located in close proximity to or on the site of the worts. Wherever any such damage may be done, the Contractor shall immediately satisfy all claims of property owners, and no payment will be made by the owner in settlement of such claims. The Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written statement showing all such claims adjusted. C6-6 . 6 PRIVILEGES OF CONTRACTOR IN STREETS, ALLEYS , AND RIGHT-OF-WAY: For the performance of the contract , the Contractor will be permitted to use and occupy such portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City , as shown in the Contract Documents , or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer . A reasonable amount of tools, materials , and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. Excavated and waste materials shall be piled or stacked in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. If the street is occupied by railway tracks, the work shall be C6-6 (3) carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of trains, loading or unloading of cars, etc . Other . contractors of the Owner may, for all purposes required by the contract , enter upon the work and premises used by the Contractor and shall be provided all reasonable facilities and assistance for the completion of adjoining work . Any additional grounds desired by the Contractor for his use shall be provided by him at his own cost and expense. C6-6 . 7 RAILWAY CROSSINGS: When the work encroaches upon any right-of-way of any railway, the City will secure the necessary easement for the work. Where the railway tracks are to be crossed , the Contractor shall observe all the regulations and instructions of the railway company as to the methods of performing the work and take all precautions for safety of property and the public. Negotiations with the. railway companies for permits shall be done by and through the City. The Contractor shall give the City notice not less than five days prior to the time of his intentions to begin work on that portion of the project which is related to the railway properties . The Contractor will not be given extra or additional compensation for such railway crossings unless specifically set forth in the Contract Documents. C6-6 . 8 BARRICADES WARNINGS AND WATCHMEN: Where the work is carried on in or adjacent to any street , alley , or public place, the Contractor shall at his own expense furnish, erect, and maintain such barricades , fences , lights and danger signals , shall provide such watchmen, and shall take all such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary . Barricades and fences shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one easily visible burning light at each barricade . A sufficient number of barricades shall be erected and maintained to keep pedestrians away from, and vehicles from being driven on' or into, any work under construction or being maintained. The Contractor shall furnish watchmen and - keep them at their respective assignments in sufficient numbers to protect the work and prevent accident or damage. All installations and procedures shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in the 01980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the *State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways" , codified as Article 6701d veron 's Civil Statutes, pertinent sections being Section Nos. 27 , 29 , 30 and 31. C6-6 (4 ) The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign , instructional sign, street name sign, or other sign which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction , the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works department , Signs and Markings Division ( phone number 8780-8075 ) , to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be re-installed, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to re-install the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in. place until such re-installation is completed. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work or the public due to failure of barricades , signs , fences , lights , or watchmen to protect them . Whenever evidence is found of such damage to the work the Engineer may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor ' s own expense . The Contractor ' s responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, fences and lights, and for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been completed and accepted by the Owner. No compensation , except as specifically provided in these Contract Documents , will be paid to the Contractor for the work and materials involved in the constructing , providing, and maintaining of barricades , signs , fences , and lights or for salaries of watchmen , for the subsequent removal and disposal of such barricades , signs , or for any other incidentals necessary for the proper protection, safety, and convenience of the public during the contract period, as this work is considered to be subsidiary to the several items for which unit or lump sum prices are requested in the Proposal. C6-6 . 9 USE OF EXPLOSIVES , DROP WEIGHT , ETC. : Should the Contractor elect to use explosives, drop weight, etc . ■ in the prosecution of the work, the utmost care shall be exercised at all times so as not to endanger life or property. The Contractor shall notify the proper representative of any public service corporation , any company , individual , or utility, and the Owner, not less than twenty-four hours in C6-6 (5 ) advance of the use of any activity which might damage or endanger their or his property along or adjacent to the work. Where the use of explosives is to be permitted on the project, as specified in the Special Contract Documents , or the use of explosives is requested, the Contractor shall submit notice to the Engineer in writing twenty-four hours prior to commencing and shall furnish evidence that he has insurance coverage to protect against any damages and/or injuries arising out of such use of explosives. All claims arising out of the use of explosives shall be investigated and a written report made by the Contractor ' s insurers to the Engineer within ten (10 ) days after receipt of written notice of the claim to the Contractor from either the City or the claimant. The City shall proceed to give notice to the Contractor of any such claim. The use of explosives may be suspended by the Engineer if any complaint is received and such use shall not be resumed until the cause of the complaint has been addressed. Whenever explosives are stored or kept, they shall be stored in a safe and secure manner and all storage places shall be plainly marked "DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES" and shall be under the care of a competent watchman at all times . All vehicles in which explosives are being transported shall be plainly marked as mentioned above and shall, insofar as possible, not use heavy traffic routes. C6-6 . 10 WORK WITHIN EASEMENTS : Where the work passes over, through, or into private property, the Owner will provide such right-of-way or easement privileges as the City may deem necessary for the prosecution of the work . Any additional rights-of-way or work area considered necessary by the Contractor shall be provided by him at his own expense. Such additional rights-of-way or work area shall be acquired for the benefit of the City . The City shall be notified in writing as to the rights so acquired before work begins in the affected area. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from - the owner of such property. The Contractor r will not be allowed to store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the Engineer . Unless specifically provided otherwise , the Contractor shall clear all rights-of-way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of the project construction operations . The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of and shall use C6-6 (6 ) every precaution to prevent damage to all trees , shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof , including the construction of temporary fences, and to all other public or private property along adjacent to the work. The Contractor shall notify the proper representatives of owners or occupants of public or private lands or interest in lands which might be affected by the work. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the work, Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies or any corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants , whose land or interest in land might affected by the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act , omission , neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. When and where any direct or indirect or injury is done to public or private property on account of any act , omission , neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof on the part of the Contractor , he shall restore or have restored at his own cost and expense such property to a condition at least equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done , by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise replacing and restoring as may be directed by the Owner , or he shall make good such damages or injury in a manner acceptable to the owner of the property and the Engineer. All fences encountered and removed during construction of this project shall be restored to the original or a better than original condition upon completion of this project. When wire fencing, either wire mesh or barbed wire is to be crossed, the Contractor shall set cross braced posts on either side of permanent easement before the fence is cut. Should additional fence cuts be necessary, the Contractor shall provide cross braced posts at point of the proposed cut in addition to the cross braced posts provided at the permanent easements limits, before the fence is cut. Temporary fencing shall be erected in place of the fencing removed whenever the work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to prevent livestock from entering the construction area. The cost for fence removal , temporary closures and replacement shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project C5-5 (7) proposal . Therefore, no separate payment shall be allowed for any service associated with this work. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property to make good such damage or injury, the Owner may , upon 48 hour written notice under ordinary circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results , proceed to repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be determined by the Owner to be necessary, and the cost thereby will be deducted from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract. C5-5 . 11 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, and not as an officer , agent , servant or employee of the Owner . Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive right to control the details of all the work and services performed hereunder , and all persons performing same, and shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers , agents , servants , employees , contractors , subcontractors , licensees and invitees . The doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply as between owner and Contractor , its officers , agents , employees , contractors and subcontractors , and nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between owner and Contractor. C5-5 . 12 CONTRACTOR ' S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS : Contractor covenants and agrees to, and does hereby indemnify, hold harmless and defend Owner , its officers , agents , servants, and employees from and against any an all claims or suits for property damage or loss and/or personal injury, including death, to any and all persons, of whatsoever kind or character , whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees , contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees , whether or not caused , in whole or in part , by alleged negligence on the part of officers , agents , servants , employees , contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees of the Owner; and said Contractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all liability and responsibility of owner, its officers agents, servants and employees for property damage or loss , and/or personal injuries, including death , to any and all persons of whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor , its officers , agents employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees, whether or not caused, C6-6 (8 ) in whole or in part, by alleged negligence of officers , agents, servants , employees , contractors, subcontractors , licensees or invitees of the Owner. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to, and does hereby, indemnify and hold harmless owner from and against any and all injuries,loss or damages to property of the- Ownerduring the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether arising out of or in connection with or resulting from, in whole or in part , any and all alleged acts or omissions of officers , agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors , licenses, or invitees of the Owner. In the event a written claim for damages against the contractor or its subcontractors remains unsettled at the time all work on the project has been completed to the satisfaction of the Director of the Water Department, as evidenced by a final inspection, final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended by the Director of the Water Department for a period of 30 days after the date of such final inspection , unless the Contractor shall submit written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved. if the claim concerned remains unsettled as of the expiration of the above 30-day period, the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work completed, such semi-final payment to be in an amount equal to the total dollar amount then due less the dollar value of any written - claims pending against the Contractor arising out of the r performance of such work, and such semi-final payment may then be recommended by the Director. The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom such a claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six months following the date of the acceptance of the work performed unless the Contractor submits evidence in writing satisfactory to the Director that: 1. The claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved, or 2. Good -faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding claims , and such good faith efforts have failed. If condition (l ) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director shall recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. If condition (2) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director may recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. At the t C6-b (9) expiration of the six month period the Director may recommend that final payment be made if all other work has been -performed and all other obligations of the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of the Director. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other Water Department Contract work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City contract. C6-6 . 13 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES: Should the Contractor claim compensation for any alleged damage by reason of the acts or omissions of the Owner , he shall within three days after the actual sustaining of such alleged damage, make a written statement to the Engineer , setting out in detail the nature of the alleged damage, and on or before the 25th day of the month succeeding that in which any such damage is claimed to have been sustained, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer an itemized statement of the details and amount of such alleged damage and, upon request, shall give the Engineer access to all books of account, receipts, vouchers, bills of lading, and other books or papers containing any evidence as to the amount of such alleged damage. Unless such statements shall be filed as hereinabove required, the Contractor ' s claim _ for compensation shall be waived, and he shall not be entitled to payment on account of such damages. C6-6 . 14 ADJUSTMENT_OR RELOCATION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES, ETC. ; In case it is necessary to change , move , or alter in any manner the property of a public utility or others, the said property shall not be moved or interfered with until orders thereupon have been issued by the Engineer . The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities to enter the geographical limits of the Contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be necessary by the performance of this contract. C6-6 . 15 TEMPORARY SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS: When existing sewer lines have to be taken up or removed, the Contractor shall , at his own expense and cost, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all private or public - drains and sewers. The Contractor shall also take care of all sewage and drainage which will be received from these drains and sewers , and for this purpose he shall provide and maintain , at his own cost and expense , adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets or diversions. The Contractor , at his own cost and expense, shall construct such troughs , pipes , or other structures necessary, and be prepared at all times to dispose of drainage and sewage C6-6 (10 ) received from these temporary connections until such times as the permanent connections are built and are in service. The existing sewers and connections shall be kept in service and maintained under the Contract except when specified or ordered to be abandoned by the Engineer. All water, sewage, and other waste shall be disposed of in a satisfactory manner so that no nuisance is created and so that the work under construction will be adequately protected. C6-6 . 16 ARRANGEMENT AND CHARGES FOR WATER FURNISHED BY THE CITY : When the Contractor desires to use City water in connection with any construction work, he shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements with the Fort Worth City Water Department for so doing. City water furnished to the Contractor shall be delivered to the Contractor from a connection on an existing City main . All piping required beyond the point of delivery shall be installed by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor ' s responsibility in the use of all existing fire hydrant and/or valves is detailed in Section E2-1 . 2 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVES in these General Contract Documents. When meters are used to measure the water, the charges, if any, for water will be at the regular established rates . When meters are not used , the charges , if any , will be as prescribed by the City Ordinance , or where no ordinance applies , payment shall be made on estimates and rates established by the Director of the Fort Worth Hater Department. C6-6 . 17 USE OF A SECTION OR PORTION OF THE WORK: Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer , any section or portion of the work or any structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written order of the Engineer , and such usage shall not be held to be in any way an acceptance of said work or structure or any part thereof or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these Contract Documents . All necessary repairs and removals of any section of the work so put into use, due to defective materials or workmanship, equipment, or to deficient operations on the part of the Contractor , shall be performed by the Contractor at his own expense. C£-6 . 18 CONTRACTOR ' S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK: Until written acceptance by the Owner as provided for in these Contract Documents, the work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution to prevent injury or damage to the work or any part C6-6 1111 thereof by action of the elements or from any cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or nonexecution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good at his own expense all injuries or damage to any - portion of the work occasioned by any of the hereinabove causes. C6-5 . 19 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS: Inspection by the Engineer or any order by the Owner by payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of any work, or any extension of time, or any possession taken by the City shall not operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents. Any waiver of any breach or Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Owner reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered in any estimate that may have been paid and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. C6-6 . 24 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In carrying out the provisions of these Contract Documents or in exercising any power of authority granted thereunder, there shall be no liability upon the authorized representatives of the Owner, either personally or otherwise as they are agents and representatives of the City. C6-6 . 21 STATE SALES TAX; On a contract awarded by the City of Fort worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20 . 04 ( E) of the Texas Limited Sales , excise , and Use Tax Act , the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller ' s Ruling . 007 . Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provisions of State Comptroller' s Ruling . 011 , and any other applicable State Comptroller rulings pertaining to the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act. - On a contract awarded by a developer for the construction of a publicly-owned improvement in a street right-of-way or other easement which has been dedicated to the public and the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Article 28. 04 (H) of the Texas limited Sales , Excise, and Use Tax Act , the Contractor can probably be exempted in the same manner stated above. C6-6 (12 ) Limited Sale, Excise and Use Tax permits and information can be obtained from: Comptroller of Public Accounts Sale Tax Division Capitol Station Austin, TX r r r r C6-6 (l3) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. C7-7. 1 SUBLETTING: The Contractor shall perform with his own organization , and with the assistance of workman under his immediate super intendance, work of a value of not less than fifty (50%) percent of the value embraced in the contract. If the Contractor sublets any part of the work to be done under these Contract Documents, he will not under any circumstances be relieved of the responsibility and obligation assumed under these Contract Documents. All transactions of the Engineer will be with the Contractor . Subcontractors will be considered only in the capacity of employees or workmen of the Contractor and shall be subject to the same requirements as to character and competency. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times, when the work is in operation, be represented either in person or by a superintendent or other designated representatives, C7-7 . 2 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT : The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his rights , title, or interest in or to the same or any part thereof without the previous consent of the Owner expressed by resolution of the City Council and concurred in by the Sureties. If the Contractor does, without such previous consent, assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his right, title, or interest therein or any part thereof, to any person or persons, partnership , company■ firm, or corporation, or does by bankruptcy, voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any state , attempt to dispose of the contract may, at the option of the Owner be revoked and annulled, unless the Sureties shall successfully complete said contract, and in the event of any such revocation or annulment, any monies due or to become due under or by virtue of said contract shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages for the reason that it would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages. C7-7 . 3 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK: Prior to beginning any construction operation, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in five or more copies, if requested by the Engineer, a progress schedule preferably in chart or diagram form, or a brief outlining in detail and step by step the manner of C7-7 (1) prosecuting the work and ordering materials and equipment which he expects to follow in order to complete the project in the scheduled time. There shall also be submitted a table of estimated amounts to be earned by the Contractor during each monthly estimate period. The Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this contract within the time limit stated in these Contract Documents and shall conduct the work in a continuous manner and with sufficient equipment, materials , and labor as is necessary to insure its completion within the time limit. The sequence requested of all construction operations shall be at all times as specified in the Special Contract Documents . Any deviation from scuh sequencing shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval. Contractor shall not proceed with any deviation until he has received written approval from the Engineer . Such specification or approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from the full responsibility of the complete performance of the Contract. The contract time may be changed only as set forth in Section C7-7.8 "Extension of Time of Completion" of this Agreement , and a progress schedule shall not constitute a change in the contract time. C7-7 . 4 LIMITATIONS OF OPERATIONS: The working operations shall at all times be conducted by the Contractor so as to create a minimum amount of inconvenience to the public. At any time when, in the judgment of the Engineer, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street or public way greater than is necessary for the proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before the work is commenced on any additional section or street. C7-7 . 5 CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT: Local labor shall be used by the Contractor is available. The Contractor may bring in from outside the City of Fort Worth his key men and his superintendent. All other workmen , including equipment operators , may be imported only after the local supply is exhausted . The Contractor shall employ only such superintendents , foremen , and workmen who are careful , competent, and fully qualified to perform the duties or tasks assigned to them, and the Engineer may demand and secure the summary dismissal of any person or persons employed by the Contractor in or about or on the work who, in the opinion of the Owner , shall misconduct himself or be found to be incompetent , disrespectful , intemperate , dishonest, or C7-7 (2 ) otherwise objectionable or neglectful in the proper performance of his or their duties, or who neglects or refuses to comply with or carry out the directions of the Owner, and such person or persons shall not be employed again thereon without written consent of the Engineer. All workmen shall have sufficient skill , ability , and experience to properly perform the work assigned to them and operate any equipment necessary to properly carry out the performance of the assigned duties. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain on the work all such equipment as is considered to be necessary for prosecution of the work in an acceptable manner and at a satisfactory rate of progress. All equipment , tools , and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be maintained in a satisfactory , safe and efficient working r_ condition. Equipment on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to the work, workmen or adjacent property will result from its use. C7-7 . 5 WORK SCHEDULE: Elapsed working days shall be computed starting with the first day of work completed as defined in C1-1 . 23 "WORKING DAY" or the date stipulated in the *WORK GIRDER" for beginning work, whichever comes first. Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holidays , providing that the following requirements are met: a. A request to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must be made to the Engineer no later than the proceeding Thursday. b. Any work 'to be done on the project on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must be, in the opinion of the Engineer , essential to the timely completion of the project. The Engineer ' s decision shall be final in response to such a request for approval to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday, and no extra compensation shall be allowed to the Contractor for any work performed on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday. Calendar Days shall be defined in C1-1. 24 and the Contractor may work as he so desires. C7-7 (3) C7-7 . 7 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence the working operations within the time -specified in the Contract Documents and set forth in the Work Order. Failure to do so shall be considered by the Owner as abandonment of the Contract by the Contractor and the Owner may proceed as he sees fit. The Contractor shall maintain a rate of progress such as will insure that the whole work will be performed and the premises cleaned up in accordance with the Contract Documents and within the time established in such documents and such extension of time as may be properly authorized by the Owner. C7-7 . B EXTENSION OF TIME COMPLETION: The Contractor 's request for an extension of time of completion shall be considered only when the request for such extension is submitted in writing to the Engineer within seven days from and after the time alleged cause of delay shall have occurred . Should an extension of the time of completion be requested such request will be forwarded to the City Council for approval In adjusting the contract time for completion of work , consideration will be given to unforseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but limited to acts of the public enemy , acts of the Owner , fire , flood , tornadoes , epidemics , quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes , or delays of sub-contractors due to such causes. When the date of completion is based on a calendar day bid, a request for extension of time because of inclement weather will not be considered. A request for extension of time due to inability to obtain supplies and materials will be considered only when a review of the Contractor ' s purchase order dates and other pertinent data as requested by the Engineer indicates that the Contractor has made a bonafide attempt to secure delivery on schedule. This shall include efforts to obtain the supplies and materials from alternate sources in case the first source cannot make delivery. If satisfactory execution and completion of the contract should require work and materials in greater amounts or quantities than those set forth in the approved Contract Documents, then the contract time may be increased by Change Order. C7-7 . 9 DELAYS : The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cast to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material , if C7-7 (4 ) any, which is to be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed a written statement thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by him found correct shall be approved and referred by him to the Council for final approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the Council shall be- final - and binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineers to stop work, or by the performance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide material or necessary instructions for carrying on the work , then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for which shall, however , be subject to the approval of the City Council ; and no such extension of time shall release the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all his obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract. C7-7 . 10 TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion is an essential element of the contract. Each bidder shall indicate in the appropriate place on the last page of the Proposal the number of working days or calendar days that he will require to fully complete this contract or the time of completion will be specified by the City in the Proposal section of the contract documents. The number of days indicated shall be a realistic estimate of the time required to complete the work covered by the specific contract being bid upon. The amount of time so stated by the successful bidder or the City will become the time of completion specified in the Contract Documents. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract documents , or the increased time granted by the Owner , or as automatically increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per day given in the following schedule, unless otherwise specified in other parts of the Contract Documents , will be deducted from monies due the Contractor, not as , a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the owner. e" AMOUNT OF CONTRACT Less than $ 5,000 inclusive $ 35.00 $ 5,001 to $ 15,808 inclusive $ 45.80 $ 15,001 to $ 25,880 inclusive $ 63.00 $ 25,001 to $ 50,800 inclusive $ 105.00 $ 50,001 to $ 100,000 inclusive $ 154.80 $ 100,001 to $ 500,808 inclusive $ 210. 00 C7-7 (5 ) $ 500, 001 to $1 ,000 , 000 inclusive $ 315. 00 $1 , 000 , 001 to $2,000 , 000 inclusive $ 420.00 $2 , 000, 001 and over $ 530. 00 The parties hereto understand and agree that any harm to the City caused by the Contractor ' s delay in completing the work hereunder in the time specified by the Contract Documents would be incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation , and that the 'Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day' , as set out above, is a reasonable forecast of just compensation due the City for harm caused by any delay. C7-7 , 11 SUSPENSION BY COURT ORDER: The Contractor shall suspend operations on such part or parts of the work ordered by any court , and will not be entitled to additional compensation by virtue of such court order. Neither will he be liable to the City in the event the work is suspended by a Court Order . Neither will the Owner be liable to the Contractor by virtue of any Court Order or action for which the Owner is not solely responsible. C7-7 . 17 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION: The Owner shall have the right to suspend the work operation wholly or in part for such period or periods of time as he may deem necessary due to unsuitable weather conditions or any other unfavorable conditions which in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer cause further prosecution of the work to be unsatisfactory or detrimental to the interest of the project. During temporary - suspension of work covered by this contract , for any reason, the Owner will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed, he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor as set forth in Paragraph C7-7 . 8 EXTENSION OF THE TIME OF COMPLETION , and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Engineer that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, then the Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the Engineer C7-7 (6 ) = that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. No reimbursement shall be allowed if the equipment is mooed to another construction project for- the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall not suspend work without written notice from the Engineer and shall proceed with the work operations promptly when notified by the Engineer to so resume operations. C7-7. 13 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT DUE TO NATIONAL EMERGENCY: Whenever, because of National Emergency, so declared by the President of the United States or other lawful authority, it becomes impossible for the Contractor to obtain all of the necessary labor, materials, and equipment for the prosecution of the work with reasonable continuity for a period of two months, the Contractor shall within seven days notify the City in writing, giving a detailed statement of the efforts which have been made and listing all necessary items of labor , materials , and equipment not obtainable . If , after investigations, the owner finds that such conditions existing and that the inability of the Contractor to proceed is not attributable in whole or in part to the fault or neglect of the Contract, then if the Owner cannot after reasonable effort assist the Contractor in procuring and making available the necessary labor, materials and equipment within thirty days , the Contractor may request the Owner to terminate the contract and the Owner may comply with the requests and the termination shall be conditioned and based upon a final settlement mutually acceptable to both the owner and the Contractor and final payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the agreed settlement, which shall include, but not be limited to , the payment for all work executed but no anticipated profits on work which has not been performed. C7-7.14 SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF CONTRACT: The work operations on all or any portion or section of the work under Contract shall be suspended immediately on written order of the Engineer or the Contract may be declared- cancelled by the City Council for any good and r` sufficient cause. The following, by way of example, `but not l of limitation, may be considered grounds for suspension or cancellation: a. Failure of the Contractor to commence work operations within the time specified in the Work Order issued by the Owner. C7-7 17) b. Substantial evidence that progress of the work operations by Contractor is insufficient to complete the work within the specified time. C. Failure of the Contractor to ,provide and maintain sufficient labor and equipment to properly execute the working operations. d. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has abandoned the work. e. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt , or otherwise financially unable to carry on the work satisfactorily. f. Failure on the part of the Contractor to observe any requirements of the Contract Documents or to r comply with any orders given by the Engineer or Owner provided for in these Contract Documents. g. Failure of the Contractor promptly to make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or any defects of any nature the correction of which has been directed in writing by the Engineer or the Owner. h. Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a contract or perpetrating fraud on the City in the construction of work under contract. i . A substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose. j . If the Contractor shall for any cause whatsoever not carry on the working operation in an acceptable manner. k. If the Contractor commences legal action against the Owner. A copy of the suspension order or action of the City Council shall be served on the Contractor ' s Sureties . When work is suspended for any cause or causes , or when the contract is cancelled, the Contractor shall discontinue the work or such part thereof as the Owner shall designate, whereupon the Sureties may, at their option, assume the contract or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, and may perform the same or may, with the written C7-7 (8) consent of the Owner, sublet the work or that portion of the work as taken over, provided however, that the Sureties shall exercise their option, if at all , within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has been served upon the Contractor and upon the Sureties or their authorized agents . The Sureties , in such event shall assume the Contractor ' s place in all respects, and shall be paid by the owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default shall thereupon become due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses , subject to all of the terms of the Contract Documents. In case the Sureties do not, within the hereinabove specified time, exercise their right and option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered by the Contractor to discontinue, then the Owner shall. have the power to complete, by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or such part thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto agrees that the owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any materials , plants, tools, equipment, supplies, and property of any kind provided by the Contractor for the purpose of carrying on the work and to procure other tools, equipment, materials, labor and property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of said contract expense for labor, materials, tools , equipment, and all expenses incidental thereto. The expense so charged shall be deducted by the Owner from such monies as may be due or may become due at any time thereafter to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract or any part thereof . The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the work completing the contract , but the expense to be deducted shall be the actual cost of the owner of such work. In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the Contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor , then the Contractor and his Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the City on notice from the Owner of the excess due. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the Owner by contract or otherwise under 'the provisions of this section, the Contractor shall continue the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the Contract Documents and in such a manner as to not hinder or interfere with performance of the work by the Owner. C7-7 . 15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT : The Contract will be considered as having been fullIlled, save as provided in any bond or bonds or by law, when all the work and all sections or parts of the project covered by the Contract Documents have C7-7 ( 9) been finished and completed, the final inspection made by the Engineer, and the final acceptance and final payment made by the Owner. C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER: A. NOVICE OF TERMINATION: The performance of the work under this contract may be terminated by the Owner in whole , or from time to time in part , in accordance with this section, whenever the Owner shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner . Any such termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of work under the contract is terminated , and the date upon which such termination becomes effective . Receipt of the - notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Mail by the Owner. Further , it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated ; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner regarding such discretionary action. B. CONTRACTOR ACTION: After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the contract on the date and c to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials , services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the Owner and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer: C7-7 (10 a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts , work in process , completed work , supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of , the work terminated by the notice of termination; and b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which , if the contract had been completed , would have been required to be furnished to the Owner. 5. complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and 6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the Engineer may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the Owner has or may acquire the rest. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination , the Contractor may submit to the Engineer a list , certified as to quantity and guality , of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by the Engineer. Not later than 15 days thereafter , the owner shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the Engineer upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. C. TERMINATION CLAIM: Within 60 days after notice of terminatlon , the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the Engineer in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Engineer. Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon request of the Contractor , made in writing within such 60-day period or authorized extension thereof, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. C7-7 (11) ti. AMOUNTS : Subject to the provisions of Item C7-7.16 (C) , the Contractor and Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or partial termination of work pursuant hereto ; provided, that such agreed amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated . The contract shall be amended accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. No amount shall be due f or lost or anticipated profits . Nothing in C7-7 . 16 ( E ) hereafter, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor in the event of failure of the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit, _ restrict or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph. E. FAILURE TO AGREE: In the event of the failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree as provided in C7-7 . 16 ( D) upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section the Owner shall determine, on the basis of information available to it , the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. F. DEDUCTIONS : In arriving at the amount due the contractor under this section , there shall be deducted ( a ) all unliquidated advance or other payments on account theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the terminated portion of this Contract; (b) any claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this contract; and (c ) the agreed price for , or the proceeds of sale of, any materials , supplies or other things kept by the Contractor or sold , pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner. G. ADJUSTMENT : If the termination hereunder be partial, prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the Contractor may file with the Engineer a request in writing for an C7-7 (12) equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the contract relating to the continued portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by the notice of termination ) , such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; nothing contained herein , however, shall limit the right of the Owner and the Contractor to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor for the completion of the continued portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion. H. NO LIMITATION OF RIGHTS: Nothing contained in this section shall limit or alter the rights which the Owner may have for termination of this contract under C7-7 . 14 hereof entitled *Suspension of Abandonment of the work and Amendment of Contract" or any other right which owner may have for default or breach of contract by Contractor, C7-7. 17 SAFETY METHODS AND PRACTICES: The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating , maintaining , and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work at all times and shall assume all, responsibilities for their enforcement. The Contractor shall comply with federal , state , and local laws, ordinances, and regulations so as to protect person and property from injury, including death, or damage in connection with the work. C7-7 (13) r - PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C8-8 . 1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES ; The determination of quantities of work performed by the Contractor and authorized by the Contract Documents acceptably completed under the terms of the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer, based on measurements made by the Engineer. These measurements will be made according to the United States Standard Measurements used in common practice, and will be the actual length, area, solid contents , numbers, and weights of the materials and items installed. C8-8 . 2 UNIT PRICES; When in the Proposal a *Unit Price" is set forth, the said *Unit Price" shall include the furnishing by the Contractor of all Labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment , appliances and appurtenances necessary for the construction of and the completion in a manner acceptable to the Engineer of all work to be done under these Contract Documents. The *Unit Price* shall include all permanent and temporary protection of overhead, surface, and underground structures, cleanup, finished, overhead expense, bond, insurance, patent fees, royalties , risk due to the elements and other causes, delays , profits , injuries, damages claims, taxes, and all other items not specifically mentioned that may be required to fully construct each item of the work complete in place and in a satisfactory condition for operation. C8-8. 3 LUMP SUM: When in the Proposal a *Lump Sum* is set orth, the said *Lump Sum" shall represent the total cost for the Contractor to furnish all labor , tools , materials , machinery, equipment, appurtenances, and all subsidary work necessary for the construction and completion of all the work to provide a complete and functional item as detailed in the Special Contract Documents and/or Plans. C8-8 . 4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation, as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor, tools , materials , and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or from the action of the elements , for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time C8_8 (1 ) r before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph C5-5 , 14 ) for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work , for all expense incurred by or in consequence of suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified , or any and all infringements of patents , trademarks , copyrights , or other legal reservations, and for completeing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents. The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects , which defects , imperfection, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of work or during the one year guaranty period after final acceptance. The owner shall be the sole judge of such defects , imperfections , or damage, and the Contractor shall be liable to the owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein. C8-8 . 5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Between the lst and 5th day of each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing an estimate of the value of the work done during the previous month, or estimate period under the Contract Documents . Not later than the 10th day of the month the Engineer shall verify such estimate , and if it is found to be acceptable and the value of work performed since the last partial payment was made exceeds one hundred dollars ( $100 . 00 ) in amount, 908 of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is less than - $400 , 000 , or 958 of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is $400,000 or greater within twenty-five (25 ) days after the regular estimate period. The City will have the option of preparing estimates on forms furnished by the City . The partial estimate may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof , but which at the the time of the estimate have not been installed. (such payment will be allowed on a basis of 858 of the net invoice value thereof . ) The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer such information as he may request to aid C8-8 (2) y .r L:• �. is _- * � � . ��--� r. ` 7�._ him as a guide in the verification or the preparation of partial estimates. .It is understood that the partial estimate from month to month will be approximate only, and all partial monthly estimates and payment will be subject to- correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of an error in any previous estimate,and such estimate shall not, in any respect, be taken as an admission of the Owner of the amount of work done or of its quality of sufficiency, or as an acceptance of the work done or the release of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate if the contractor fails to perform the work strictly in accordance with the specifications or provisions of this contract. C8-8 . 5 WITHHOLDING PAYMENT: Payment on any estimate or estimates may be held in abeyance if the performance of the construction operations is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C8-8. 7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the improvements provided Tor-by the Contract Documents shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents shall have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor , the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing that the improvements are ready for the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the appropriate officials of the owner, will within a reasonable time make such final inspection , and if the work is satisfactory,, in an acceptable condition , and has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, the Engineer will initiate the processing of the final estimate and recommend final acceptance of the project and final payment therefor as outlined in C8-8.8 below. C8-8 . 8 FINAL PAYMENT: Whenever all the improvements provided Tor-by the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, a final estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made. All prior estimates upon which payment has been made are subject to necessary corrections or revisions in the final payment. C8-8 (3) The amount of the final estimate, less previous payments and any sum that have been deducted or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents , will be paid to the Contractor within 60 days after final acceptance by the Owner on a proper resolution of the City Council , provided the Contractor has furnished to the Owner satisfactory evidence of payment as follows: Prior to submission of the final estimate for payment , the Contractor shall execute an affidavit, as furnished by the City, certifying that all persons , firms , associations, corporations, or other organizations furnishing labor and/or materials have been paid in full, that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort Worth has been paid, and that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property damages. The acceptance by the Contractor of the last or final payment as aforesaid shall operate as and shall release the Owner from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under Contract Documents or any act or neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract. The making of the final payment by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. C9-8 . 9 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN: It is understood that the Owner believes it has employed competent Engineers and designers to prepare the Contract Documents and all modifications of the approved Contract Documents . It is , therefore, agreed that the Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of its own design features , sufficiency of the Contract Documents , the safety of the structure , and the practicability of the operations of the completed project■ provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the said Contract Documents , all approved modifications thereof , and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the said requirements of the Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all- approved additions and alterations thereto. C8-8 . 18 GENERAL GUARANTY: Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and C8-8 (4 ) pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified andshall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outline. The owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. CS-8 , 11 SUBSIDIARY WORK : Any and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements f or the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans , the General Contract Documents or these Special Contract Documents , in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal, for each bid item. Surface restoration , rock excavation and cleanup are general items of work which fall in the category of subsidiary work. C8-8 . 12 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material may be allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer , depending on field conditions . Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used , measured to the nearest ane-tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the project. C8-8 . 13 RECORD DOCUMENTS : Contractor shall keep on record a copy of all specifications , plans , addenda, modifications , shop drawings and samples at the site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process . These shall be delivered to Engineer upon completion of the work. C8-8 (5 ) rim PART C-1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO PART C GENERAL CONDITIONS 90135201E Cl - 1 December 1999 SECTION Cl: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO PART C -GENERAL CONDITIONS A. General These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. Provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and affect. B. C3-3.2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISEJVVOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Page C3-3 (1), should be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Upon requestr Contractor agrees to provide to Owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise {MBE} and/or a Woman Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment therefore, Contractor further agrees to - permit an audit and/or exam nation of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. C. C3-3.7 BONDS: Page C3-3 (3), the paragraph after subparagraph d. Change the paragraph to read as follows: "No sureties will be accepted by the owner which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the Owner. All bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and the surety shall be acceptable to the owner. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, (1) the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury List of Acceptable Sureties (Circular 870), or (2) the surety must have capital and surplus equal to ten times the amount of the bond. The surety must be licensed to business in the state of Texas. The amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list or one-tenth (1/10) of the total capital and surplus. If reinsurance is required, the company writing the reinsurance must be authorized, accredited or trusteed to do business in Texas." D. C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Page C8-8 (2), should be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Partial pay estimates shall be submitted by the Contractor or prepared by the City on the 5th day and 20th day of each month that the work is in progress. The estimate shall be proceeded by the City on the 10th day and 25th day respectively. Estimates will be paid within 25 days following the end of the estimate period, less the appropriate retainage as set out below. Partial pay estimates may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work place which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof, but which at the time of the pay estimate have not been so installed. If such materials are included within a pay estimate, payment shall be based upon 85% of the net voice value thereof. The Contractor will furnish the Engineer such information as may be reasonably requested to aid in the verification or the preparation of the pay estimate. For contracts of less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten per cent (10%). For contracts of$400,000 or more at the time of execution, retainage shall be five percent (5%), Contractor shall pay subcontractors in accord with the subcontract agreement within five (5) business days after receipt by Contractor of the payment by City. Contractor's failure to make the required payments to subcontractors will authorize the City to withhold future payments from the Contractor until compliance with this paragraph is accomplished- 9013520 1 F ccomplished_90135201F C1 - 1 December 1999 It is understood that the partial pay estimates will be approximate only, and all partial pay estimates and payment of same will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of the mistake in any previous estimate. Partial payment by Owner for the amount _ of work done or of its quality or sufficiency or acceptance of the work done; shall not release the Contractor of any of its responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any partial estimate if the Contractor fails to perform the work in strict accordance with the specifications or other provisions of this contract. E. C3-3.11 INSURANCE: Page C3-3 (5): Delete subparagraph "a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE" F. C3-3.11 INSURANCE: Page C3-3 (6): Delete subparagraph "g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING" G. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBLITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Page C6-6 (8), should be _ deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees F to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any such injury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such injury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees.. n In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. 90135201E C1 - 2 December 1999 PART D SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-1 AWARD OF CONTRACT ...............................................................,........................SC-4 D-2 SUBMISSION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS........................................................SC-4 �. D-3 GENERAL........,....................................,...............,.............,..,....,........,.,.,,...,,.,......SC-5 D-4 TAX EXEMPTIONS............................................. ........................,SC-7 D-5 PROJECT DESIGNATION......................................................................................SC-7 D-6 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS...................................................................SC-7 D-7 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE..................................................................SC-7 D-8 COORDINATION MEETINGS...,,....................,.................,............,..,.....................SC-7 D-9 PROJECT ABANDONMENT.......................................................,........................,..SC-7 D-10 BREAKDOWN OF BID PROPOSAL.......................................................................SC-7 D-11 OMIT......................................................................................... ......,.,...SC-7 D-12 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW..........SC-8 D-13 MINORITY AND WOMENS BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MANBE)COMPLIANCE...SC-10 D-14 CALENDAR DAY..................................................................................................SC-12 D-15 SUBSIDIARY WORK...........................,..,..........,.,..,,.,......................,..,........,...,....SC-12 D-16 WAGE RATES......................................................,...............................................S.0-12 D-17 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS...............................................................................S.C-1 4 D-18 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT.........................SC-14 D-19 DAMAGE TO PRIVATE PROPERTY....., D-20 SHOP DRAWINGS..............................................................................................,SSC-14 D-21 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES............................................................,......5C-15 D-22 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS......................................................SC-15 D-23 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES...................................................SC-16 D-24 TRAFFIC CONTROL................................................,......,......,.,.......,.........,,.........SC-16 D-25 PAYMENT.............................................................................................................SC-17 D-26 DELAYS................................................................................................................SC-17 D-27 DETOURS.............................................................................................................SC-17 D-28 BARRICADES AND WARNING SIGNS,................................................................SC-17 D-29 EXAMINATION OF SITE.......................................................................................SC-18 D-30 ZONING COMPLIANCE.......................... .........SC-18 D-31 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION................. .....SC-18 D-32 WASTE MATERIAL..............................................................................................SC-18 D-33 CLEANUP FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE.................................................................SC-18 ., D-34 PROPERTY ACCESS ................. .............................................••..........SC-18 D-35 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK..........................SC-18 D-36 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS - WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES.....................SC-18 D-37 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS........................,....SC-19 D-38 SANITARY FACILITIES FOR WORKERS........... .................................................SC-20 D-39 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC.........................SC-20 D-40 RIGHT TO AUDIT.........................................................................................•.......SC-20 D-41 INCREASE OR DECREASE IN QUANTITIES.......................................................SC-21 D-42 CUTTING OF CONCRETE...............,.,, ...........SC-21 D-43 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN..........................................................................SC-21 D-44 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT...............................SC-22 D-45 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL.................................................SC-22 D-46 TYPE "C,. BACKFILL.............................................................................................EC-22 D-47 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL.....................................................................SC-23 D-48 2:27 CONCRETE................................... ...................SC-23 D-49 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION.....,..,..,........................SC-23 90135201 F SC-1 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-50 PAVEMENT REPAIR (E2-19)................................................................................SC-24 D-51 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM FOR WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECTS ONLY...SC-25 D-52 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES.........................................................................SC-26 D-53 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES...........................................................................SC-29 D-54 NOT USED......................._...................... ......................................................S!C-30 D-55 REMOVAL, SALVAGE AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES..........SC-30 D-56 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES.................... ............SC-32 D-57 PIPE CLEANING................................................,..................................................S.0-32 D-58 BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND FLAGMEN.......................................................SC-32 D-59 DISPOSAL OF SPOIL/FILL MATERIAL.................................................................SC-32 D-60 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN........................................ ......SC-33 D-61 SUBSTITUTIONS .... ................................................................................SC-33 D-62 PRECONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION/SANITARY SEWER LINES..SC-33 D-63 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES...................................SC-36 D-64 BYPASS PUMPING...............................................................................................SC-37 D-65 POST-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS.-SC-38 D-66 SAMPLES AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING..................................................SC-39 D-67 TEMPORARY EROSION SEDIMENTS AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL...SC-40 D-68 INGRESS AND EGRESS/ACCESS TO DRIVES.................................................SC-41 D-69 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL...................................................SC-41 D-70 SITE RESTORATION................. .........SC-41 D-71 STANDARD PRODUCT LIST................................................................................SC-41 D-72 STATE REVOLVING FUND (SRF) REQUIREMENTS...........................................SC-41 D-73 TOPSOIL, SODDING AND SEEDING............. ........... ...........SC-42 D-74 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM..............................................................,SC-47 D-75 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION/FINAL INSPECTION ....................SC-47 D-76 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES ....................................................... SC-48 ........................ D-77 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF SEWER PIPE ................... . ............SC-49 D-78 CLAY DAM............. ............. ............... .............. .................................................SC-49 D-79 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-MOLE).............................. ................SC-49 D-80 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES..............................................................SC-49 �- 80.1 POLYVINYAL (CHLORIDE PVC) WATER PIPE...................................................SC-49 80.2 BLOCKING................................................. ..,...........SC-49 80.3 TYPE OF CASING PIPE........................................................................................SC-50 80.4 TIE-INS..................................................................................................................SC-50 80.5 CONNECTION OF EXISTING MAINS...................................................................SC-50 80.6 VALVE CUT-INS...................................................................................................SC-51 80.7 WATER SERVICES............................................................................ .......SC-51 80.8 2-INCH TEMPORARY SERVICE LINE..................................................................SC-53 80.9 ADJUST MANHOLES AND VAULTS (UTILITY CUT)............................................SC-54 80.10 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOXES.......................................................................,.SC-54 80.11 PURGING AND STERILIZATION OF WATER LINES............................................SC-54 80,12 WORK NEAR PRESSURE PLANE BOUNDARIES...............................................SC-54 80.13 WATER SAMPLE STATION...... ......... ... ............SC-55 80.14 DUCTILE IRON AND GRAY IRON FITTINGS.......................................................SC-55 D-81 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL....................................................................SC-56 D-82 DEWATERING......................................................................................................SC-56 D-83 TRENCH EXCAVATION FOR DEEP TRENCHES................................................SC-56 D-84 TREE PRUNING...................................................................................................SC-56 90135201 F SC-2 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-85 TREE REMOVAL............................................................. ........SC-57 D-86 TEST HOLES .......................................................................................................S.0-57 90135201 F SC-3 December 1999 PART D _ SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR: REHABILITATION OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS DOE PROJECT NO. SEWER PROJECT NO. D-1 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The City reserves the right to abandon without obligation to the contractor, any part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the contractor begins any construction work authorized by the City. Award, if made, shall be to the responsive low bidder. The following shall apply for contract documents with multiple units of worm. Each unit represents a separate project, each with an individual MIWBE specification and proposal section. The proposal' sections are arranged to allow prospective bidders to submit bids on one unit, some of the units, or all of the units. Award of contract(s), if made, shall be to the responsive tow bidder for each individual unit. If a contractor is the responsive low bidder on two units or more, a single set of contract documents consisting of all applicable units will be created and one single award of contract shall be made. The Contractor shall comply with the City's MIWBE Ordinance on each unit. Bidders shall submit individual and separate monthly MJWBE reports for each Unit included in the Contract. Construction time on all units will run concurrently. For situations involving approved contracts with multiple units, the total allowable construction completion time period for all the units shall be the same as the unit with the longest construction time period. D-2 SUBMISSION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, CONSTRUCTION START TIME AND PRE-CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS; The contractor(s) shall execute and return the contract -� documents to the Department of Engineering within ten (10) working days after notification by the City. A Pre-Construction meeting date will be established and noted in the Letter to Contractor, The effective work order date will be set at the pre-construction conference. The contractor(s) shall be required to start construction on the project no later than ten (10) calendar working days after the pre-construction meeting date. The City shall begin to charge time on the project to the contractor eleven days after the pre-construction meeting date. Per City ordinance 13471, as amended by Ordinance No. 13781, the contractor(s) shall submit the letters of intent or a copy of the agreements with the approved MIWBE subcontractor(s) at or before the ,pre-construction conference. To expedite MIWBE compliance contractors are strongly encouraged to submit the executed letters of intent (with MIWBE subcontractors) at the time of submittal of the UTILIZATION FORM or GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM. The letter(s) must be signed by both parties. If the contractor(s) fails to submit the letters) or agreement(s), the contractor(s) will not be allowed to begin work. Time on the project will start to accumulate at the end of the ten (10) days as stipulated above. 90/35201 F SC-4 December 1999 PAIN D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Additional submittals at time of pre-construction meeting shall include (but not limited to): Contractors Work Plan and Schedule Disposal Site for Waste Material Information Sub-Contractor identification Trench Safety Design (if required) Confined Space Entry Program Name and number of a responsible person for off hour emergencies Project schedule which must reflect a project completion date to be determined by the completion time period stipulated in the proposal section. The pre-construction conference is intended as a forum between the contractor and the appropriate City staff to go over the project in detail and to afford the contractor the opportunity to submit all the required documents listed above. If the contractor fails to submit any of the required documents, the contractor will not be allowed to begin work and time on the project will start to accumulate. D-3 GENERA,: The order or precedence in case of conflicts or discrepancies between various parts of the Contract Documents subject to the ruling of the Engineer shall generally, but not necessarily, follow the guidelines listed below- - 1. Plans 2. Contract Documents 3. Special Conditions The following Special Conditions shall be applicable to this project and shall govern over any conflicts with the General Contract Documents under the provisions stated above. The Contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty materials and workmanship, or both, for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance of this project by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth and will be required to replace at his expense any part or all of this project which becomes defective due to these causes. The City reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, any part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the City. Contract, if awarded, shall be as described in "Award of Contract" above. Subject to modifications as herein contained, the Fort Worth Water Department's General Contract Documents and General Specifications, with latest revisions, are made a part of the General Contract Documents for this project. The Plans, these Special Contract Documents and the rules, regulations, requirements, instructions, drawings or details referred to by manufacturers name, or identification include therein as specifying, referring or implying product control, performance, quality, or other shall be binding upon the contractor. The specifications and drawings shall be considered cooperative„ therefore, work or material called for by one and not shown or mentioned in the other shall be accomplished or furnished in a faithful manner as though required by all. 90135201 F SC-5 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Any Contractor performing any work on Fort Worth water or sanitary sewer facilities must be pre- qualified with the Water Department to perform such work in accordance with procedures described in the current Fort Worth Water Department General Specifications, which general specifications shall govern performance of all such work. This contract and project, where applicable, may also be governed by the two following published specifications, except as modified by these Special Provisions: 1. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION - CITY OF FORT WORTH 2, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION - NORTH CENTRALTEXAS A copy of either of these specifications may be purchased at the office of the Transportation and Public Works Director, 1046 Thrcckmorton Street, 2nd Floor, Municipal Building, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. The specifications applicable to each pay item are indicated by the call-out for the =' pay item by the designer. If not shown, then applicable published specifications in either of these documents may be followed at the discretion of the Contractor. General Provisions shall be those of the Fort Worth document rather than Division 1 of the North Central Texas document. Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract document at any time. Failure to bid or fully execute contract without retaining contract documents intact may be grounds for designating bids as "non-responsive" and rejecting bids or voiding contract as appropriate as determined by the City Engineer. INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL: A. DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, -- accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the Purchasing Manager or his representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the "Notice to Bidders". It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that -. a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidders must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL", and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders". The envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth Purchasing Division, PO Box 17027, Fort Worth, Texas 76142. B. WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing Managercannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for Opening proposals. A request for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non- consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner be returned unopened. C, TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of 90135201F SC-6 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal. D-4 TAX EXEMPTIONS: This contract is Issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant of the provisions of Article 20.04(F) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. All equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the project construction, are subject to State sales tax under House Bill 11, enacted August 15, 1991. All such taxes shall be included in the various amounts on the Proposal Form. The successful Bidder shall be required to submit a breakdown between labor and material costs prior to execution of the contract- D-5 PROJECT DESIGNATION: Construction under these Special Documents shall be performed under the Project Designation: Project No. PS46-07046410289 D-6 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS: Contractor shall comply with City Ordinance Number 7278 as amended by City Ordinance Number 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A- 21 through 12-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. The Contractor shall post the required notice to that effect on the project site, and at his request, will be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment Officer who will refer any qualified applicant he may have on file in his office to the Contractor. Appropriate notices may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer. D-7 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: Before the project work order is issued, a pre- construction conference shall be held with representatives of the following agencies present: City Engineering Department, City Water Department, City Public Works Department, other interested City Departments (such as Traffic), interested utility companies (such as gas, telephone, and electric), Design Engineer and the successful Contractor. Contractor shall submit a schedule of operations at the pre-construction conference. D-8 COORDINATION MEETINGS: For coordination purposes, weekly meetings at the job site may be required to maintain the project on the desired schedule. The Contractor shall be present at all meetings. D-9 PROJECT ABANDONMENT: The City reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, any part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the City. D-14 BREAKDOWN OF BID 'PROPOSAL: When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a cost breakdown of those bid items shown in the Proposal as lump sum items. This information is for use in the preparation of a recommendation to the City for award of contract. D-11 OMIT: 90135201 F SC-7 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-12 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW: A. Definitions: 1. Certification of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC„82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. 2. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's worm on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §4016.096)- includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services” include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, -� such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) or all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. - C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. . D. if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 90135201 F SC-8 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known„ of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person{ may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to; 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.0111(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor:. a.) .A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and b.) A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten .� (101; days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and .� 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1)-(7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whore they are providing services. 8. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation 90135201 F SC-9 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative, criminal, civil penalties or other civil actions. 9. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. J. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." Call, the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at (512)440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage". D-93 MINORITY AND WOMENS BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MIWBE) COMPLIANCE: In accordance with City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 11923, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. The Ordinance is incorporated in these specifications by reference. A copy of the Ordinance may be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. Failure to comply with the ordinance shall be a material breach of contract. a. The MIWBE UTILIZATION FORM, MIWBE GOALS WAIVER FORM AND GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM, as applicable, must be submitted within five (5) ciy business days after bid opening. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. Upon request, contractor agrees to provide the City complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority or Women Business Enterprise (MIWBE) on the contract and payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of acts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the 90135201 F SC-10 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state, or local laws or ordinances relating to false statement. Further, any such misrepresentation (other than a negligent misrepresentation) andfor commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three years. The City will consider the contractor's performance regarding its MIWBE program in the evaluation of bids. Failure to comply with the City's M/WBE Ordinance, or to demonstrate "good faith effort", shall result in a bid being rendered non-responsive to specifications. Contractor shall provide copies of subcontracts or co-signed letters of intent with approved M/WBE subcontractors prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall also provide monthly reports on utilization of the subcontractors to the City's M/WBE office. The Contractor may count first and second tier subcontractors and/or suppliers toward meeting the goals. The Contractor may count toward its goal a portion of the total dollar amount of the contract with a joint venture equal to the percentage of the M/WBE participation in the joint venture for a clearly defined portion of the work to be performed. All M/WBE contractors used in meeting the goals must be certified prior to the award of the Contract. The M/WBE contractor(s) must be certified by either the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) or Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Highway Division and must be located in the nine (9) county marketplace at time of bid. The Contractor shall contact all such M/WBE subcontractors or suppliers prior to listing them on the M/WBE utilization or good faith effort forms as applicable. Failure to contact the listed M/WBE subcontractor or supplier prior to bid opening may result in the rejection of bid as non-responsive. Whenever a change order affects the work of an M/WBE subcontractor or supplier, the MAIVBE shall be given an opportunity to perform the work. Whenever a change order exceeds 10% of the original contract, the MIWBE coordinator shall determine the goals applicable to the work to be performed under the change order. During the term of the contract the contract shall: 1. Make no unjustified changes or deletions in it's MIWBE participation commitments �. submitted with or subsequent to the bid, and, 2. If substantial subcontracting and/or substantial supplier opportunities arise during the term �., of the contract which the contractor had represented he would perform with his forces, the contractor shall notify the City before subcontracts or purchase orders are let, and shall be required to comply with modifications to goals as determined by the City, and , 3. Submit a REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF CHANGE FORM, if the contractor desires to change or delete any of the M/WBE subcontractors or suppliers. Justification for change may be granted for the following: a. Failure of Subcontractor to provide evidence of coverage by Worker's Compensation Insurance. b. Failure of Subcontractor to provide required general liability of other insurance. 90135201 F SC-11 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS c. Failure of Subcontractor to execute a standard subcontract form in the amount of the proposal used by the Contractor in preparing his M/WBE Participation plan. d. Default by the M/WBE subcontractor or supplier in the performance of the subcontractor.. Within ten (10) days after final payment from the City, the contractor shall provide the MfWBE Office with documentation to reflect final participation of each subcontractor and supplier used on the project, inclusive of MAVBEs. D-14 CALENDAR DAY: Delete paragraph C1-1.24, in Part C-General Conditions, in its entirety and substitute the following new paragraph: C1-1.24 Caiendar Day: A Calendar day is any day of the week or month. The Contractor will not be allowed to work on Sundays or any holidays observed by the City of Fort Worth. D-15 SUBSIDIARY WORK: Any and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans, the General Contract Documents or these Special Contract Documents, in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for each bid item. Surface restoration, removal and replacement of fencing, and cleanup are general items of work which fall in the category of subsidiary work. D-16 WAGE RATES: The labor classifications and minimum wage rates set forth herein have -, been predetermined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, in accordance with statutory requirements, as being the prevailing classifications and rates that shall govern on all } work performed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the site of the project covered by these -. Contract Documents. In no event shall less than the following rates of wages be paid. (Attached) CITY OF FORT WORTH .., HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PREVAILING WAGE RATE FOR 1995 CLASSIFICATION RATE CLASSIFICATION RATE Air Tool Operator $7.554 Form Liner $8.913 Asphalt Raker $8.565 Form Setter (Pav & Curb) $8.686 Asphalt Shoveler $8.255 Form Setter (Structures) $8.427 rt Batching Plant Weigher $9.371 Laborer, Common $6.402 .� Batterboard Setter $8.920 Laborer, Utility $7.461 Carpenter $9.447 Mechanic $10.658 Concrete F'nisher (PAV) $9.345 Oiler $8.698 Concrete F nisher (SIRS) $9.058 Servicer $8.104 Concrete Rubber $7.733 Piledriver $7.500 Electrician $12.761 Pipelayer $8.549 Flagger $5.598 Blaster $11.333 Form Builder (STRS) $8.717 90135201 F SC-12 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS CLASSIFICATION MATE CLASSIFICATION RATE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS Asphalt Distributor $8.404 Posthole Driller Operator $9.000 Asphalt Paving Machine $9.053 Roller, Steel Wheel Broom or Sweeper Operator $7.908 (Plant-Mix Pavements) $8.339 Bulldozer, 150 HP or Less $8.703 Roller, Steel Wheel Bulldozer, Over 150 HP $9.160 (Flatwheel or Tamping) $7.963 Concrete Paving Curing Mach.$8.213 Roller, Pneumatic Self-Pro $7.403 Concrete Pav Finishing Mach. $9.453 Scraper- 17 CY & Less $8.138 Concrete Paving Form Grader$8.500 Scraper- Over 17 CY $8.205 Concrete Paving Joint Mach. $9.042 Side Boom $7.793 Concrete Paving Joint Sealer $7,350 Tractor - Crawler Type Concrete Paving Float $7.875 (150 HP & Less) $8.448 Concrete Paving Saw $9.290 Tractor - Crawler Type Concrete Paving Spreader $9.750 (Over 150 HP) $8.873 Slipform Machine $9.000 Tractor - Pneumatic $7.735 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Traveling Mixer $7.615 Derrick, Dragline, Shovel Trenching Machine - Light $8.188 (Less than 1 % cy) $9.513 Trenching Machine - Heavy $12.498 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Wagon-Drill, Boring Machine $9.000 Derrick, Dragline, Shovel Reinforcing Steel Setter (1 % cy & Over) $10.517 (Paving) $9.218 Crushing or Scrng Plt Opr. $9.500 Reinforcing Steel Setter Elevating Grader Foundation (Structural) $11.548 Drill Oper. (Crawler Mounted) $10.000 Steel Worker- Structural $16.300 t Foundation Drill Operator Sign Erector $11.436 (Truck Mounted) $11.138 Spreader Box Operator $6.988 Foundation D611 Opr Helper Barricade Servicer Zone Wk. $6,402 Front Ent Loader Mounted Sign Installer (2 % CY or Less) $8.823 (Permanent Ground) $6.402 Front Ent Loader Truck Driver- Single Axle (Over 2 % CY) $9.311 (Light) $7,465 Hoist (Double Drum & Less) $8.917 Truck Driver - Single Axle Milling Machine Operator $6.650 (Heavy) $8.067 Mixer (Over 16 CF) $9.000 Truck Driver - Tandem Axle Mixer (16 CF & Less) $7.913 (Semi-Trailer) $7.816 Mixer - Concrete Paving $9.500 Truck Driver - Lowboy/Float $9.653 Motor Grader Operator Truck Driver - Transit Mix $7.507 (Fine Grade) $10.346 Truck Driver - Winch $8.200 Motor Grader Operator $9.891 Vibrator Operator $7.000 Pavement Marking Machine $6.402 Welder $10.459 k 90135201 F SC-13 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-17 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS: The performance of this contract requires certain temporary construction, right-of-entry agreements, and/or permits to perform work on private property. The City has attempted to obtain the temporary construction and/or right-of-entry agreements for properties where construction activity is necessary on City owned facilities, such as sewer lines or manholes. For locations where the City was unable to obtain the easement or right-of-entry, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the agreement prior to beginning work on subject property. This shall be subsidiary to the contract. The agreements which the City has obtained are available to the Contractor for review by contacting the plans desk at the Department of Engineering, City of Fort Worth. Also, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain written permission from property owners to perform such work as cleanout repair and sewer service replacement on private property. Contractor shall adhere to all requirements of Paragraph C6-6.10 of the General Contract Documents, The Contractor's attention is directed to the agreement terms along with any special conditions that may have been imposed on these agreements, by the property owners, The easements and/or private property shall be cleaned up after use and restored to its original condition or better, in event additional work room is required by the Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the property owners involved for the use of additional property required. No additional payment will be allowed for this item. The City has obtained the necessary documentation for railroad and/or highway permits required for construction of this project. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all provisions of such permits and shall pay any and all costs associated with the permits). It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide the required flagmen andlor provide payment to the appropriate railroad/agency for all flagmen during construction in railroad/agency right-of-way. Any and all costs associated with compliance with permits(s) including payment for flagmen shall be subsidiary to the project price. No additional payment will be allowed for this item. D-18 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT: During the construction - of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the (Nater Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those lines. D-19 DAMAGE TO PRIVATE PROPERTY: The Contractor shall immediately repair or replace any damage to private property, Including but not limited to fences, walls, pavement and water and sewer services, at no cost to the Owner. This shall be subsidiary to the contract and not a separate pay item. D-20 SHOP DRAWINGS: Shop drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Construction Engineer, for all equipment and materials for this project. Contractor shall submit seven (7) copies of shop drawings, layouts, manufacturer's data and material schedules as may be required by the Engineer for his review. Such review by the Engineer shall include checking for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with Information given in the General Contract Documents. Indicated action by the Engineer, which may result from his review, shall not constitute concurrence with any deviation from the plans and specifications unless such deviations are specifically identified by the method described below, and further shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the submitted 90135201 F SC-14 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS data. Processed shop drawing submittal are not change orders. The purpose of submittals, by the Contractor, is to demonstrate that the Contractor understands the design concept, and that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which equipment and materials he intends to furnish and install, and by detailing the -abrication and installation methods he intends to use. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between submittals and the design drawings and/or ,M specifications are discovered, either prior to or after submittals are processed, the design drawings and specifications shall govern. The Contractor shall be responsible for all dimensions which are to be confirmed and correlated at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordination of his work with that of other trades and satisfactory performance of his work. The Contractor shall check and verify all measurements and review submittals prior to being submitted, and sign or initial a statement included with the submittal, which signifies compliance with the plans and specifications and dimensions suitable for the application. Any deviation from the specified criteria shall be expressly stated in writing in the submittal, Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following items prior to installation: 1. All pipe 2. Reinforced steel fabrication for structures 3. Cast Iron structural appurtenances Shop drawings must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of work. D-21 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES: Where a proposed water line crosses over a sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line and/or proposed sewer line crosses over a water fine and the clear vertical distance is less than 9 feet barrel to barrel, the sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line shall be made water tight or be constructed of ductile iron pipe. The required length of replacement shall be determined by the Engineer. The material for sanitary sewer mains and sanitary sewer laterals shall be Class 51 Ductile Iron Pipe with polyethylene wrapping. The material for sanitary sewer service lines shall be extra strength cast iron soil pipe with polyethylene wrapping. Adapter fittings shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling ASTM C-425 with series 300 stainless steel compression straps. Payment for work such as backfill, fittings, tie-ins and all other associated appurtenances required, shall be included in the linear foot price of the appropriate bid item. -- D-22 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS: The plans show the locations of all known surface and subsurface structures. However, the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these structures on the Plans, or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure shall not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for extra work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of and protecting all existing utilities, service lines, or other property exposed by his construction operations. Contractor shall make all necessary provisions for the support, protection, relocation, andlor temporary relocation of all utility poles, gas lines, telephone cables, utility services, water mains, sanitary sewer lines, electrical cables, drainage pipes, and all other utilities and structures both above and below ground during construction. The Contractor is liable for all damages done to such existing facilities as a result of his operations and any and all cost incurred for the protection and/or temporary relocation of such facilities shall be included in the cost bid per linear foot of pipe installed. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED. 90135201 F SC-15 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Where existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged the Contractor shall replace or repair the utilities or service lines with the same type of original material and construction, or better, unless otherwise shown or noted on the plans, at his own cost and expense. The _ Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of the damaged utility or service line. He shall cooperate with the Owners of all utilities to locate existing underground facilities and notify the Engineer of any conflicts in grades and alignment. Any and all permanent structures such as parking lot surface, fencing, and like structures shall be replaced at no cost to the City by material of equal value and quality as that damaged. In case its necessary to change or move the property of any Owner of a public utility, such property shall not be moved or interfered with until ordered to do so by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the project for the purpose of making such changes or repairs of their property that may be made necessary by performance of this contract. The utility lines and conduits shown on the plans are for info oration only and are not guaranteed by the City of the Engineer to be accurate as to extent, location, and depth; they are shown on the plans as the best information available at the time of design, from the owners of the utilities involved and from evidences found on the ground. D-23 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES: It is apparent that certain construction vehicles could exceed the load bearing capacity of the pipe under shallow bury conditions, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect both the new line and the existing lines from these possibly excessive loads. The Contractor shall not, at any time, cross the existing or new pipe with a truck delivering new pipe to the site. Any damage to the existing or new pipe will be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, to the satisfaction of the City. In locations where it is not permissible to cross the existing or proposed pipes without additional protection the Contractor may elect to provide additional protection of the pipes so that more frequent crossings of the pipes are allowed. It still is, however, the responsibility of the Contractor to repair any damage to the existing or proposed lines, if the damage results from any phase of his construction operation. D-24 TRAFFIC CONTROL: The Contractor shall be responsible for providing traffic control during the construction of this project consistent with the provision set forth in the "1989 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways," codified as Article 6701d Vernon's Civil Statutes, pertinent sections being Section tilos. 27, 29, 30 and 31. In addition, the Contractor shall comply with City of Fort Worth, Texas, February 1979, Traffic Control Handbook for Construction and Maintenance Work Areas. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign or other sign which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation/Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, {Phone Number 871-8100} to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above-referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does 90135201 F SC-16 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS not meet the required specifications, the ;permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be reinstalled, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to reinstall the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such reinstallation is completed, 1. The Contractor shall furnish barricades, flares, etc., for the protection of the public and the work. 2. The cost of the traffic control shall be included in the price bid for pipe complete in place as bid in the Proposal, and no other compensation will be allowed. 3, The Contractor shall furnish a traffic control plan to the City at the pre-construction meeting. The cost for traffic control shall be subsidiary to the unit prices for this project. D-25 PAYMENT: Payment for all work and material involved in salvaging, abandoning, and/or removing of existing facilities shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe except as follows: 1. Separate payment will be made for removal of all fire hydrants, gate valves 16-inch and larger, and sanitary sewer manholes regardless of location, 2. Payment will be made for salvaging, abandoning, and/or removing of all other existing facilities when said facility is not being replaced"in the same trench, i.e., when removal - requires a separate trenching operation. D-26 DELAYS: The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed, a written statement thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to W the Engineer, and if by him found correct, shall be approved and referred by him to the Council for final approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the Council shall be final and binding, If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineers to stop work, or by the performance of -. extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide material or necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for which shall, however, be subject to the approval of the City Council; and no such extension of time shall release the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all his obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract, D-27 DETOURS: The Contractor shall prosecute his work in such a manner as to create a minimum of interruption to traffic and pedestrian facilities and to the flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffic within the project area, � D-28 BARRICADES AND WARNING SIGNS: Barricades, warning and detour signs shall conform to the Standard Specifications "Barriers and Warning and/or Detour Signs," Item 524, and/or as shown on the plans. Construction signing and barricades shall conform with °1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Vol, No. 1" or latest edition there of. 90135201]= SC-17 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-29 EXAMINATION OF SITE: It shall be the responsibility of the prospective bidder to visit the project site and make such examinations and explorations as may be necessary to determine all conditions which may affect construction of this project. Particular attention should be given to methods of providing ingress and egress to adjacent private and public properties, procedures for protecting existing improvements and disposition of all materials to be removed. Proper consideration should be given to these details during the preparation of the Proposal and all unusual conditions which may give rise to later contingencies should be brought to the attention of the Owner prior to the submission of the Proposal. D-30 ZONING COMPLIANCY: During the construction of this project, the Contractor shall comply with present zoning requirements of the City of Fort Worth in the use of vacant property for storage purposes. D-31 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION: Water for construction will be furnished by the Contractor at his own expense. D-32 WASTE MATERIAL: All waste material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor at locations approved by the Engineer. All material shall be disposed of in such a manner as to present a neat appearance and to not obstruct proper drainage or to cause injury to street improvements or to abutting property. D-33 CLEANUP FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Final cleanup work shall be done for this project as soon as all construction has been completed. No more than seven days shall elapse after completion of construction before the roadway, right-of-way, or easement is cleaned up to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall make a final cleanup of all parts of the work before acceptance by the City of Fort Worth or its representative. This cleanup shall include removal of all objectionable rocks, pieces of asphalt or concrete and other construction materials, and in general preparing the site of the work in an orderly manner and appearance. Final acceptance of the completed project work shall be given by the City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering, D-34 PROPERTY ACCESS: Access to adjacent property shall be maintained at all times unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. D-35 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK: Prior to executing the Contract, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish a schedule outlining the anticipated time for each phase of construction with starting and completion dates, including sufficient time being allowed for cleanup. D-36 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES: The following procedures will be followed regarding the subject item on this contract: 1, A warning sign not less than five inches by seven inches, painted yellow with black letters -� that are legible at twelve feet shall be placed inside and outside vehicles such as cranes, derricks, power shovels, drilling rigs, pile drivers, hoisting equipment or similar apparatus. The warning sign shall read as follows: "WARNING - UNLAWFUL TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHIN SIX FEET OF HIGH VOLTAGE LINES." 90135201 F SC-18 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. Equipment that may be operated within ten feet of high voltage lines shall have insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm, except back hoes or dippers, and insulator links on the lift hook connections. 3. When necessary to work within six feet of high voltage electric lines, notification shall be w given the power company ;Texas Utility Electric) who will erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or lower the lines. The work done by the power company shall not be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth. The notifying department shall maintain an accurate log of all such calls to Texas Utility Electric, and shall record action taken in each case. 4. The Contractor is required tc• make arrangements with the Texas Electric Service company for the temporary relocation or raising of high voltage lines at the Contractor's sole cost and expense. 5. No person shall work within six fleet of a high voltage line without protection having been taken as outlined in Paragraph (3). D-37 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: The Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend the City, and their officers, agents servants or employees, and/or owners of the units and lot abutting the units in this contract from and against any and all claims for damages or injuries, including death, to any and all persons or property, of whatsoever kind of character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or incident to the services relating to the project to be performed by said Contractor, its officers, agents. servants or �- employees, under the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not caused by negligence on the part of the City, or their officers, agents, servants or employees; and said Cortractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all liability and responsibility of City for injuries, claims or suits for damages to any and all persons or property, of whatsoever kind or character, occurring during the term of this agreement and arising out of or by reason of service, covenants or agreements performed by said Contractor, its officers, agents, servants or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to, and does hereby, indemnify and hold harmless the City from and against any and all injuries or damages to property of City during the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether arising out of or in connection with or resulting from any and all acts or omissions of the City, their officers, agents, servants, or employees, or caused by negligence on the part of City, or their officers, agents, servants employees and/or owners of the units and lots abutting the units in this contract. In the event a written claim for damages against the Contractor remains unsettled at the time all work on the project has been completed to the satisfaction of the Director for the Department of Engineering, as evidenced by a final inspection, final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended by the Director of Department of Engineering for a period of 30 days after the date of such final inspection, unless the Contractor shall submit written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant w involved. Although the claim concerned remains unsettled as of the expiration of the above 30-day period, the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work completed, such semi-final payment to be in an amount equal to the total dollar amount then due less the dollar value of any written claims pending against the Contractor arising out of the performance of such work, and such semi-final payment may then be recommended by the Director. 90135201 F SC-19 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom such a claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six months following the date of the acceptance for the work performed unless the Contractor submits evidence in writing satisfactory to the Director that: 1. The claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved, or 2. Good faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding class, and such good faith efforts have failed. If condition (1). above is met at any time within the six-month period, the Director shall recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. If condition (2) above is met at any time within the six-month period, the Director may recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. At the expiration of the six-month period, the Director may recommend that final payment be made if all other work has been performed and all other obligation of the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of the Director. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other Department of Engineering contract work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City contract or under a developer-let contract for City of Fort Worth street and/or storm drainage facilities. D-38 SANITARY FACILITIES FOR WORKERS: The Contractor shall provide all necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of workers at the project site. Specific attention is directed to this requirement. D-39 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC: The Contractor's particular attention is directed to the requirements of Item C-6-6, "Legal Relations and R- Responsibilities to the Public" of the Fort Worth General Conditions. D-40 RIGHT TO AUDIT: A. Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly .. pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. B. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, under the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during normal working hours to ail subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article together with subsection (c) hereof. City shall give subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. 90135201 F SC-20 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS C. Contractor and subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City, The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of copies as follows: 1, copies and under- 10 cents per p P page P* 2. more than 50 copies - 85 cents for the first page plus fifteen cents for each page thereafter D-41 INCREASE OR DECREASE IN QUANTITIES: The quantities shown in the proposal are approximate. It is the Contractor's sole responsibility to verify all pay item quantities prior to submitting a bid. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any pay item of the r contract is more than 125% of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of work above 125% of the quantity in the Contract. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any pay item of the contract is less than 75% of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for l revised consideration on the portion of work below 75% of the quantity stated in the contract. This paragraph shall not apply in the event Owner deletes a pay item in its entirety from this contract. r + In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a negotiated ,price, Owner and Contractor agree that the consideration will be the actual field cost of the work plus 15% as described herein below, agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and Director of Department of Engineering and Contractor and Director of Department of Engineering and approved by the City Council after said work is completed, subject to all other conditions of the contract. As used r► herein, field cost of the work will include the cost of all workmen, foremen, time keepers, mechanics and laborers; all materials, supplies, trucks, equipment rental for such time as actually used on such work only, plus all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses; and a ratable portion of premiums on performance and payment bonds, public liability, Workers Compensation and all other insurance required by law or by ordinance. The Director of Department of Engineering will direct the form in which the accounts of actual field cost will be kept and will recommend in writing the method of doing the work and the type and kind of equipment to be used, but such work will be performed by the Contractor as an independent Contractor and not as an agent or employee of the City. The 15% of the actual field cost to be . paid to the Contractor shall cover and compensate him for profit, overhead, general supervision and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein specified. Upon request, the Contractor shall provide the Director of Department of Engineering access to all accounts, bills and vouchers relating thereto. D-42 CUTTING OF CONCRETE: When existing concrete is cut, such cuts shall be made with a concrete saw. All sawing shall be subsidiary to the unit cost of the respective item. r D-43 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN: Project signs are required at all locations. It shall be in accordance with the attached Figure 30 (dated 9-18-9E). The signs may be mounted on skids or posts. The exact locations and methods of mounting shall be approved by the Engineer. In addition to the 4' x 8' project signs, project signs shall be attached to barricades used where manhole rehabilitation or replacement is being conducted. Signs suspended from barricading 90135201 F SC-21 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS S hall be placed in such a way that signs do not interfere with reflective paint or coloring on the barricades. Barricade signs shall be in accordance with Figure 30, except that they shall be 1'-0" by 2'-0" in size. The information box shall have the following information: For Questions on this Project Call: {817}871-8306 M-F 7:30 am to 4:30 p.m. or (817)871-8300 Nights and Weekends Any and aft cost for the required materials, labor, and equipment necessary for the furnishing of Project Signs shall be considered as a subsidiary cost of the project and no additional compensation will be allowed. D-44 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT: At locations in the project -" where mains are required to be placed under existing sidewalks and/or driveways, such sidewalks and/or driveways shall be completely replaced for the full existing width, between existing construction or expansion joints with 3000 psi concrete with reinforcing steel on a sand cushion in accordance with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department Standard Specifications for Construction, Item 504. At locations where mains are required to be placed under existing curb and gutter, such curb and gutter shall be replaced to match type and geometry of the removed curb and gutter shall be installed in accordance with City of Fort Worth Public Works Department Standard Specification for Construction, item 502. Payment for cutting, backfill, concrete, forming materials and all other associated appurtenances required, shall be included in the square yard price of the bid item for concrete sidewalk or driveway repair. D-45 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material has been allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions. .� Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one-tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the project. D-46 TYPE "C" BACKFILL: Excavated material used for Type "C" backfill must be mechanically compacted unless the Contractor can furnish the Engineer with satisfactory evidence the Pal. of the excavated material is less then 8.' Such evidence shall be a test report from an independent testing laboratory and must include representative samples of soils in all involved areas, with a map showing the location and depth of the various test holes. If excavated material is obviously granular in nature, containing tittle or no plastic material, the Engineer may waive the test report requirement. r. 90/35201 F SC-22 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS See E-1,24, Type "C" Backfill, and E2.11 Trench Backfill.*'` Revised 3120181 *" Revised 4/20181 D-47 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL: Where specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer, Crushed Limestone shall be used for trench backfill on this project. The material shall conform to Public Works Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction Division 2 Item 208.2 - Materials and Division 2 Item 208.3 - Materials Sources. Trench backfill and compaction shall meet the requirements of E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, Construction Specifications, General Contract Dccuments. Payment for crushed limestone backfill in place shall be made at the unit price bid in the Proposal multiplied by the quantity of material used measured in accordance with E2-2.16 Measurement of Backfill Materials, Construction Specifications, General Contract Documents. D-48 2:27 CONCRETE: Transportation and Public Works Department typical Sections for Pavement and Trench Repair for Utility Cuts Figures 1 through 5 refer to using 2:27 Concrete as ,y. base repair. Since this call-out includes the word "concrete", the consistent interpretation of the Transportation and Public Works Department is that this ratio specifies two (2) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete. D-49 TRENCH EXCAVATiON, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION: Trench excavation and backfill under parking lots, driveways, gravel surfaced roads, within easements, and within existing or future R.Q.W. shall be in accordance with Section E1-2 Backfill and E2-2 Excavation and Backfill of the General Contract Documents and Specifications except as specified herein. A. TRENCH EXCAVATION: In accordance with Section E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, if the stated maximum trench widths are exceeded, either through accident or otherwise, and if the Engineer determines that the design loading of the pipe will be exceeded, the Contractor will be required to support the pipe with an improved trench bottom. The expense of such remedial measures shall be entirely the Contractor's awn. All trenching operations shall be confined to the width of permanent rights-of-way, permanent easements, and any temporary construction easements. All excavation shall be in strict compliance with the Trench Safety Systems Special Condition of this document. B. TRENCH BACKFILL: Trenches which lie outside of existing or future pavement shall be backfilied above the top of the embedment material with Type "C" backfill material. Excavated material used for Type "C" backfill must be mechanically compacted unless the Contractor can furnish the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the P.I. of the excavated material is less than 8. Such evidence shall be a test report from an independent testing laboratory and must include representative samples of sails in all involved areas, with a map showing the location and depth of the various test holes. If excavated material is obviously granular in nature, containing little or no plastic material, the Engineer may waive the test report requirement. See E1-2.3, Type "C" or "D" Backfill, and E2-2.11 Trench Backfill for additional requirements. When Type "C" backfill material is not suitable, at the direction of the Engineer, Type "B" backfill material shall be used. In general, all backfill material for trenches in existing paved streets shall be in accordance with Figure(s) A, B, C, or D. Sand material specified in Figure(s) A-D shall be obtained from an approved source and shall consist of durable particles 90135201 F SC-23 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS free of thin or elongated pieces, lumps of clay, soil, loam or vegetable matter and shall meet the following gradation; Size Sieve % Retained #4 0-5 #16 0-20 #50 0-50 - #100 60-95 #200 90-100 .. (P.1. = 8 or less) C. TRENCH COMPACTION: All trench backfill shall be placed in lifts per E2-2.9 Backfill. Trenches which lie outside existing or future pavements shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% Standard Proctor Density (A.S.T.M. D698) by means of tamping onfy. Trenches which lie under existing or future pavement shall be backfilled per Figure A with 95% Standard Proctor Density by jetting, mechanical tamping, or a combination of methods. Backfill material to be mechanically tamped must be within +-4% of its optimum moisture content. The top two (2) feet of sewer line trenches and the top eighteen (18) inches of water line may be rolled in with heavy equipment tires, provided it is placed in lifts appropriate to the material being used and the operation can be performed without damage to the installed pipe. The City, at its own expense, will perform trench compaction tests per A.S.T.M. standards on all trench backfill. Any retesting required as a result of failure to compact the backfill material to meet the standards will be at the expense of the Contractor and will be billed at the commercial rates as determined by the City. These soil density tests shall be performed at two (2) foot vertical intervals beginning at a level two (2) feet above the top of the installed pipe and continuing to the top of the completed backfill at intervals along the trench not to exceed 300 linear feet. The Contractor will be responsible for providing access and trench safety system to the level of trench backfill to be tested. No extra compensation will be allowed for exposing the backfill layer to be tested or providing trench safety system for tests conducted by the City. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All material, including any and all Type "B" backfill, and labor costs of excavation and backfill will be included in the price bid per linear foot of water and sewer pipe. D-50 PAVEMENT REPAIR (E2-19): The unit price bid under the appropriate bid item of the proposal shall cover all cost for providing pavement repair equal to or superior in composition, thickness, etc., to existing pavement as detailed in the Public Works Department typical sections for Pavement and Trench Repair for Utility Cuts, Figures 1 through 5. 90135201 F SC-24 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS All required paving cuts shall be made with a concrete saw in a true and straight line on both sides of the trench, a minimum of twelve (12) inches outside the trench wails. The trench shall be backfilled and the top nine (9) inches shall be flied with required materials as shown on paving details, compacted and level with the finished street surface, This finished grade shall be maintained in a serviceable condition until the paving has been replaced. All residential driveways shall be accessible at night and over weekends. It has been determined by the Transportation and Public Works Department that the strip of existing HMAC pavement between the existing gutter and the edge of the trench pavement repair will not hold up if such strip of existing pavement is two (2) feet or less in width. Therefore, at the locations in the project where the trench wall is three (3) feet or less from the lip of the existing gutter, the Contractor shall be required to remove the existing paving to such gutter. The pavement repair shall then be made from a minimum distance of twelve (12) inches outside the trench wall nearest the center of the street to the gutter line. The pavement shall be replaced within a maximum of five (5) working days, providing job placement conditions will permit repaving, If paving conditions are not suitable for repaving, in the opinion of the Owner, the repaving shall be done at the earliest possible date. A permit must be obtained from the Department of Engineering Construction Services Section by the Contractor in conformance with Ordinance No. 3449 and/or Ordinance No. 792 to make utility cuts in the street. The Department of Engineering will inspect the paving repair after construction. This permit requirement may be waived if work is being done under a Performance Bond and inspected by the Department of Engineering. D-51 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM FOR WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECTS ONLY: A. GENERAL: This specification covers the trench safety requirements for all trench excavations exceeding depth of five (5) feet in order to protect workers from cave-ins. The requirements of this item govern all trenches for mains, manholes, vaults, service lines, and all other appurtenances. The design for the trench safety shall be signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in Texas. B. STANDARDS: The latest version of the L .S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926, Sub-Part P - Excavations, are hereby made a part of this specification and shall be the minimum governing requirements for trench safety. C. DEFINITIONS: 1. TRENCHES - A trench is referred to as a narrow excavation made below the surface of the ground in which the depth is greater than the width, where the width measured at the bottom is not greater than fifteen (15) feet. 2. BENCHING SYSTEM - Benching means excavating the sides of a trench to form one or a series of horizontal level or steps, usually with vertical or near-vertical surfaces between levels. 90135201 F SC-25 December 1999 r• 1 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3. SLOPING SYSTEM - Sloping means excavating to form sides of a trench that are inclined away from the excavation. 4. SHIELD SYSTEM - Shields used in trenches are generally referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields". Shield means a structure that is able to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and protect workers within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and move along as the work progresses, Shields can be either pre-manufactured or job-built in accordance with OSHA standards. 5. SHORING SYSTEM - Shoring means a structure such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timer system that supports the sides of a trench and which is designed to prevent cave-ins. Shoring systems are generally comprised of cross-braces, vertical rails, (uprights), horizontal rails (wales) and/or sheeting. D. MEASUREMENT - Trench depth is the vertical measurement from the top of the existing ground to the bottom of the pipe or structures. The quantity of trench safety systems shall be based on the linear foot amount of trench depth greater than five (5) feet. E. PAYMENT - Payment shall be full compensation for safety system design, labor, tools, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for the installation and removal of trench safety systems. D-52 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES: A. GENERAL: The installation, replacement, and/or rehabilitation of sanitary sewer manholes will be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer, All manholes shall be in accordance with sections E1-14 Materials for Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Valve Vaults, Etc., and E2-14 Vault and Manhole Construction of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, unless amended or superseded by requirements of this Special Condition. 1. CONCRETE COLLARS: Concrete collars will be required on all manholes specified as per Figure 121. 2. WATERTIGHT MANHOLE INSERTS: Watertight Basketed manhole inserts shall be installed in all sanitary sewer manholes. Inserts shall be constructed in accordance with Fort Worth Water Department Standard E100-4 and shall be fitted and installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Stainless Steel manhole inserts shall be required for all pipe diameters 13" and greater. 3. LIFT HOLES: All lift holes shall be plugged with a pre-cast concrete plug. The lift hole shall be sealed on the outside of the manhole with Ram-Nek or an approved equal sealant, The lift hole shall be sealed on the inside of the manhole with quick setting cement grout. 4. FINAL RIM ELEVATIONS: Manhole rims in parkways, lawns and other improved lands shall be at an elevation not more than one (1) nor less than one-half (112) inch above the surrounding ground. Backfill shall provide a uniform slope from the top of manhole casting for not less than three (3) feet each direction to existing finish grade of the ground. The 90135201 F SC-26 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS grade of all surfaces shall be checked for proper slope and grade by string lining the entire area regarded near the manhole. Manholes in open fields, unimproved land, or drainage courses shall be at an elevation shown on the drawings or minimum of 6 inches above grade. .V 5. MANHOLE COVERS: All lids shall have pick slots in lieu of pick holes. Manhole frames and covers shall be McKinley, Type N, with indented top design, or equal, with pick slots. Covers shall set flush with the rim of the frame and shall have no larger than 118 inch gap between the frame and cover. Bearing surfaces shall be machine finished. Locking manhole lids and frames wil# be restricted to locations within the 140-year floodplain and Y areas specifically designated on the plans. Certainteed Ductile Iron Manhole Lids and Frames are acceptable for use where locking lids are specified. 6. SHALLOW CONE MANHOLES: Shallow manhole construction will be used when manhole depth is four (4) feet or less. All shallow cone manholes shall be built in accordance with Figure 105. All shallow cone manholes shall have a cast iron lid and frame with pick slots. NOTE: MANHOLES PER FIGURE 106 WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 7. MANHOLE STEPS: No manhole steps are to be installed on any sanitary sewer manhole. 8. EXTERIOR SURFACE COATING: Exterior surfaces of all manholes shall be coated with two mop coats of coal tar epoxy, Koppers "Bitumastic Super Service Black" Tnemec "46- 450 Heavy Tnemecol," or equal to, a minimum or 14 mils dry film thickness. 9. MANHOLE JOINT SEALING: All interior and/or exterior joints on concrete manhole sections constructed for the City of Fort Worth Water Department, excluding only the joints using a trapped type performed O-ring rubber gasket shall require Bitumastic joint sealants as per Figure M. This sealant shall be pre-formed and trowelable Bitumastic as manufactured by Kent-Seal, Ram-Nek, E-Z Stick, or equal. The joint sealer shall be supplied in either extruded pipe form or suitable cross-sectional area or flat-tape and shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The joint sealer shall be protected by a suitable removable wrapper and shall not in any way depend on oxidation, evaporation, or any other chemical action for either its adhesive properties or cohesive strength. The Joint �. sealer shall remain totally flexible without shrinking, hardening, or oxidizing regardless of the length of time it is exposed to the elements. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit attesting to the successful use of the product as a pre-formed flexible joint sealant on concrete pipe and manhole sections for a period of at least five years. B. EXECUTION: 1. INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANT: Each grade adjustment ring and manhole frame shall be sealed with the above specified materials. All surfaces to be in contact with the joint sealant shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, sand, mud, or other foreign matter. A primer shall be applied to all surfaces prior to installing the joint sealant in accordance with the recommendations by the manufacturer. The protective wrapper shall remain on the joint sealant until immediately prior to the placement of the pipe in the trench. After 90185241 F SC-27 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS removal of the protective wrapper, the joint sealant shall be kept clean. Install frames and cover over manhole opening with the bottom of the rings resting on Bitumastic joint sealer. Frames and grade rings shall rest on two (2) rows (inside and outside) of Bitumastic joint sealer, 2. SEALING AND/OR ADJUSTING EXISTING MANHOLES: Excavate (rectangular full depth saw cut if in pavement) adjacent to the manhole to expose the entire manhole frame and a minimum of 6 inches of the manhole wall keeping the sides of the trench nearly vertical. Remove manhole frame from the manhole structure and observe the condition of the frame and grade rings. Any frame or grade ring that is not suitable for use as determined by the Engineer shall be replaced. Grade rings that are constructed of brick, block materials other than pre-cast concrete rings, or where necessary and approved by the Engineer, shall be replaced with a pre-cast flattop section. Pre-cast concrete rings, or a pre-cast concrete flattop section will be the only adjustments allowed. In brick or block manholes, replace the upper portion of the manhole to a point 24 inches below the frame. If the walls or cone section below this level are structurally unsound, notify the Engineer prior to replacement of the grade rings and manhole frame. Existing brickwork, if damaged by the Contractor, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Wire brush manhole frame and exposed manhole surfaces to remove dirt and loose -� debris. Coat exposed manhole surfaces with an approved bonding agent followed by an application of a quick setting hydraulic cement to provide a smooth working surface. If the inside diameter of the manhole is too large to safely support new adjustment rings or frames, a flat top section shall be installed. Joint surfaces between the frames, adjustment rings, and cone section shall be free of dirt, stones, debris and voids to ensure a watertight seal. Place flexible gasket joint material along the inside and outside edge of each joint, or use trowelable material in lieu of pre- formed gasket material. Position the butt joint of each length of joint material on opposite sides of the manhole. No steel shims, wood, stones, or any material not specifically accepted by the Engineer may be used to obtain final surface elevation of the manhole frame. In paved areas or future paved areas, castings shall be installed by using a straight edge not less than ten (10) feet long so that the top of the casting will conform to the slope and finish elevation of the paved surface. The top of the casting shall be 1/8 inch below the finished elevation. Allowances for the compression of the joint material shall be made to s„ assure a proper final grade elevation. 3. EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACES: All exposed exterior surfaces shall be coated with two mop coats of coal tar epoxy. Kopper "Bitumastic Super Service Black"; Tnemec "46- 450 Heavy Tnemecol", or equal, to a minimum of 14 mils dry film thickness. 4. The exterior surface of all pre-cast section joints shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush and then waterproofed with a 112-inch thick coat of trowelable bitumastic joint 90135201 F SC-28 December 1999 P- FART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS sealant from 6-inches below to 6-inches above the joint. The coated joint shall then be wrapped with 6 mil plastic to protect the sealant from damage during backfilling. C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The price bid for new manhole installations shall include all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for construction of the manhole including, but not limited to, joint sealing, lift hole sealing and exterior surface coating and pavement repair. The price bid for reconstruction of existing manholes shall include all labor equipment and -. materials necessary for construction of new manhole, including, but not limited to, excavation, backfill, disposal of materials, joint sealing, lift hole sealing, exterior surface coating and pavement repair. The price bid for adjusting and/or sealing of existing manholes shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary for adjusting and/or sealing the manhole, including but not limited to, joint sealing, lifthole sealing, and exterior surface coating. Payment for concrete collars will be made per each, Payment for manhole inserts will be made per each. D-53 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES: Any reconnection, relocation, re-routes, replacement, or new sanitary sewer service shall be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contact Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer as active sewer taps. The service connections shall be constructed by the Contractor utilizing standard factory manufactured tees. City approved factory manufactured saddle taps may be used, but only as directed by the Engineer. The decision to use saddle taps as opposed to tees shall be made on a case by case basis. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the scheduling of tapping crews with building owners and the Engineer in order that the work be performed in an expeditious manner. A minimum of 24 hours advance notice shall be given when taps will be required. Severed service connections shall be maintained as specified in section C6- 6.15. A. SEWER SERVICE RECONNECTION: When sewer service reconnection is called for the Contractor shall vertically adjust the existing sewer service line as required for reconnection and furnish a new tap. The fittings used for vertical adjustment shall consist of a maximum bend of 45 degrees. The tap shall be located so as to tine up with the service line and avoid any horizontal adjustment. For open cut applications, all sanitary sewer service lines shall be replaced to the property or easement line, or as directed by the Engineer. Sanitary sewer services on sewers being rehabilitated using pipe enlargement methods shall be replaced to the property or easement line or as directed by the Engineer. Procedures listed below for Sewer Service Replacement shall be adhered to for the installation of any sewer service line including the incidental four (4) feet of service line which is included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Taps. Payment for work such as backfill, saddles, tees, fittings incidental four (4) feet of service line and all other associated appurtenances required shall be included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Taps. B. SEWER SERVICE REPLACEMENT: All building sewer services encountered during construction shall be adjusted and/or replaced by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer as required for the connection of the sewer service line. If the sewer service line is in such condition or adjustment necessitates the replacement of the sewer service line, all work shall 90135201 F SC-29 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS be performed by a licensed plumber. The length of the replacement shall be determined by the Engineer. All sewer services shall be installed at a minimum of two (2) percent slope or as approved by the Engineer. Connection to the existing sewer service line shall be made with appropriate adapter fitting. The fitting shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling A.S.T.M. C- 425 with series 300 stainless steel compression straps. Payment for work and materials such as backfill, pipe fittings, surface restoration on private property (to match existing), and all other associated work for service replacements in excess of four (4) linear feet shall be included in the linear font price bid for sanitary sewer service line replacement. Payment for all work and material involving the "tap" shall be included in the price bid for sanitary sewer service taps. D-54 NOT USED D-55 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES: Any removal, salvaging and/or abandonment of existing facilities will necessarily be required as shown on the plans, and/or described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. This work shall be done in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Material and E2-2.7 Removing Pipe, of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, unless amended or superseded by requirements of this Special Condition. A. SALVAGE OF EXISTING WATER METER AND METER BOX: Existing water meter and , meter box shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. B. SALVAGE OF EXISTING WATER METER AND CONCRETE VAULT LID. Existing water meter and concrete vault lid shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The concrete vault shall be demolished in place to a point not less than 18 inches below final grade. The concrete vault shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated -� material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. C. SALVAGE OF EXISTING FIRE HYDRANTS: Existing fire hydrants shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1,5 Salvaging of Materials. The void shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with ,. backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. D. SALVAGE OF EXISTING GATE VALVE: Existing gate valve and valve box and lid shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The void area caused by the valve removal shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. If the valve is in a concrete vault, the vault shall be demolished in place to a point no less than 18" below final grade. 90135201 F SC-30 December 1999 PART D _ SPECIAL CONDITIONS E. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING GATE VALVE: Existing gate valve and box lid shall be abandoned by first closing the valve to the fully closed position and demolishing the valve box. in place to a point not less than 18 inches below final grade. Concrete shall then be used as backfill material to match existing grade. F. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING VAULTS: Vaults to be demolished in place shall have top slab and lid removed and vault walls demolished to a point not less than 18" below final grade. The void area caused shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with the existing surrounding grade. G. ABANDONMENT OF MANHOLES: Manholes to be abandoned in place shall have all pipes entering or exiting the structure plugged with lean concrete. Manhole top or cone section shall be removed to the top of the full barrel diameter section, or to point not less than 18 inches below final grade. The structure shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material may be either clean washed sand of clean, suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer.. Surface restoration shall be compatible with surrounding service surface. Payment for work involved in backfilling, plugging of pipe(s) and all other appurtenances required, shall be included in the appropriate bid item - Abandon Existing Sewer Manhole. H. REMOVAL OF MANHOLES: Manholes to be removed shall have all pipes entering or exiting the structure disconnected. The complete manhole, including top or cone section, all full barrel diameter section, and Mase section shall be removed. The excavation shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material may be with Type C Backfill or Type B Backfill, as approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with surrounding surface. I. CUTTING AND PLUGGING EXISTING MAINS: At various locations on this project, it may be required to cut, plug, and black existing water mains/services or sanitary sewer mains/services in order to abandon these lines. Cutting and plugging existing mains and/or services shall be *. considered as incidental and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe, unless separate trenching is required. J. REMOVAL OF EXISTING PIPE: Where removal of the existing pipe is required, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly dispose of all removed pipe. All removed valves, fire hydrants and meter boxes shall be delivered to Water Department Field Operation, Storage Yard, K. PAYMENT: Payment for all work and material involved in salvaging, abandoning and/or Y 9 9� 9 removing existing facilities shallbe included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe, except as follows: separate payment will be made for removal of all fire hydrants, gate valves, 16 inch and larger, and sanitary sewer manholes, regardless of location. Payment will be made for salvaging, abandoning and/or removing all other existing facilities when said facility is not being replaced in the same trench (i.e., when removal requires a separate trench)- 90135201F rench).90135201F SC-31 December 1999 r t PARI` D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-56 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES: Detectable underground utility warning tapes which can be located from the surface by a pipe detector shall be installed directly above non-metallic water and sanitary sewer pipe. The detectable tape shall be "Detect Tape" manufactured by Allen Systems, Inc. or approved equal, and shall consist of a minimum thickness 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a protective inert plastic jacket that is impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents and solvents found in the soil. The minimum overall thickness of the tape shall be 5.5 mils, and the width shall not be less than two inches with a minimum unit weight of 2Y2 pounds/1 inch1100'. The tape shall be color coded and unprinted with the message as follows: Type of Uti fty Color Code Legends Water Safety Blue Caution! Buried Water Line Below Sewer Safety Green Caution! Buried Sewer Line Below Installation of detectable tapes shall be per manufacturer's recommendations and shall be as p close to the grade as is practical for optimum protection and -detectability. Allow a minimum of 18 inches between the tape and the pipe. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, blocking, detectable tapes, and all other associated appurtenances required shall be included in the unit price bid for the appropriate bid item(s). D-57 PIPE CLEANING: Joints shall be wiped and then inspected for proper installation by the inspectors. Each joint shall be swept daily and kept clean during installation. A temporary night plug shall be installed on all exposed pipe ends during any period of work stoppage. D-58 BARRICADES, WARNINGS, AND FLAGIVIEN: Reference Part C - General Conditions, Section C6-6.8 Barricades, Warnings, and Watchmen: A. Wherever the word Watchmen appears in this paragraph, it shall be changed to the word Flagmen. B. In the first paragraph, lines five (5) and six (E), change the phrase "take all such other precautionary measures" to "take all reasonable necessary measures". D-59 DISPOSAL OF SPOILIFILL MATERIAL: Prior to the disposing of any spoil1fill material, the Contractor shall advise the Director of Engineering Department, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator ("Administrator"), of the location of all sites where the Contractor intends to dispose of such material, Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of theFlood Plain Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No. 10056). All disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a floodplain without a permit. A floodplain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary Engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a floodplain. Approval of the Contractor's disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary Engineering studies, shall be at the Contractor's expense. In the event that the Contractor disposes of spoltlfil4 material 90135201F SC-32 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS at a site without a fill permit or a letter from the administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of Engineering Department, Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at its expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. D-60 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN: The Contractor shall be required to execute a release of mechanics and materialmen's liens upon receipt of payment. D-61 SUBSTITUTIONS: The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality which the City believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. No substitutions will be permitted until the Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to make a substitution for the material which has been specified. Where the term "or equal", or "or approved equal" is used, it is understood that if a material, product, or piece of equipment bearing the name so used is furnished, it will be approvable, as the particular trade name was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the City. If a product of any other name is proposed for use, the Engineer's approval thereof must be obtained before the proposed substitute is procured by the Contractor. Where the term "or equal", or "or approved equal" is not used in the specifications, this does not necessarily exclude alternative items or material or w equipment which may accomplish the intended purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the proposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as the representative of the City, shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of substitutions. The provisions of this sub-section as related to "substitutions" shall be applicable to all sections of these specifications. D-62 PRE-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEINER A. GENERAL: Prior to the reconstruction, ALL sections of existing sanitary sewer lines to be abandoned, removed (except where being replaced in the same location), or rehabilitated (pipe enlargement, cured-in-place pipe, fold and form pipe, slip-line, etc.), shall be cleaned, and a television inspection performed to identify any active sewer service taps, other sewer — laterals and their location. Work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary for the cleaning and inspection of the sewer lines by means of closed circuit television. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment. 1. HIGH VELOCITY JET (HYDROCLEANING) EQUIPMENT: The high-velocity sewer line cleaning equipment shall be constructed for easy and safe operation. The equipment shall also have a selection of two or more high-velocity nozzles. The nozzles shall be capable of producing a scouring action from 15 to 45 degrees in all size tines designated to be cleaned. Equipment shall also include a high-velocity gun for washing and scouring manhole walls and floor. The gun shall be capable of producing flows from a fine spray to a solid stream. The equipment shall carry its own water tank, auxiliary engines, pumps, and hydraulically driven hose reel. Hydrauaically Propelled Equipment shall be of a movable dam type and be constructed in such a way that a portion of the dam may be collapsed at any time during the cleaning operation to protect against flooding of the sewer. The movable dam shall be equal in diameter around the outer periphery to ensure removal of grease. If sewer cleaning balls or other equipment which cannot be collapsed is used, special precautions to prevent flooding of 90135201 F SC-33 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS the sewers and public or private property shall be taken. The flow of sewage present in the sewer lines shall be utilized to provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 2. CLEANING PROCEDURES: The designated sewer manholes shall be cleaned using high-velocity jet equipment. The equipment shall be capable of removing dirt, grease, rocks, sand, and other materials and obstructions from the sewer fines and manholes. If cleaning of an entire section cannot be successfully performed from one manhole, the equipment shall be set up on the other manhole and cleaning again attempted. If, again, successful cleaning cannot be performed or equipment fails to traverse the entire manhole section, it will be assumed that a major blockage exists, and the cleaning effort shall be abandoned. When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants is necessary to avoid delay in normal working procedures, the water shall be conserved and not used w. unnecessarily. No fire hydrant shall be obstructed in case of a fire in the area served by the hydrant. Before using any water from the City Water Distribution System, the Contractor shall apply for and receive permission from the Water Department. The Contractor shall be responsible for the water meter and related charges for the setup, including the water usage bill. All expenses shall be considered incidental to cleaning. 3. DEBRIS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL: All sludge, dirt, sand, rock, grease, and other solid or semisolid material resulting from the cleaning operation shall be removed at the downstream manhole of the section being cleaned. Passing material from manhole section to manhole section, which could cause line stoppages, accumulations of sand in wet wells, or damage pumping equipment, shall not be permitted. 4. All solids or semisolid resulting from the cleaning operations shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a site designated by the Engineer. All materials shall be removed from the site no less often than at the end of each workday and disposed of at no additional cost -� to the City. 5. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL SEWAGE OR SOLIDS REMOVED THEREFROM -� BE DUMPED ONTO STREETS OR INTO DITCHES, CATCH BASINS, STORM DRAINS OR SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES. 6. TELEVISION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT- The television camera used for the inspection shaft be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery of the r?ioe. The .� camera shall be operative in 100% humidity conditions. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video system shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the Engineer; and if unsatisfactory, equipment shall be removed and no payment will be made for an unsatisfactory inspection. B. EXECUTION: A, 1. TELEVISION INSPECTION: The camera shall be moved through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when necessary to permit proper documentation of any sewer service taps. In no case will the television camera be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. Manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and powered rewinds 90135201 F SC-34 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS or other devices that do not obstruct the camera view or interfere with proper documentation shall be used to move the camera through the sewer line. When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through the line, telephones or other suitable means of communications shall be set up between the two manholes of the section being inspected to ensure good communications between members of the crew. The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. All television inspection video tapes shall have a footage counter. Measurement for location of sewer service taps shall be above ground by means of meter device. Marking on the cable, or the like, which would require interpolation for depth of manhole, will not be allowed. Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a walking meter, roll-a-tape, or other suitable device, and the accuracy shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor. The cost of retrieving the Television camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to Television inspection. 2. DOCUMENTATION. Television Inspection Logs- Printed location records shall be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location in relation to an adjacent manhole of each sewer service taps observed during inspection. ' In addition, other points of significance such as locations of unusual conditions, roots, storm sewer connections, broken pipe, presence of scale and corrosion, and other discernible features will be recorded, and a copy of such records will be supplied to the City. 3. PHOTOGRAPHS: Instant developing, 35 mm, or other standard-size photographs of the television picture of problems shall be taken by the Contractor upon request of the Engineer, as long as such photographing does not interfere with the Contractor's operations. .� 4. VIDEOTAPE RECORDINGS: The ,purpose of tape recording shall be to supply a visual and audio record of problem areas of the lines that may be replayed. Video tape recording playback shall be at the same speed that it was recorded. The television tapes shall be furnished to the City for review immediately upon completion of the television inspection and may be retained a maximum of 30 calendar days. Equipment shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for review of the tapes. Tapes will be returned to the Contractor upon completion of review by the Engineer. Tapes shall not be erased without the permission of the Engineer. If the tapes are of such poor quality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the condition of the sewer line or to locate service connections, the Contractor shall be required to re- televise and provide a good tape of the line at no addit.onal cost to the City. If a good tape cannot be provided of such quality that can be reviewed by the Engineer, no payment for televising this portion shall be made. Also, no payment shall be made for portions of lines not televised or portions where manholes cannot be negotiated with the television camera. 90135201 F SC-35 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS THE TAPES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION FOR REVIEW AND DETERMINATION OF SAGS. Upon completion of review of the tapes by the Engineer, the Contractor will be notified as to which sections of the sanitary sewer are to be corrected. Tapes will be returned to the Contractor upon completion of review by the Engineer. All costs associated with this work shall be incidental to unit prices bid for items under Television Inspection of the Proposal. C. PAYMENT OF CLEANING AND PRE-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS: The cost for Pre-Construction Cleaning and Television Inspection of sanitary sewers shall be per linear foot of sewer actually televised. The Contractor shall " provide the FnginPer with tapes of a quality that the particular piece of sewer can be readily evaluated as to existing sewer conditions and for providing appropriate means for review of the tapes by the Engineer including collection and removal, transportation and disposal of 3 sand and debris from the sewers to a legal dump site. Television inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanical cleaner) to provide video image required for line analysis. The primary purpose of cleaning is for television inspection and rehabilitation; when a portion �- of a line is not or cannot be televised or rehabilitated, the cleaning of that portion of line shall be incidental and no payment shall be made. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor, and the costs must be included in the bid price for TV Inspections, The cost of retrieving the TV Camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to TV Inspection. The item snail also include all costs of installing and maintaining any bypass pumping required to provide reliable, regular sewer service to the area residents. All bypass pumping shall be incidental to the project. .� D-63 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES A. GENERAL: This item shall govern the vacuum testing of all newly constructed sanitary sewer manholes. B. EXECUTION: I. TEST PROCEDURE: Manholes shall be tested with all connections in place. Lift holes shall be plugged, and all drop-connections and gas sealing connections shall be installed prior to testing. The sewer lines entering the manhole shall be plugged and braced to prevent the plugs from being drawn into the manhole. The plugs shall be installed in the lines beyond the drop-connections, gas sealing connections, etc. The test head shall be placed inside the 90135211 F SC-36 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONE)ITIONS frame at the top of the manhole and inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum of ten inches of mercury (10"Hg) shall be drawn and the vacuum pump will be turned off. With the valve closed, the level of vacuum shall be read after the required test time. The required test time shall be determined from the Table I below in accordance with ASTM 01244-93: Table I MINIMUM TIME REQUIRED FOR VACUUM DROP OF V H9 (10"Hg -9"Hg) (SEC) Depth of MH. 48-Inch Dia. 60-Inch Dia. (FT.) Manhole Manhole 0 to 16' 40 sec. 52 sec. 18' 45 sec. 59 sec. 20' 50 sec. 65 sec. 22' 55 sec. 72 sec. 24' 59 sec. 78 sec. 26' 64 sec. 85 sec. 28' 69 sec. 91 sec. 30' 74 sec. 98 sec. For Each 5 sec. 6 sec. Additional 2' 2. ACCEPTANCE- The manhole shall be considered acceptable, if the drop in the level of vacuum is less than one-inch of mercury (1" Hg) after the required test time. Anyman hole which fails to pass the initial test must be repaired with a suitable material which conforms to the construction material of the manhole. The manhole shall be retested as described above until it has successfully passed the test. Following completion of a successful test, the manhole shall be restored to its normal condition, all temporary plugs shall be removed,all braces, equipment, and debris shall be removed and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. C. PAYMENT: Payment for vacuum testing of sanitary sewer manholes shall be paid at the contract price per each vacuum test. This price shall include all material, labor, equipment, and all incidentals, including all bypass pumping, required to complete the test as specified herein. D-64 BYPASS PUMPING; The Contractor shall bypass the sewage around the section or sections of sewer to be rehabilitated andlor replaced. The bypass shall be made by plugging existing upstream manhole and pumping the sewage into a downstream manhole or adjacent system or other method as may be approved by the Engineer. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle the flow without sewage backup occurring to facilities connected to the sewer. Provisions shall be made at driveways and street crossings to permit safe vehicular travel without interrupting flow in the bypass system. Under no circumstances will the Contrac'or be permitted to discharge sewage into the trenches. Payment shall be incidental to rehabilitation or replacement of the sewer line. 90135201F SC-37 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-65 POST-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER: A. GENERAL: After construction, ALL sections of sanitary sewer lines shall have a television inspection performed. Work shall consist of fumishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary for inspection of the sewer lines by means of closed circuit television. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment. 1' B. TELEVISION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT: The television camera used for the inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be operative in 100% humidity conditions. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video system shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the Engineer; and if unsatisfactory, equipment shall be removed and no payment will be made for an unsatisfactory inspection. C. EXECUTION: 1. TELEVISION INSPECTION: The camera shall be moved through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when necessary to permit proper documentation of any sewer service taps. In no case will the television camera be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. Manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the camera view or interfere with proper documentation shah be used to move the camera through the sewer line. When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through the line, telephones or other suitable means of communications shall be set up between the two manholes of the section being inspected to ensure good communications between members of the crew. The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. All television inspection video tapes shall have a footage counter. Measurement for location of sewer service taps shall be above ground by means of meter device. Marking on the cable, or the like, which would require interpolation for depth of manhole, will not be allowed. Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a walking meter, roll-a-tape, or other suitable device, and the accuracy shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor. The cost or retrieving the Television camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to Television inspection. Sanitary sewer mains must be faced with enough water to fill all low pints. The television inspection must be done immediately following the lacing of the main with no water flow. If sewer is active, flow must be restricted to provide a dear image of sewer being inspected. 2. DOCUMENTATION: Television Inspection Logs: Printed location records shall be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location in relation to an adjacent manhole of each sewer service tap observed during inspection, All television logs shall be referenced to 90135201 F SC-38 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS stationing as shown on the plans, A copy of these television logs will be supplied to the City, 3. PHOTOGRAPHS: Instant developing, 35 mm, or other standard-size photographs of the television picture of problems shall be taken by the Contractor upon request of the Engineer, as long as such photographing does not interfere with the Contractor's operations. 4. ViDEOTAPE RECORDINGS: The purpose of tape recording shall be to supply a visual and audio record of problem areas of the lines that may be replayed. Video tape recording playback shall be at the same speed that it was recorded. The television tapes shall be furnished to the City for review immediately upon completion of the television inspection and may be retained a maximum of 30 calendar days. Equipment shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for review of the tapes. Tapes will be returned to the Contractor upon completion of review by the Engineer. Tapes shall not be erased without the permission of the Engineer. If the tapes are of such poor quality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the condition of the sewer line or to locate service connections, the Contractor shall be required tore- televise and provide a good tape of the line at no additional cost to the City. If a good tape cannot be provided of such quality that can be reviewed by the Engineer, no payment for televising this portion shall be made. Also, no payment shall be made for portions of lines not televised or portions where manholes cannot be negotiated with the television camera. D. PAYMENT OF POST-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS: The cost for post-construction Television Inspection of sanitary sewers shall be per linear foot of sewer televised. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with tapes of a quality that the particular piece of sewer can be readily evaluated as to sewer conditions and for providing appropriate means for review of the tapes by the Engineer. Television inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanical cleaner) to provide video image required for line analysis. The quantity of TV inspection shall be measured as the total length of new pipe installed. All costs associated with this work shall be ;-- included in the appropriate bid item - Post-Construction Television Inspection. The item shall also include all costs of installing and maintaining any bypass pumping required to provide reliable, regular sewer service to the area residents. All bypass pumping shall be incidental to the project, _. D-66 SAMPLES AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING: A. The Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, certifications by a private laboratory for all materials proposed to be used on the project, including a mix design for any asphaltic and/or Portland cement concrete to be used, and gradation analysis for sand and crushed stone to be used along with the name of the pit from which the material was taken. The contractor shall provide manufacturer's certifications for all manufactured items to be used in the project and will bear any expense related thereto. 90135201 F SC-39 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS B. Tests of the design concrete mix shall be made by the contractor's laboratory at least nine days prior to the placing of concrete using the same aggregate, cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. The Contractor shall provide a certified copy of the test results to the City. C. Quality control testing of in-place material on this project will be performed by the city at its own expense. Any retesting required as a result of failure of the material to meet project specifications will be at the expense of the contractor and will be billed at commercial rates as determined by the City, The failure of the City to make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of its responsibility to furnish materials and equipment conforming to the requirements of the contract. D. Not less than 24 hours notice shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for operations requiring testing. The Contractor shall provide access and trench safety system (if required) for the site to be tested, and any work effort involved is deemed to be included in the unit price for the item being tested. E. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the trip ticket for each load of fill material delivered to the job site. The ticket shall specify the name of the pit supplying the fill material. D-67 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: A. D'ESCRIP'TION: This item shall consist of temporary soil erosion sediment and water pollution control measures deemed necessary by the Engineer for the duration of the contract. These control measures shall at no time be used as a substitute for the permanent control measures unless otherwise directed by the Engineer and they shall not include measures taken by the CONTRACTOR to control conditions created by his construction operations. The temporary measures shall include dikes, dams, berms, sediment basins, fiber mats, jute netting, temporary seeding, straw mulcts, asphalt mulch, plastic liners, rubble liners, baled-hay retards, dikes, slope drains and other devices. B. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Engineer has the authority to define erodible earth and the authority to limit the surface area of erodible-earth material exposed by preparing right-of-way, clearing and grubbing, the surface area of erodible-earth material exposed by -� excava°ion, borrow and to direct the CONTRACTOR tc provide temporary pollution-control measures to prevent contamination of adjacent streams, other water courses, lakes, ponds or other areas of water impoundment. Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms, duces, dams, sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary mulches, mats, seeding, or other control devices or methods directed by the Engineer as necessary to control soil erosion. Temporary pollution-control measures shall be used to prevent or correct erosion that may develop during construction prior to installation of permanent pollution control features, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. The Engineer will limit the area of preparing right-of-way, clearing and grubbing, excavation and borrow to be proportional to the CONTRACTOR'S capability and progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent pollution-control measures current in accordance with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal conditions make such limitations unrealistic, temporary soil-erosion-control measures shall be performed as directed by the Engineer. 90135201 E SC-40 December 1999 t. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. Waste or disposal areas and construction roads shall be located and constructed in a manner that will minimize the amount of sediment entering streams. 2. When work areas or material sources are located in or adjacent to live streams, such areas shall be separated from the stream by a dike or other barrier to keep sediment from entering a flowing stream. Care shall be taken during the construction and removal of such barriers to minimize the muddying of a stream. 3, All waterways shall be cleared as soon as practicable of false work, piling, debris or other obstructions placed during construction operations that are not a part of the finished work. 4. The Contractor shall take sufficient precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium chloride or other harmful materials. He shall conduct and schedule his operations so as to avoid or minimize siltation of streams, lakes and reservoirs and to avoid interference with movement of migratory fish. C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All work, materials and equipment necessary to provide temporary erosion control shall be considered subsidiary to the contract and no extra pay will be given for this work. D-fib INGRESS AND EGRESS/OBSTRUCTION OF ACCESS TO DRIVES: The Contractor shall provide ingress and egress to the property being crossed by this construction and adjacent property when construction is not in progress and at night. Drives shall be left accessible at night, on weekends, and during holidays. The Contractor shall conduct his activities to minimize '^ obstruction of access to drives and property during the progress of construction. Notification shall be made to an owner prior to his driveway being removed and/or rebuilt. D-69 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL: All property along and adjacent to the Contractors' operations including lawns, yards, shrubs, trees, etc., shall be preserved or restored after completion of the work, to a condition equal to or better than existed prior to start of work. Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be restored or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Trimming or pruning to facilitate the work will be permitted only by experienced workmen in an approved manner (No trimming or pruning without -� the property owners' consent). Pruned limbs of 1" diameter or larger shall be thoroughly treated as soon as possible with a tree wound dressing. D-70 SITE RESTORATION; The contractor shall be responsible for restoring the site to original grade and condition after completion of his operations subject to approval of the Engineer. The basis for approval by the Engineer will be grade restoration to plus minus one-tenth (0.1) of a foot. D-71 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD PRODUCT LIST: Proposed products submitted in the bid documents must appear in the latest "City of Fort Worth Standard Product Listfor the bid to be considered responsive. Products and processes listed in the "City of Fort Worth Standard Product List, shall be considered to meet City of Fort Worth minimum technical requirements. D-72 STATE REVOLVING FUND (SRF) REQUIREMENTS This project, in addition to standard City of Fort Worth requirements, may involve certain State requirements. These requirements, if applicable, are provided in the following documents and should thoroughly be reviewed and A completed by the contractor. They include: 90135201 F SC-41 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. At the Time of Contract Document Execution * ED-103-Contractors Act of Assurance ■ ED-104-Resolution Work required to conform to these requirements shall be considered subsidiary and no extra payment will be made. The SRF requirements are included in Appendix A. D-73 TOPSOIL, SODDING AND SEEDING: This item shall be performed in accordance with the City of Fort Worth Parks and Community Services Department Specifications for Topsoil, Sodding and Seeding. 9. TOPSOIL DESCRIPTION: This item will consist of furnishing and placing a minimum of six (6) inches of topsoil, free from rock and foreign material, in all parkways and medians to the lines and grades as established by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION METHODS. Topsoil will be secured from borrow sources as required to supplement material secured from street excavation. All excavated materials from streets which is suitable for topsoil will be used in the parkways and medians before any topsoil is obtained from a borrow source. Topsoil material secured from street excavation shall be stockpiled at locations approved by the Engineer, and at completion of grading and paving operations, topsoil shall be placed on parkway areas so as to provide a minimum six (6) inches of compacted depth of topsoil parkways, 2. SODDING DESCRIPTION: Sodding will consist of furnishing and planting Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass in the areas between the curbs and walks, on terraces, in median strips, on embankments or cut slopes, or in such areas as designated on the Drawings and in accordance with the requirements of this Specification. Recommended Buffalo grass varieties for sodding are Prairie and 609. MATERIALS-. Sod shall consist of live and growing Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass secured from sources where the soil is fertile. Sod to be placed during the dormant state of these grasses shall be alive and acceptable. Bermuda and Buffalo grass sod shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout atwo (2) inch minimum thickness of native soil attached to the roots. St. Augustine grass sod shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout a one (1) inch minimum thickness of native soil attached to the roots. The sod shall be free from obnoxious weeds or other grasses and shall not contain any matter deleterious to its growth or which might affect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted. Sod to be placed between curb and walk and on terraces shall be the same type grass as adjacent grass or existing lawn. 90135201 F SC-42 December 1999 PANT D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Care shall be taken at all times to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of excavating, hauling, and planting. Sod material shall be kept moist from the time it is dug until planted. When so directed by the Engineer, the sod existing at the source shall be watered to the extent required prior to excavating. Sod material shall be planted within three days after it is excavated. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: After the designated areas have been completed to the lines, grades, and cross-sections shown on the Drawings and as provided for in other items of the contract, sodding of the type specified shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. Sodding shall be either "spot" or "block"; either Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass. a. Spot Sodding Furrows parallel to the curb line or sidewalk lines, twelve (12) inches on centers or to the dimensions shown on the Drawings, shall be opened on areas to be sodded. In all furrows, sod approximately three (3) inches square shall be placed on twelve (12) inch centers at proper depth so that the top of the sod shall not be more than one-half (112) inch below the finished grade.. Hales of equivalent depth and spacing may be used instead of furrows. The soil shall be firm around each block and then the entire sodded area shall be carefully roiled with a heavy, hand roller developing fifteen (15) to twenty-five (25) pounds per square inch compression. Hand tamping may be required on terraces. b. Block Sodding. At locations on the Drawings or where directed, sod blocks shall be carefully placed on the prepared areas. The sod shall be so placed that the entire designated area shall be covered, and any voids left in the block sodding shall be filled with additional sod and tamped. The entire sodded area shall be rolled and tamped to form a thoroughly compact .— solid mass. Surfaces of block sod, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or nature of the soil, shall,. upon direction of the Engineer, be pegged with wooden pegs driven through the sod block to the firm earth, sufficiently close to hold the block sod firmly in place. When necessary, the sodded areas shall be smoothed after planting has been completed ,., and shaped to conform to the cross-section previously provided and existing at the time sodding operations were begun. Any excess dirt from planting operations shall be spread uniformly over the adjacent areas or disposed of as directed by the Engineer so that the completed surface will present a sightly appearance. The sodded areas shall be thoroughly watered immediately after they are planted and shall be subsequently watered at such times and in a manner and quantity directed by the Engineer until completion and final acceptance of the project by the City of Fort Worth. 99135201 F SC-43 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3. SEEDING DESCRIPTION: "Seeding" will consist of preparing ground, providing and planting seed or a mixture of seed of the kind specified along and across such areas as may be designated on the Drawings and in accordance with these Specifications. MATERIALS: a. General. All seed used must carry a Texas Testing Seed label showing purity and germination, name, type of seed, and that the seed meets all requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each tag shall be within nine (9) months of time of delivery to the project. Each variety of seed shall be furn shed and delivered in separate bags or containers. A sample of each variety of seed shall be furnished for analysis and testing when directed by the Engineer. The specified seed shall equal or exceed the following percentages of Purity and germination: Common Name Purity Germination Common Bermuda Grass 95% 90% Annual Rye Grass 95% 95% Tall Fescue 95% 90% Western Wheatgrass 95% 90% Buffalo Grass Varieties Top Gun 95% 90% Cody 95% 90% Table 120.2.(2)x. UR13AN AREA WARM-SEASON SEEDING RATE (lbs.); Pure Live Seed (PLS) Mixture for Clay or Tight SQilsMixture for Sandy Soils Dates (Eastern Sections) (Western Sections) (All Sections) Feb 1 Bermudagrass 40 Buffalograss 80 Bermudagrass 60 to Buffalograss 60 Bermudagrass 20 Buffalograss 40 May 1 Total: 100 Total: 100 Total: 100 Table, 120.2.(2)b TEMPORARY COOL-SEASON SEEDING RATE; (Iia.) Pure Live Seed (PLS) .w Dates (All Sections) Aug 15 Tall Fescue 50 to Western Wheatgrass 50 May 1 Annual Rye 50 Total: 100 90135201F SC-44 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS CONSTRUCTION METHODS: After the designated areas have been completed to the lines, ,., grades, and cross-sections shown on the Drawings and as provided for in other items of this Contract, seeding of the type specified shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. a. Watering. Seeded areas shall be watered as directed by the Engineer so as to prevent washing of the slopes or dislodgment of the seed. b. Finishing. Where applicable, the shoulders, slopes, and ditches shall be smoothed after seed bed preparation has been completed and shaped to conform to the cross-section previously provided and existing at the time planting operations were begun. BROADCAST SEEDING: The seed or seed mixture in the quantity specified shall be uniformly distribUted over the areas shown on the Drawings and where directed. If the sowing of Need is by hand, rather than by mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to each other. Seed and fertilizer shall be distributed at the same time provided the specified uniform rate of application for both is obtained. "Finishing" as specified in Section D- 46, Construction Methods, is not applicable since no seed bed preparation is required. DISCED SEEDING: Soil over the area shown on the Drawings as directed to be seeded shall be loosened to a minimum depth of three (3) inches and all particles in the seed bed shall be reduced to less than one (1) inch in diameter or they shall be removed. The area shall then be finished to line and grade as specified under "Finishing" in Section D-46, Construction Methods. The seed, or seed mixture, specified shall then be planted at the rate required and the application shall be made uniformly. If the sowing of seed is by hand rather than by mechanical methods, seed shall be raked or harrowed into the soil to a depth of approximately one-eight (118) inch. The planted area shall be rolled with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of the slope areas shall be on the contour. ASPHA_T MULCH SEEDING: The soil over the area shown on the Drawings, or as directed to be seeded, shall be loosened to the minimum depth of three (3) inches and all particles in the .- seed bed shall be reduced to less than one (1) inch in diameter, or they shall be removed. The area shall then be finished to line and grade as specified under "Finishing" in Section D- 46, Construction Methods. Water shall then be applied to the cultivated area of theseed bed until a minimum depth of six (6) inches is thoroughly moistened. rA After the watering, when the ground has become sufficiently dry to be loose and pliable, the seed, or seed mixture specified, shall then be planted at the rate required and the application shall be made uniformly. If the sowing of seed is by hand, rather than mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to each other. Seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time, provided the specified uniform rate of application for both is obtained. After planting, the seed shall be raked or harrowed into the soil to a depth of approximately one-quarter (114) inch. The planted surface area and giving a smooth surface without ruts or tracks. In between the time compacting is completed and the asphalt is 90135201 F SC-45 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS applied, the planted area shall be watered sufficiently to assure uniform moisture from the surface to a minimum of six (6} .Inches in depth. The application of asphalt shall follow the last watering as rapidly as possible. Asphalt shall be of the type and grade as shown on the Drawings and shall conform to the requirements of the item 300, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". If the type of asphalt to be used is not shown on the Drawings, or if Drawings are not included, then MS-2 shall be used. Applications of the asphalt shall be at a rate of three-tenths (0.3) gallons per square yard. It shall be applied to the area in such a manner so that a complete film is obtained and the finished surface shall be comparatively smooth. p" RE-SEEDING OF AREAS PLANTED WITH COOL SEASONS SPECIES: Areas where temporary cool season species have been planted may be replanted beginning February 1 with warm season species as listed in Table 120.2(2)a. The re-seeding will be achieved in the following manner. The cool season species shall be mowed down to a height of one (1) inch to insure that slit-seeding equipment will be able to cut through the turf and achieve adequate soil penetration. Slit-seeding, is achieved through the use of an implement which cuts a furrow (s`sit) in the soil and places the seed in the slit which is then pressed close with a cultipacker wheel. CONSTRUCTION WITHIN PARK AREAS TURP RESTORATION OF PARK AREAS: FERTILIZER DESCRIPTION: "Fertilizer" wiii consist of providing and distributing fertilizer over such areas as are designated on the Drawings and in accordance with these Specifications. MATERIALS: All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers clearly labeled showing the analysis. The fertilizer is subject to testing by the City of Fort Worth in accordance with the Texas Fertilizer Law. A pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be used with an analysis of 16- .s. 20-0 or 16-5-8 or having the analysis shown on the Drawings. The figures in the analysis represent the percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash nutrients respectively as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. In the event it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer of a different analysis, it shall be a pelleted or granulated fertilizer with a [ower concentration. Total amount of nutrients furnished and applied per acre shall equal or exceed that specified for each nutrient. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: When an item for fertilizer is included in the Drawings and , proposal, peileted or granulated fertilizer shall be applied uniformly over the area specified to be fertilized and in the manner directed for the particular item of work. Fertilizer shall be dry and in good physical condition. Fertilizer that is powdered to caked will be rejected. Distribution of fertilizer as a particular item of work shall meet the approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, fertilizer shall be applied uniformly at the average rate of three hundred (300) pounds per acre for all types of "Sodding" and four hundred (400) pounds per acre for all types of"Seedling". 90135201 F SC-46 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS MEASUREMENT: Topsoil secured from borrow sources will be measured by the square yard in place on the project site. Measurement will be made only on topsoils secured from borrow sources. Acceptable material for "Seeding" will be measured by the linear foot, complete in place. Acceptable material for "Sodding" will be measured by the linear foot, complete in place. Acceptable material for"Fertilizer' shall be subsidiary to the price of sodding or seeding. PAYMENT: All work performed as ordered and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each item of work. Its price shall be full compensation for excavating (except as noted below), loading, hauling, placing and furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete work. All labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to supply, transport, stockpile and place topsoil or salvage topsoil as specified shall be included in "Seeding" or "Sodding" bid items and will not be paid for directly. "Spot sodding" or "block sodding" as the case may be, will be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard, complete in place, as provided in the proposal and contract. The contract unit price shall be the total compensation for furnishing and placing all sod, for all rolling and tamping; for all watering; for disposal of all surplus materials; and for all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work, all in accordance with the Drawings and these Specifications. The work performed and materials furnished and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price for "Seeding", or "Sodding", of the type specified, as the case may be, which price shall each be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for performing all operations necessary to complete the work accepted as follows: Fertilizer material and application will not be measured or paid for directly, but is considered subsidiary to Sodding and Seeding. D-74 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM: It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to implement and maintain a variable "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM" which must meet OSHA requ rements for all its employees and subcontractors at all times during construction. Alf active sewer manholes, regardless of depth, are defined by OSHA as "permit required confined spaces". Contractors shall submit an acceptable "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM" for all applicable manholes and maintain an active file for these manholes. The cost of complying with this prcgram shall be subsidiary to the pay items involving work in confined spaces. .� D-75 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTIONIFINAL INSPECTION: 1. Prior to the final inspection being conducted for the project, the contractor shall contact the city inspector in writing when the entire project or a designated portion of the project is substantially complete. 90135201 F SC-47 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. The inspector along with appropriate City staff and the City's consultant shall make an inspection of the substantially completed work and prepare and submit to the contractor a list of items needing to be completed or corrected. ry 3. The contractor shall take immediate steps to rectify the listed deficiencies and notify the owner in writing when all the items have been completed or corrected. 4. Payment for substantial completion inspection as well as final inspection shall be subsidiary to the project price. Contractor shall still be required to address alt other deficiencies which are discovered at the time of final inspection. 5. Final inspection shall be in conformance with general condition item "C5-5.18 Final Inspection" of PART C - GENERAL. CONDITIONS. D-76 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for taking measures to minimize damage to tree limbs, tree trunks, and tree roots at each work site. All such measures shall be considered as _. incidental work included in the Contract Unit Price bid for applicable pipe or structure installation except for short tunneling/tree angering. 2. Any and all trees located within the equipment operating area at each work site shall, at the direction of the Engineer, be protected by erecting a "snow fence" along the drip line or edge of the tree root system between tree and the construction area. -� 3_ Contractor shall inspect each work site in advance and arrange to have any tree limns pruned that might be damaged by equipment operations. The Engineer shall be notified at -y least 24 hours prior to any tree trimming work. No trimming work will be permitted within private property without written permission of the Owner. 4. Nothing shall be stored over the tree root system within the drip line area of any tree. 5. Before excavation (off the roadway) within the drip line area of any tree, the earth shall be --. sawcut for a minimum depth of 2 feet. 6. At designated locations shown on the drawings, the "short tunnel" method using Class 51 D.I. pipe shall be utilized. 7. Except in areas where clearing is allowed, all trees up to 8" in diameter damaged during construction shall be removed and replaced with the same type and diameter tree at the contractor's expense. 8. Contractor shall employ a qualified landscaper for all the work required for tree care to ensure utilization of the best agricultural practices and procedures. 9. Short tunneling shall consist of power augering or hand excavation. The tunnel diameter shall not be larger than 1-112 times the outside pipe diameter. Voids remaining after pipe installation shall be pressure grouted. 90135201 F SC-48 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-77 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF SEWER PIPE: Concrete encasement of sewers shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per linear foot of concrete encasement as measured in place along the centerline of the pipe for each pipe diameter indicated. The Contract Unit Price shall include all costs associated with installation and reinforcement of the concrete encasement. D-78 CLAY DAM: Clay dam construction shall be performed in accordance with the Wastewater Clay Darn Construction, figure in the Drawings in these Specifications, at locations indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City. Clay dams shall be keyed into undisturbed soil to make an impervious barrier to reduce groundwater percolation through the pipeline trench. Construction material shall consist of compacted bentonite clay or 2:27 concrete. Payment for work such as forming, placing and finishing shall be subsidiary to the price bid for pipe installation. D-79 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-HOLE): The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of all existing utilities prior to construction, in accordance with item D-22. At locations identified on the drawings, contractor shall conduct an exploratory excavation (D- Hale), to locate and verify the location and elevation of the existing underground utility where it may be in potential conflict with a proposed facility alignment. The exploratory excavation shall be conducted prior to construction of the entire project only at locations denoted on the plans or as directed by the engineer. Contractor shall submit a report of findings (including surveyed elevations of existing conflicting utilities) to the City prior to the start of construction of the entire project. If the contractor determines an existing utility is in conflict with the proposed facility, the contractor shall contact the engineer immediately for appropriate design modifications. The contractor shall make the necessary repairs at the exploratory excavation (D-Hole) to obtain a safe and proper driving surface to ersure the safety of the general public and to meet the approval of the City inspector. The contractor shall be liable for any and all damages incurred due to the exploratory excavation (D-Hole). Payment shall not be made for verification of existing utilities per item D-22. Payment for exploratory excavation (D-Hole), at locations identified on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, shall include full compensation for all materials, excavation, surface restoration, field surveys, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, shall be the unit price bid. No payment shall be made for exploratory excavation(s) conducted after construction has begun. D-80 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES 80.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe: POLYVINYL Chloride Plastic Water Pipe and fittings on this Project shall be in accordance with the material standard contained in the �- General Contract Documents. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, blocking, detectable tapes and all other associated appurtenant required, shall be included in the linear foot price bid of the appropriate BID ITEM(S). 80.2 Blocking: Concrete blocking on this Project wall necessarily be required as shown on the Plans and shall be installed in accordance with the General Contract Documents. All valves shall have concrete blocking provided for supporting. No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for the item and all costs incurred will be considered to be inciLded in the linear foot bid price of the pipe or the bid price of the valve. 90135201 F SC-49 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 80.3 Type of Casing Pipe: 1, WATER: The casing pipe for open cut and bored or tunneled section shall be AWWA C-200 Fabricated Electrically Welded Steel Water Pipe, and shall conform to the provisions of E1- 15, E1-5 and E1-9 in Material Specifications of General Contract Documents and Specifications for Water Department Projects. The steel casing pipe shall be supplied as follows: For the inside and outside of casing pipe, coal-tar protective coating in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 2.2 and related sections in AWWA C-203. Touch-up after field welds shall provide coating equal to those specified above. C. Minimum thickness for casing pipe used shall be 0.375 inch. Stainless Steel Casing Spacers (centering style) such as manufactured by Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Company or an approved equal shall be used on ail non- concrete pipes when installed in casing. Installation shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. SEWER: Boring used on this project shall be in accordance with the material standard E1-15 and Construction standard E2-15 as per Fig. 110 of the General Contract Documents. 3, PAYMENT: -� Payment for all materials, labor, equipment, excavation, concrete grout, backfill, and incidental work shall be included in the unit price bid per foot. 80.4 Tie-Ins; The Contractor shall be responsible for making tie-ins to the existing water mains. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the exact location and elevation of the existing line tie-ins. And any differences in locations and elevation of -. existing line tie-ins between the contract drawings and what may be encountered in the field shall be considered as incidental to construction. The cost of making tie-ins to existing water or sanitary sewer mains shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. 80.5 Connection of Existing Mains: The Contractor shall determine the exact location, elevation, configuration and angulation of existing water or sanitary sewer lines prior to manufacturing of the connecting piece. Any differences in locations, elevation, configuration, and or angulation of existing lines between the contract drawings and what may be encountered in the said work shall be considered as incidental to construction. Where it is required to shut down existing mains in order to make proposed connections, such down time shall be coordinated with the Engineer, and all efforts shall be made to keep this down time to a minimum. In case of shutting down an existing main, the Contractor shall notify the Manager, Construction Services, Phone 871-7813, at least 48- hours prior to the required shut down time. The Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph C5-5,15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE, Page C5-5(5), PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE WATER DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 90135201 F SC-50 December 1999 r PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS rAND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall notify the customer both personally and in writing as to the location, time, and schedule of the service interruption. The cost of removing any existing concrete blocking shall be Included in the cost of connection. Unless bid separately all cost incurred shall be included in the linear foot price bid for the appropriate pipe size. 80.6 Valve Cut-Ins: It may be necessary to cut-in gate valves to isolate the water main from which the extension and/or replacement is to be connected. This may require closing valves in other lines and putting consumers out of service for that period of time necessary to cut in the new valve; the work must be expedited to the utmost and all such cut-ins must be coordinated with the engineer in charge of inspection. All consumers shall be individually advised prior to the shut out and advised of the approximate length of time they may be without service. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, fittings, blocking and all other associated appurtenants required, shall be included in the price of the appropriate bid items. 80.7 Water Services: The relocation, replacement, or reconnection of water services will be required as shown on the pians, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. All service's shall be constructed by the contractor utilizing approved factory manufactured tap saddles (when required) and corporation stops, type K copper water tubing, curb stops with lock wings, meter boxes, and if required approved manufactured * service branches. All materials used shall be as specified in the Material Standards (E1- 17 & E1-18) contained in the General Contract Documents. f All water services to be replaced shall be installed at a minimum depth of 36 inches below ' final grade. t� All existing 314-inch water service lines which are to be replaced shall be replaced with 1- " inch Type K copper, 1-inch diameter tap saddle when required, and 1-inch corporation from the main line to the meter box. Ali services which are to be replaced or relocated shall be installed with the service main tap and service line being in line with the service meter unless otherwise directed by the ,A Engineer. A minimum of 24 hours advance notice shall be given when service interruption will be required as specified in Section C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. All water service meters shall be removed, tagged, and collected by the contractor for pickup by the Water Department for reconditioning or replacement. After installation of the water service in the proposed location and receipt of a meter from the project inspector the contractor shall install the meter. The meter box shall be reset as necessary to be flush with existing ground or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. All such work on the outlet side of the service meter shall be performed by a licensed plumber. f 99135201 F SC-51 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. WATER SERVICE REPLACEMENTS. Water service replacement or relocation is required when the existing service is lead or is too shallow to avoid breakage during street reconstruction. The contractor shall replace the existing service line with Type K copper from the main to the meter, curb stop with lock wings, and corporation stop. r' Payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, type K copper tubing, curb stop with lock wings, service line adjustment, and any relocation of up to 12-inches from center line existing meter location to center line proposed meter location shall be included in the Linear Foot price bid for Copper Service Line from Main to five (5) feet behind Meter.. Any vertical adjustment of customer service line within the 5 foot area shall be subsidiary to the service installation. Payment for all work and materials such as tap saddle (if required), corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service. Taps to Main 2. WATER SERVICE RECONNECTION: Water service reconnection is required when the existing service is copper and at adequate depth to avoid breakage during street reconstruction. The contractor shall adjust the existing water service line as required for reconnection and furnish a new tap with corporation stop. The contractor will be paid for one (1) Service Tap to Main for each service reconnected plus for any copper service line used in excess of five (5) feet from Main to five (5) feet behind the Meter. 3. WATER SERVICE METER AND METER BOX RELOCATIONS- When the replacement and relocation of a water service and meter box is required and the location of the meter and meter box is moved more than twelve (12) inches, as measured from the center line of the existing meter to location to the center line of the proposed meter location, separate payment will be allowed for the relocation of service meter and meter box. Centerline is defined by a line extended from the service tap through the meter. Only relocations made .� perpendicular to this centerline will be paid for separately. Relocations made along the centerline will be paid of in feet of copper service line. When relocation of service meter and meter box is required, payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, five (5) feet of type K copper service and all materials, labor, and equipment used by and for the licensed plumber shall be included in the price bid for the service meter relocation. All other costs will be included in other appropriate bid items). This item will afso be used to pay for all service meter and meter box relocations as required by the Engineer when the service line is not being replaced. Adjustment of only the meter box and customer service line within 5 feet distance behind the meter will not justify separate payment at any time. Locations with multiple service branches will be paid for as one service meter and meter box relocation. 4. NEW SERVICE: When new services are required the contractor shall install tap saddle (when required), corporatior stop, type K capper service line, curb stop with lock wings, and meter box. 90135201 F SC-52 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS y Payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, type K copper tubing, and curb stop with lock wings shall be included in the Linear Foot price bid for Service Line from Main to Meter five (5) feet behind the meter. Payment for all work and materials such as tap saddle, corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Mains. Payment for all work and materials such as furnishing 9 and setting new meter box shall be included in the price bid for furnish and set meter box. 5. MULTIPLE SERVICE BRANCHES: When multiple service branches are required the contractor shall furnish approved factory manufactured branches. Payment for multiple service branches will include furnishing and installing the multiple service branch only and all other cost will be included in other appropriate bid item(s). 5. MULTIPLE STREET SERVICE LINES TO SINGLE SERVICE METER: Any multiple service lines with taps servicing a single service meter encountered during construction shall be replaced with one service line that is applicable for the size of the existing service meter and approved by the Engineer. Payment shall be made at the unit bid price in the appropriate bid item(s). 80.8 2-Inch Temporary Service Line: The 2-inch temporary service main and 314-inch service lines shall be installed to provide temporary water service to all buildings that will necessarily be required to have severed water service during said work. The contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the schedule of the temporary service connections and permanent service reconnections with the building owners and the Engineer in order that the work be performed in an expeditious manner. Severed water service must be reconnected within 2 hours of discontinuance of service. A 2-inch tapping saddle and 2-inch corporation stop or 2-inch gate valve with an appropriate fire hydrant adapter fitting shall be required at the temporary service point of connection to the City water supply. The 2-inch temporary service main and 314-inch service lines shall be installed in accordance to the attached figures 1, 2 and 3. 2" temporary service line shall be cleaned and sterilized by using chlorine gas or chlorinated lime (HTH) prior to installation. A two-inch meter will be furnished by the Water Department Meter Shop and installed by the Contractor at its point of connection to the City water supply for record keeping purposes only. The out-of-service meters shall be removed, tagged and collected by the Contractor for delivery to the Water Department Meter Shop for reconditioning or replacement. Upon restoring permanent service, the Contractor shall re-install the meters at the correct location. The meter box shall be reset as necessary to be flush with the existing ground or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. The temporary service layout shall have a minimum available flow rate of 5 GPM at a dynamic pressure of 35 PSI per service tap.This criteria shall be used by the Contractor to determine the length of temporary service allowed, number of service taps and number of feed points. 90135201 F SC-53 December 1999 .a PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS When the temporary service is required for more than one location the 2-inch temporary service pipes, 314-inch service lines and the 2-inch meter shall be moved to the next successive project location. Payment for work such as fittings, 314-inch service lines, asphalt, barricades, all service connections, removal of temporary services and all other associated appurtenants ' required, shall be included in the appropriate bid item. 80.9 Adjust 'Manholes, and Vaults (Utility Cut): Contractor will be responsible for adjusting water valve boxes, manholes and vaults to match new pavement grade. The unit price bid will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 80.10 Adjust Water Valve Boxes: Contractor will be responsible for adjusting water valve boxes to match new pavement grade. The water valves themselves will be adjusted, if necessary, by City of Fort Worth Water Department forces. Prior to the beginning of work, the Contractor shall make an inventory of the condition of existing water valve boxes. The Construction Engineer will field verify this Inventory and provide the Contractor replacements for broken valve boxes. The contractor shall replace the valve boxes which are damaged during constructicn at no cost to the City. The unit price bid per each will be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. -� 80.11 Purging and Sterilization of Water bines: Before being placed into service all newly constructed water lines shall be purged and sterilized in accordance with E2-24 of the General Contract Documents and Specifications except as modified herein. The Contractor will furnish all water for INITIAL cleaning and sterilization of water lines. All materials for construction of the project, including appropriately sized "pipe cleaning pigs", chlorine gas or chlorinated lime (HTH) shall be furnished by the Contractor. Chlorinated lime (HTH) shall be used in sufficient quantities to provide a chlorine residualof fifty (50) PPN1. The residual of free chlorine shall be measured after 24 hours and shall not be less than 10 parts per million of free chlorine. Chlorinated water shall be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system. Should a sanitary sewer not be available, chlorinated water shall be "de-chlorinated" prior to disposal. The line may not be placed in service until two successive sets of samples, taken 24 hours apart, have met the established standards of purity. Purging and sterilization of the water lines shall be considered as incidental to the project and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. 80.12 Work Near Pressure Plane Boundaries: Contractor shall take note that the water line to be replaced under this contract may cross or may be in close proximity to an existing pressure plane boundary. Care shall be taken to ensure all "pressure plane" valves installed are installed closed and no cross connections are made between pressure planes 90135201 F SC-54 December 1999 PART a - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 80.13 Water Sample Station: GENERAL: All water sampling station installations will be per attached Figure 34 or as required in large water meter vaults as per Figure 33 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The appropriate water sampling station will be furnished to the Contractor free of charge; however, the Contractor will be required to pick up this item at the Field Operations Warehouse. PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 34 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the 3f4-inch type K copper service line will be shall be included in the price hid for copper Service Line from Main to Meter. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle (if required), corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, concrete support block, curb stop, fittings, and an incidental 5-feet of type K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the price bid for Water Sample Stations. PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 33 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle, gate valve, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, modification to the vault, fittings, and all type K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the price bid for Water Sample Stations. 80.14 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings: — Reference Part E2 Construction Specifications, Section E2-7 Installing Cast Iron Pipe, fittings, and Specials, Sub section E2-7.11 Cast Iron Fittings: the first Paragraph shall be revised to read as follows: E2-7,11 DUCTILE-IRON AND GRAY-IRON FITTINGS: All ductile-iron and gray-iron fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining as stated in Section E1-7. The price �.. bid per ton of fittings shall be payment in full for all fittings, joint accessories, polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle necessary for construction as designed. All ductile-iron and gray-iron fittings, valves and specials shall be wrapped with polyethylene wrapping conforming to Material Specification E1-13 and Construction .. Specification E2-13. Wrapping shall precede horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie- down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle. Payment for the polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle shall be included in bid items for vales and fittings and no Other payments will be allowed. 90135201 F SC-55 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-81 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL: All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications Item 200, "Sprinkling for Dust Control" shall apply. However, no direct payment will be made for this item and it shall be considered to this contract. D-82 DEWATERING: The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the method of dewatering operation for the water or sewage flows from the existing mains and ground water. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage of any nature resulting from the dewatering operations. The DISCHARGE from any dewatering operation shall be conducted as approved by the Engineer. Ground water shall not be discharged into sanitary sewers. Dewatering shall be considered as incidental to a construction and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the project price. D-83 TRENCH EXCAVATION ON DEEP TRENCHES: Contractor to prevent any water flowing into open trench during construction. Contractor shall not leave excavated trench open overnight. Contractor shall fill any trench the same day of excavation. No extra payment shall be allowed for this special condition. D-84 TREE PRUNING: A. REFERENCES: National Arborist Association's "Pruning Standards for Shade Trees". B_ ROOT PRUNING EQUIPMENT 1. Vibratory Knife 2. Vermeer V-155ORC Root Pruner C. NATURAL RESOURCES PROTECTION FENCE 1. Steel "T" = Bar stakes, 6 feet long. ^ 2. Smooth Horse-Wire: 14-112 gauge (medium gauge) or 12 gauge (heavy gauge). 1 Surveyor's Plastic Flagging: "Tundra" weight, International fluorescent orange or red color. 4. Combination Fence: Commercially manufactured combination soil separator fabric on wire mesh backing as shown on the Drawings. A 90135201F SC-56 December 1999 FART ❑ - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D. ROOT PRUNING 1. Survey and stake location of root pruning trenches as shown on drawings. 2. Using the approved specified equipment, make a cut a minimum of 36 inches deep in order to minimize damage to the undisturbed root zone. 3. Backfill and compact the trench immediately after trenching, 4. Place a 3-foot wide by 4-inch deep cover of mulch over the trench as required by the Engineer. .4 5. Within 24 hours, prune flush with ground and backfill any exposed roots due to construction activity. Cover with wood chips of mulch in order to equalize soil temperature and minimize water loss due to evaporation. 6. Limit any grading work within conservation areas to 3-inch maximum cut or fill, with no roots over 1-inch diameter being cut unless cut by hand or cut by specified methods, equipment and protection. E. MULCHING: Apply 2-inches to 4-inches of wood chips from trimming or clearing operation on areas designated by the Engineer. F. Tree Pruning shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price, D-85 TREE REMOVAL: Trees to be removed shall be removed using applicable methods, including stump and root ball removal, loading, hauling and dumping. Extra caution shall be taken to not disrupt existing utilities both overhead and buried. The Contractor shall immediately repair or replace any damage to utilities and private property including, but not limited to, water and sewer services, pavement, fences, walls, sprinkler system piping, etc„ at no cost to the Owner. All costs for tree removal, including temporary service costs, shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price and no additional payment will be allowed. D-86 TEST HOLES: The matter of subsurface exploration to ascertain the nature of the soils, including the amount of rock, if any, through which this pipeline installation is to be made is the responsibility of any and all prospective bidders, and any bidder on this project shall submit his bid under this condition. Whether prospective bidders perform this subsurface exploration jointly or independently, and whether they make such determination by the use of test holes or other means, shall be left to the discretion of such prospective bidders. If test borings have been made and are provided for bidder's information, at the locations shown on the logs of borings in the appendix of this specification, it is expressly declared that neither the City nor the Engineer guarantees the accuracy for the information or that the material encountered in excavations is the same, either in character, location, or elevation, as shown on the boring logs. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to make such subsurface investigations as he deems 90135201 F SC-57 December 1999 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS necessary to determine the nature of the material to be excavated. The Contractor assumes all responsibility for interpretation of these records and for making and maintaining the required excavation and of doing other work affected by the geology of the site. The cost of all rock removal and other associated appurtenances, if required, shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. 90135201 F SC-58 December 1999 PART C GENERAL CONDITIONS A, - on Ln in LO i3 1 ` ' Oa " - On er C 0 = U [C cn v y W (D A co co W cm co s• co N a ► , a y CI - 1. in I cb o .,� IM N .. - Q L16 y CL 0 ENO Q 93 CL L7„o r w t 0. tj c ITTT N N Lnulko C4c i .—t-•r- a 1�i4E�T DIP T � 4 .0 ' Al p �y ■nom+ Ty Vry 8-#4 REBARS 1 P. w Tir. + USE 3000# CLASS A CONCRETE. ` + 1 00, A CONC. COLLARS VARIES CHAMFER TYP - /4' PVAIr. Pmr. GAOGND .4 �1. t Y So +_ � GRA 14ING +.�•'. CASE ! CASE :— — — — — MIN. k . RAM NECK : ' 3' MINIMUM CASE ! HEIGHT VARIES COLLAR SHALL EXrfAC W TCv OF P 27 COACRErE SECTION A (REBAR REO.) CASE" 2 CDL L AR .SHALL EXTEND 3' BEC CIV BOrrOM OF L owesr GRADE RING (RE'8AR REO.1 r FIGURE 121 CONCRETE MANHOLE COLLAR DETAIL EI-20, 2i MATERIAL E2-20. 21 CCMSTRUCTION 5/18/90 3/05/93 Standard Frame Lid i Concrete C. I , Manhole Steps - See 15" Center To Center Standard 4' Diameter 'Staggered H.H. .Figs. 103 The Construction Of The Manhole Above This Level Shall Be Identical To The Standard 4' Diameter M.H. 2'-D" 4,T 4 Bars ( See Plan of Type „MR„ M.hl. . � � . ► For The Installation Of t Steel Bars And Additional 1 nformation) H i n n r Pour Against Und i stnGbed Earth Or Wooden Forms Qe e Use 2500 Pound Concrete For "� • Encasement NOTE This structure to be used only where pipe size is 39" or larger STANDARD TYRE "A" ACCESS MANHOLE E 1- 14 Material FIGURE 102 02 E 2- 14 Construction , 1-1 -78 r r `�`� lli..fele fr�f �•s{ i'I`d.�, `• � /rr ce+•rrr. ep rf ea dfr,riia red► Ae,,tPdAi!,PtM CtiYr.:ickepick r � fl II 11 � •I' '•, _ 9rnimum 2ra►L'a •; I 1 _. �relarm e�bvf 4s�naxric jc�T `••=,�� ;�, ,,_.•,. ��'• e�,wr;!'kiaRr-Nek ara�,oprared - �•; � _ 6% w e ►/4 rrld�r ' tor+a cowl Is - ' arrfe•*C Ca a+r teaairt (w•srr•eCs O✓• ►:4: ;i':{ ': i ra.F'�p! tS! S.T.•H. t'aTd��-sc•Isf pis� f '' ~: � �: sa/± Z'-Z a rf 11 3:V-o17 at AOVY-4 �+i+r1 rel _t .s. �• `• �•�a:`r�.�•�'�• - - .';� �ice'` •I�is �� �•��. �� — •..ryp. —:yi•%•.:• =�;•:;sir.':: D:•; ••!;!�. C'lt tl (4rD00/) CO,,CriC ift dft;e �Q r �IGUr?E lei EI-14 r zerial EZ-IL Caas.r>uction i • NN j4~z' wrir4 ,nsrfir. - iPkf. ' by *Y^crf ~6-WeAme - j Gds API jr;r fi M A wv;P ed All ,;WAWr've on Jr Eger F�1or� ^:Or tltY��reH � eovve er,Idle A ofo rAtfa�.e!.f,A�t Cw•s rr,rts a�- •s;i." �o '-► * � i I I AS T.ti! C•dT4f t~ref r,r.:,feresd .wJlatt P � £PMA '"!"TEo e{�-t, ♦'} i'rZA di.nrA/r A � C"lif�F rovoo W) Co..t {c d"MIN. *� • 41 ,p t ®•� fv ?/-dry. 3"d•�.�cr #ew-tr �+ /may l,� 6,R-frost' rd..wls Fi-14 Material 1-1-]$ F2-14 Construction r r .er fAa4+le rrrw.*•e a►r/ 1W 04 / ew.ve, egwe fa wr*tN r ter Z~ AlVaso-Ae, SHrre f cls.+Ef�e'tir r•�1 F. /er. ?:r d r G crrIrrtr+r/'ep. eta, oa-verrfeeo r4.,f 7AC 070, ar efwre, —dry be 1 1 tiled iA- trei/ d/ d�ce'Ifi', ., .`1 Tam v+r ew vc,-4ree Came C'D�tri�� i;•rd ,.,i��/Fate t• � ;�' f�frars /S-de(o.r 1"•�r.i1F (f Joel i 1 �C �rarre`id by fife wis�fer �za'f.Rrsr rjry - 11cw�r e1�+rfy`lrar �a r Itfe de�s,�++.rfed' �y rhe OW1'FrC �ar^r�ie�M/yiir►'�iAA V I AP 4' /� +r 14- A140-4IP� Al/4* i?+4 ��rs[dyf S,�rrr+r� E1-14 material }_1-� E2-14 Construction Where M.H. 's are in street Where M.H. 's are built install two or more courses of in streets to be payed, .. rick or concrete grade rings K.H. rim to be set to ,etween casting and top of brick proposed paving grade .;one, or concrete slab. Use standard McKinley, No. A24 AM. or Equal M.H. Frame aind Cover '" Ill►�llll�r- +'�llll amu}�t++ 2 0Set in Mortar Use Cast Iron Pipe to First Joint Behind Limit of Excavation r= Install K.H. Steps Same as in Standa`c M.H. .� 1 4p — 211 Sia 41+ it M.J. Cas Push-on Plug I fon"flee 4" *. < r MU onc. Collar ty� Install Nuts �' Away from M.H. (li Wa 1 l on M.J. 4'-0" Fitting COR-TEN +at m M Bolts c If Required Wrovide li! " Stub Extension At Concrete Limit of — z — - See Excavation 1llt l a lof P.E. in M.H. Standard 4' Dia. M. H. Detail _ > Figure 103 slope 1"/1 ' !u lit vertical to 314 Point of Pipe Illi Thrust Block to Grouted Invert., Use 4000# Concrete Extend 6" in All 1 4' dia. for sewer Directions from pipe up to 21'' Outside Diameter dia. 5' dia. for of Pipe sewer pipe 21" to TYPICAL SECTION 39" oia. STANDARD FOUR FOOT DROP ACCESS MANHOLE _-FIGURE 107 ` E i- i4 'rlaterial 1--1-78 E 2- 14 Construction P r' ON nV, + G u Lj MANHOLE INS_RT � r N �,!! ANH'OLE INSERT, AS 6Y SOU HV,l-STr-_Rig PACKING, DR A-?PUI'sp EOU.-.!. .-k T TER I'IG m T I AiTr i s.r. iir Szn.1 eTAIi, NO SCALE a T J� Street Surface .�� 0, • ■ • r ■ ■ [pnCrCtC or " Crushed Stone BaseSACKFt t.L: Compacted For Permanent Paving Mechanically or jetted See 5 ecial Documents Minimum Depth After Compaction Granular Embedment To w Be Jetted or Tamped 11 " r11 1r rr r1 e — Crushed Limestone Bedding For Water Mains 16" Dia,. and Larger and San. Sewer APPRCA lines nes (See El-3;E2-3) � Pipe Sizi Ditch Widtli [aitch Width Ditch Widt Ditch ~dal - rV1 1VI1 1%01 Clearance "1f . D. " C. 1 . Pi Pretensioneb Prestress 44V _ 2:L11 2"-011 1. 11 21 -011 68.611 8Ft 21-011 77 1Q"" 1 2"-0 " 6.5"" �2t1 2"-21" - - 61, Y 1611 21.-611 21-711 = 6r4 2011 2"-101 1 r-all 611 21.11 31-211 1_14"1 - b11 3611. [}-f511 [1t 4211 _ - 51-711 Ytt 48"r _ _ 61-241 911 Nate: Granular embedment is to be included in the price r: bid per linear foot of pipe. TYPICAL EMBEDMENT DETAIL -, - $ FIGURE 19 E 1-2 Hater : al E r Const *uct ;on - r Qc < �2 Qc_. ca a ti 03 ac ' w '[ d tox t h U t2t'Pco C In cm F 0,01.-N M N SL j QZ"tow Cy t v a-CCuj �L 2 1sJNO0� •F- !L 'A LaLi d 1--O 0 C N ©��euaF. U xULSozi-� LLI VIcaci++-vim++' � V —r—t�ILO, 1: 1 is .. e� L�JQorarg o ►- u E `r 0CA� z "vim•+ cutOL m W -I en Ln .: ` n1 tri w La!p h y wi it • t �" ccLaJ �" ��� • a' • aaa • •aa • � Q� a � go �� d: {CO G �j S '��' • • • :• G ,r' a t Q An - 3 Irl..f W co • • •• •■ i.J +C aJa• � C '0W -J R/1�' Z ■ • • a 4C t� tc1 uj w U mCL •� (3 Li Z s■ • a d w C3 d _x .�..I N }- • vy. • • •• +L C2w C3 -.7 U Q 00 r o .r.•. • . . 0 E C17 Q► to vl UJ J �g o to w :3L CL in H N N:i E ar Q2N O C7 r J � r Existing surface wckfill as specified r kt • r • 4 i j • ! • . i {yam ... 61" min. dimnsion. 61" wx. for pay purposes when bid per cubic yard. e (D 61" min. dimension. Max. for pay purposes shall be 6" on main 24'' and smaller, 9" on mains 30" and larger, when bid per cubic yard. (D 4" min. dimension. 41" max. for pay purposes when bid per cubic yard. -- Class "E" 1500# concrete. Concrete encasement shall stop 1 " either side of joint, and when encasing camrote pressure pipe, full lengths of pipe shall be encased, Joints excluded. - CONCRETE ENCASEMENT DETAIL 1-1-78 FIGURE 2 0 E 1-7 material E 2-7 Construction Existing surface Backfill as specified VY � " a ' . a • i r.ti 'Y, � �,F'.+' ref 'G'•���i�` t , { Ye`a`t•:r ai` k 6" min. dimension. 61' max. for pay purposes when bid per cubic yard. 6" min. dimension. Max. for pay purposes snall be 6" on mains 2411 and smaller, 9" on mains 30" and larger, when bid per cubic yard. V 4" min. dimension. fit"' max. for pay purposes when bid per cubic yard. Class "E„ 15nor concrete. CONCRETE ENCASEMENT DETAIL 1-�-,e FIGURE 1 1 ; E 2-7 Construct io- Pressure Grout Between Casing And All Pipe Shall 8e Surrounding Earth Laid To Grade As Shown On The Plans x Tun.-,e) Liner Or Casing Pipe 4 As Required. Water Lines Shall be Secured by Struts. 1 r Carrrier Pipe Adequate Skids Shall Be Furn; shed And Installed By Various Types Of The Contractor As Necessary Casing Pipe May Be To Facilitate Installation Used, Conc. , Steel Or Of Carrier Pipe. Corrugated Metal As w' Permitted By The Plans - And Specifications TUNNELED SECTION I _ Pressure Grout Between Casinc And Surrounding_ Earth On Bored Section. All Pipe Shat } Be '7 Casing Pipe —' Laid To Grade As Shown On The Plans. x � � ` l + Water Lines Shall be Secured by Struts. z Various Type of Casing +:> — Pipe May Be Used, Conc, , r _ Steel , Or Currugated Metal Carrier Pipe As Permitted By The Plans And Specifications. Adequate Skids Sha 1 1 Be •:a'. f Furnished And Installed 8y The Contractor As Necessary c To Facilitate Installation Of CUT Carrier Pipe. OPEN Or V BORED SECTION CASING DETAILS 1-1-78 FIGURE . 21 E 1- 15 Material E 2- 15 Construction PART Da ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-1 PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (NOT USED).............................ASC-3 DA-2 PIPELINE REHABILITATION PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM (NOT USED)..............—ASC-3 DA-3 PIPELINE REHABILITATION FOLD AND FORM PIPE (NOT USED)..............................ASC-3 DA-4 SLIPLINING (NOT USED)................ ....ASC-3 DA-5 PIPE INSTALLED BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT.............................................................ASC-3 DA-6 SERVICE LINE POINT REPAIR I CLEANOUT REPAIR ..............................,...............,...,ASC-6 DA-7 PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION (NOT USED). ASC-9 DA-8 MANHOLE REHABILITATION ITEMS (NOT USED)........................................................ASC-9 DA-9 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION (NOT USED)................ASC-9 DA-10 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - MICROSILICATE MORTAR SYSTEM (NOT USED) ASC-9 DA-11 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - QUADEX SYSTEM (NOT USED)..............................ASC-9 DA-12 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - SPRAYWALL SYSTEM (NOT USED)...................... ASC-9 P DA-13 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - RAVEN LINING SYSTEM (NOT USED).................. ASC-9 DA-14 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - PERMACAST SYSTEM WITH EPDXY LINER (NOT USED).....................................................................................................................ASC-9 DA-15 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-STRONG-SEAL SYSTEM (NOT USED)......................ASC-9 DA-16 RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS (NOT USED)....................................................ASC-9 DA-17 PVC LINED CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)................................ASC-9 DA-18 PRESSURE GROUTING (NOT USED) .............................................ASC-9 DA-19 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES (NOT USED).............................ASC-9 DA-26 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES (NOT USED)....................................................................,.....ASC-9 DA-21 LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATER VALVES (NOT USED)..... ASC-9 DA-22 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (NOT USED)............................ASC-9 DA-23 REPLACEMENT OF 6" CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS (NOT USED).—.................................ASC-9 DA-24 REPLACEMENT OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE,..................................................ASC-9 DA-25 GRADED CRUSHED STONES.......................................................................................ASC-10 90135201F ASC-1 December 1999 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-26 WEDGE MILLING 2" TO D" DEPTH 5.0' WIDE (NOT USED)..........................................ASC-1 D DA-27 BUTT JOINTS - MILLED (NOT USED). ......................................,.............,.....................ASC-10 DA-28 2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" MIX)..................... ... ASC-1D DA-29 REPLACEMENT OF 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (NOT USED)........................... ASC-11 DA-30 NEW 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (NOT USED).................................,..................ASC-11 DA-31 NEW 4" STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAMP (NOT USED)..............................................ASC-11 DA-32 8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION...................................................................................ASC-11 DA-33 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE (UTILITY CUT) (NOT USED)......, ASC-11 DA-34 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS.......................... ASC-11 DA-35 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING (NOT USED)ASC-11 DA-36 LOADING, TRANSPORTATION, AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL............ ASC-11 DA-37 ROCK RIPRAP - GROUT- FILTER FABRIC (NOT USED)..............................................ASC-12 DA-38 CONCRETE PIPE FITINGS AND SPECIALS (NOT USED)...........................................ASC-12 a 90135201E ASC-2 December 1999 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-1 PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE: (NOT USED) DA-2 PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM: (NOT USED) DA-3 FOLD AND FORM PIPE: (NOT USED) DA-4 SLIPLINING: (NOT USED) DA-5 PIPE INSTALLED BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT: A. GENERAL: 1. Furnish materials and necessary accessories, with strengths, thickness, coatings, and fittings indicated, specified and/or necessary to complete the work. 2. All excavation shall provide an open area conforming to the outside diameter of the casing and/or carrier conduit. The excavation shall be to an alignment and grade which will allow the carrier conduit to be installed to proper line and grade as shown on the Plans and as established in the Specifications. 3. Work shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the City of Fort Worth Water department, the Texas Department of Transportation, or railroad company, as applicable. B. MATERIALS: 1. Casing Pipe: Casing pipe shall be steel conforming to ANSI 1336.10 and the following: a. Field Strength: 35,000 psi minimum. b. Wall thickness: 0.312 in. minimum (0.5 for railroad crossings), C. Diameter: As shown on the drawings (minimum size requirements). d. Joints: Continuous circumferential weld in accordance with AWS D1.1. 2. Carrier Pipe in Casing: Carrier pipe shall be as shown on drawings and as specified in the General Contract Documents. 3. Sewer Pipe without Casing Pipe: Shall be minimum Class 51 ductile iron pipe, or as designated on the plans. 4. Grout: Grout shall be Portland Cement grout of min. 2000 psi compressive strength at 28 days. Proportioned not less than 1 cu. ft. of cement to 3 cu. ft. of fine sand with sufficient water added to provide a free flowing thick slurry. C. EXECUTION 1. Where sewer pipe is required to be installed under railroad embankments or under highways, streets or other facilities in other than open cut, construction shall be �- performed in such a manner so as to not interfere with the operation of the railroad, 90135201E ASC-3 December 1999 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS street, highway, or other facility, and so as not to weaken or damage any embankment or structure. During construction operations, barricades and lights to safeguard traffic and pedestrians shall be furnished and maintained, until such time as the backfill has been completed and then shall be removed from the site. 2. Pits and Trenches: a. if the grade of the pipe at the end is below the ground surface, suitable pits or trenches shall be excavated for the purpose of conducting the jacking or tunneling operations and for placing end joints of the pipe. Wherever end trenches are cut in the sides of the embankment or beyond it, such work shall be sheeted securely and braced in a manner to ,prevent earth from caving in. b. The location of the pit shall meet the approval of the Engineer. C. The pits of trenches excavated to facilitate these operations shall be backfilled immediately after the casing and carrier pipe installation has been completed. 1 Boring and Jacking Steel Casing Pipe: Steel casing pipe shall be installed by boring hole with the earth auger and simultaneously jacking pipe into place. a. The boring shall proceed from a pit provided for the boring equipment and workmen. The holes are to be bored mechanically. The boring shall be -- done using a pilot hole. By this method an approximate 2-inch hole shall be bored the entire length of the crossing and shall be checked for line and grade on the opposite end of the bore from the work pit. This pilot hole shall serve as the centerline of the larger diameter hole to be bored. Other methods of maintaining line and grade on the casing may be approved if acceptable to the Engineer. Excavated material shall be placed near the .� top of the working pit and disposed of as required. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted only to the extent required to lubricate cuttings. Jetting or sluicing will not be permitted. b. In unconsolidated soil formations, a gel-forming colloidal drilling fluid consisting of at least 10 percent of high grade carefully processed bentonite may be used to consolidate cuttings of the bit, seal the walls of the hole, and furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of the pipe immediately thereafter. c. Allowable variation from the line and grade shall be as specified under paragraph A.2. All voids between bore and outside of casing shall be pressure grouted. 90135201E ASC-4 December 1999 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing: a. Sanitary sewer pipe located within the encasement pipe shall be supported by "skids" or "bands" to prevent the pipe and bells from snagging on the inside of the casing, and to keep the installed line from resting on the bells. b. All skids shall be treated with a wood preservative. Skids should extend for the full length of the pipe with the exception of the bell area and spigot area necessary for assembly unless otherwise specified. C. The Contractor shall prevent over-belling the pipe while installing it through the casing. A method of restricting the movement between the assembled bell and spigot where applicable shall be provided. d. At all bored, jacked, or tunneled installations, the annular space between the carrier pipe and casing shall be filled with grout. Care must be taken that not too much water is forced into the casing so as not to float the pipe. The backfill material will not be required unless specified on the plans and specified by the Engineer. e. Closure of the casing after the pipe has been installed shall be plugged at the ends of the casing as shown on the drawings or as required by the Engineer. 5. Boring and Jacking Ductile Iran Pipe without Casing Pipe: a. As indicated on drawings and as required and directed by the Engineer sewer shall be constructed of bore and jacked ductile iron pipe. b. When a casing pipe is not designated on the drawings, the contractor shall provide a casing pipe if necessary to achieve line and grade. Casing pipe shall be provided at no additional cost and shall be subsidiary to the cost bid for installation By Other than Open Cut. c. Bore and jack in accordance with paragraph C.3. above. d. Short length of sewer consisting of a single pipe section may be installed by jacking without a bore hole if permitted by the Engineer and in soft soil layer. All voids outside of installed pipe shall be pressure grouted. & Tunneling: Where the characteristics of the soil, the size of the proposed pipe, or the use of monolithic sewer would make the use of tunneling more satisfactory than jacking or boring, or when shown on the plans, a tunneling method may be used, with the approval of the Engineer or railroad/highway officials. a. When tunneling is permitted, the lining of the tunnel shall be of sufficient strength of support the overburden. The Contractor shall submit the proposed liner method to the Engineer for approval. The tunnel liner design shall bear the seal of a licensed professional engineer in the State of Texas. 90135201 F ASC-5 December 1999 PAIN DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the adequacy of the liner method. b. The space between the tunnel liner and the limits of excavation shall be pressure grouted or mud-jacked. c_ Access holes for placing concrete shall be space at maximum intervals of 10 feet. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT; Installation of pipe by other than open cut will be measured by the linear foot of pipe, complete in place. Such measurement will be made between the ends of the pipe along the central axis as installed. The work performed and materials furnished as prescribed by this item will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price bid per linear foot for Pipe Installed by Other Than Open Cut of the type, size, and class of pipe specified as shown on plans, The furnishing of all materials, pipe, liner materials required for installation, for all preparation, hauling and installing of same, and for all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work, including excavation, backfilling and disposal of surplus material shall be included in the Contract Unit Price as shown in the Bid Proposal. DA-6 SERVICE LINE POINT REPAIR / CLEANOUT REPAIR A. GENERAL: The work covered by this item consists of furnishing all labor, material, equipment, supervision, etc. necessary to construct a paint repair on the portion of a service line located within a utility easement, street right-of-way or on private property. Point repairs on private property shall only be addressed after the Contractor has received written permission from the property owner to do the work. A blank Right-of-Entry Agreement form to be completed by the Contractor and the individual property owners is included at the end of this section. The Contractor shall keep a record copy of all Right- of-Entry forms obtained and have it on hand at all times during construction. The street addresses and approximate location of service line repairs are shown in Table — and the Field Survey Forms in Attachment . It shall be the Contractors responsibility to accurately field locate the exact point of repair. B. MATERIALS: The pipe replacement material shall be gasketed joint, gravity PVC sewer pipe (ASTM D- 3034, SDR 28) and have a minimum cell classification of 12454 A or B as defined in ASTM D-1784. Installation shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer, recommendations and the Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association. The method of jointing the ends of the replaced pipe with the existing pipe shall be water tight. C. EXECUTION: 1. After the location of the point repair is determined, the Contractor shall excavate and remove the damaged ,pipe and replace with new pipe. The minimum length of pipe replaced shall be three (3) feet. All work shall be performed by a licensed lube. Determine whether additional lengths of line beyond "minimum length" 90135201E ASC-6 December 1999 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS criteria need replacement. Report need for additional replacement to City and obtain approval before proceeding. 2. The Contractor shall excavate, shape the bottom of the trench and place the required pipe bedding so that the grade of the replaced pipe matches the existing service line grade. 3. Numerous service line point repairs along with lateral line point repairs and obstruction removals are located in areas which in many instances will require the removal of existing landscaping, structures, sidewalks, driveways, etc. Items removed or disturbed shall replaced or restored to original conditions or better. 4- Removal of Debris: Excess excavated material and debris are to be removed from the work site daily. Cost of hauling excess excavation and debris is to be included in the price bid for"Service Line Point Repair". 5. Roof and Yard Drains: At the locations indicated in Table _ of the Attachments. The Contractor shall disconnect roof and yard drains from the sanitary sewer service line. For yard drains, the Contractor shall excavate and remove the drain from the yard and plug the line at the property line. For roof drains, the Contractor shall remove the downspout from the drain line and plug the line to prevent inflow. -� In addition, the Contractor shall install an elbow fitting at the bottom of the downspout to direct runoff, away from the building, and a concrete splash pad to prevent erosion. 6. Disconnected Service Lines: At the locations indicated in Table_ of Attachments to the Special Contract Documents, the Contractor shall remove the service line no longer in use by excavating at the property line and plugging the service line. 7, Abandonment of Point Repair: If a pipe is exposed and found in good condition, not requiring a point repair, notify City Engineer who will record abandonment of point repair, Backfill the excavation, replace pavement or sidewalk and repair and seed or sod unpaved areas. S. Cleanout Repair: The Contractor shall make appropriate repairs to cleanouts as indicated in Table and as shown on the PLANS. All cleanout repair work shall be performed by a licensed plumber. a. General This special condition describes the repair of sanitary sewer cleanouts located on private property as designated on the III Elimination Repair plans. Repair of the cleanouts shall consist of replacing defective cleanout caps or installing new caps where none exist, such that inflow is eliminated. There will be no repairs made to the existing cleanouts that require excavation, other than what is required to expose the top of the cleanout so P- that the new caps can be installed. 90135201E ASC-7 December 1999 a- - PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS b. Materials Replacement cleanout caps shall be Dal-Caps as manufactured by Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Company, or equal, The rubber caps are held down by stainless steel clamps. C. Excavation 1) The Contractor shall submit shop drawings on all materials and equipment to be installed. 2) The Contractor is responsible for obtaining right of entry from the property owners prior to performing any work. Property owners should be notified 48 hours in advance of any work on their property. 3) The Contractor shall restore any disturbed surface to its original or better condition at no separate pay, D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: 1. Payment for service Fine point repair shall be on a unit price basis for each repair performed on all sizes of service lines for the respective depths. The minimum length of service line point repair shall be three (3) feet, No separate pay if the work is done within the limits of a service fine reconnect as defined in Special -� Condition, D-53, "Sanitary Sewer Services". 2. Measurements for extra length repair is on a linear foot basis for repairs in excess of the minimum 3 foot replacement length. 3. All pipe fittings, adapters, concrete collars, bedding, and removal and replacements of grass sodding required shall be considered incidental to service line point repair. 4, if no pay item is included for any work required to properly complete a service line point repair as specified, the cost to perform said worm, including any required removal and replacement of materials, shall be considered incidental to the service line point repair. 5. Depth of Bury is to be measured from Natural Ground Level to the Flow Line of the Sanitary Sewer Service Line at the .Point of Replacement. The minimum trench width shall be 3'-0". fi. All excavation, backfill, removal and replacement of grass sodding and landscaping, plugs, fittings, and splash pads shall be considered incidental to removal of yard drains, disconnecting roof drains and plugging disconnected service lines. 7. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor to obtain written permission to enter private property. 90135201E ASC-8 December 1999 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 8. Payment will be made for Abandonment of Point Repairs at the Contract Unit Price for Excavation and Backfill Abandoned Point Repairs. 9. Payment shall be made at the Contract Unit Price for each sanitary sewercleanout successfully repaired. Payment shall be full compensation for all materials, equipment, and labor required to perform the work. DA-7 PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION: (NOT USED) DA-8 MANHOLE REHABILITATION: (NOT USED) DA-9 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION: (NOT USED) DA-10 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - MICROSILICATE MORTAR SYSTEM:(NOT USED) DA-11 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - QUADEX SYSTEM:(NOT USED) DA-12 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - SPRAY WALL SYSTEM:(NOT USED) DA-13 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - RAVEN LINING SYSTEM: (NOT USED) DA-14 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING: PERMACAST SYSTEM WITH EPDXY LINER:(NOT USED) DA-15 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-STRONG-SEAL-SYSTEM:(MOT USED) DA-16 RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS !(NOT USED) DA- 17 PVC LINED CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION:(NOT USED) DA-18 PRESSURE GROUTING: (NOT USED) DA-19 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES:(NOT USED) DA-20 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES: (NOT USED) DA-21 LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATER VALVES: (NOT USED) DA-22 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURES AND GUTTER: (NOT USED) DA-23 REPLACEMENT OF 6" CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS: (NOT USED) DA-24 REPLACEMENT OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE: The contractor shall remove all existing deformed H.M_A.C. pavement and/or bad base material that shows surface deterioration and/or complete failure. The Engineer will identify these areas upon which time the contractor will begin work. The failed area shall be saw cut, or other similar means, out of the existing pavement in square or rectangular fashion. The side faces shall be cut vertically and all failed and loose material excavated. As a part of the excavation process, afl unsatisfactory base material shall be removed, if required, to a depth sufficient to obtain stable 90135201F ASC-9 December 1999 FART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS sub-base. The total depth of excavation could range from a couple of inches to include the surface-base-some sub-base removal for which the Engineer will select the necessary depth. The remaining good material shall be leveled and uniformly made ready to accept the fill material. All excavated material shall be hauled off site, the same day as excavated, to a suitable dump site. After satisfactory completion of removal as outlined above, the contractor shall place the permanent pavement patch, with "Type D" surface mix. This item will always be used even if no base improvements are required. The proposed H.M.A.C. repair shall match the existing pavement section or the depth of the failed material, whichever is greater. However, the patch thickness shall be a minimum of 2 inches. Generally the existing H.M.A.C. pavement thickness will not exceed 6°. Before the patch layers are applied, any loose material, mud and/or water shall be removed. A liquid asphalt tack coat shall be applied to all exposed surfaces. Placement of the surface mix lifts shall not exceed 3 inches with vibrator compactions to follow each lift. Compactions of the mix shall be to standard densities of the City of Fort Worth, made in preparation to accept the recycling process. Ail applicable provisions of Standard Specification Item Nos. 300 "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions", 304 "Prime Coat", and 312 "Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete" shall govern work. The unit price bid per cubic yard shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-25 GRADED CRUSHED STONES: This item shall be used to repair the failed base material in areas exceed 8" deep as directed by .� the Engineer. The material shall be graded crushed stones. For specifications governing this item see Item No. 208 "Flexible Base". The unit price bid per cubic yard shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-26 WEDGE MILLING 2" TO 0" DEPTH 5.Q' WIDE: (NOT USED) DA-27 BUTT JOINTS - MILLED: (NOT USED) DA-28 2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" MIX): All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications, Item Nos. 312 "Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete" and 313 "Central Plant Recycling-Asphalt Concrete" shall apply to the construction methods for this portion of the pro}ect. Standard Specification 312.5 (1) shall be revised as follows: The prime coat, tack coat, or the asphaltic mixture shall not be placed unless the air temperature is fifty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising, the temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphaltic material shall also not be placed when the wind conditions are unsuitable in the opinion of the Engineer. The contractor shall furnish batch design of the proposed hot mix asphaltic concrete for City approval 48 hours prior to placing the H.M.A.C. overlay. The City will provide laboratory control as necessary- 90 135201 F ecessary.90135201F ASC-10 December 1999 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS The unit price bid per square yard of H,M_A.C. complete and in place, shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-29 REPLACEMENT OF 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER: (NOT USED) DA-30 NEW 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER: (NOT USED) DA-31 NEW 4" STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAMP: (NOT USED) DA-32 8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION: Contractor shall pulverize the existing pavement to a depth of 8". After pulverization is completed, contractor shall temporary remove and store the 8" deep pulverized material, then cut the base 2" to provide place for the new 2" H.M.A.C. surface. The 2" base cut shall start at a depth of 8" from the existing pulverized surface. After the undercut operation is completed, contractor shall spread, mix, and compact the pulverized material to a 95% compaction per City's Standard Specifications or as directed by the Engineer in the field. A 5% portland cement shall be used to mix the y pulverized material. DA-33 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE (UTILITY CUT)(NOT USED) DA-34 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications for Roadway Markers (Buttons) shall apply. The Contractor shall install standard roadway markers according to city specifications as shown on pian sheet or as directed by the Engineer. Please refer to "Roadway Markers Specifications". DA-35 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING(NOT USED) DA-36 LOADING, TRANSPORTATION, AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL A. GENERAL: This item has been established for the loading, transportation and disposal of contaminated soils in a State of Texas approved disposal site (landfill) to handle special wastes (petroleum contaminated soils). A bid item has been established in the proposal for the proper loading, transportation and disposal of the material to a designated site and the quantity established is the engineers best estimate of the quantity that may be removed. This quantity may vary depending upon actual conditions and testing results. The unit price bid will not be increased regardless of the actual amount of material disposed and may be decreased if a larger volume of material, than that listed in the bid proposal, results in a unit cost reduction for disposal. B. WASTE MANIFESTS: Any and all nor-hazardous liquid and petroleum substance waste removed from the site of generation and transported for treatment and/or disposal must be accompanied by a waste shipment record/manifest detailing required generator, transported, destination and waste description information. These results may not be uniform throughout the 90135201E ASC-11 December 1999 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS entire site. For all petroleum substance waste, the waste shipment record utilized shall be the TNRCC PETROLEUM-SUBSTANCE WASTE AFFIDAVIT (Form TWC-0332). The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, originating and maintaining manifests in accordance with federal and state laws. The Contractor shall sign thernanifests forms as Independent Contractor to the Owner, AUTHORIZATION OF PAYMENT FOR REMOVAL TRANSPORT AND TREATMENT 1 DISPOSAL OF WASTES IN CONTINGENT UPON RECEIPT BY THE ENGINEER OF FULLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED MANIFEST FORMS that are in agreement with regard to the type and amount of waste removed from the site and received by the treatment/disposal facility, The Contractor shall immediately resolve any manifest discrepancies. Completed Manifests shall be returned to the City Department of Environmental Management within 00 days of shipment. C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for this item shall be made per in place cubic yard of contaminated soils that are loaded, transported and disposed of in an approved special disposal site. No separate payment will be made for loading, transportation and disposal of contaminated ground waters collected; these costs considered subsidiary to D-26, POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING. The proposed landfill shall be included in the Contractor's bid submittal and approved by the City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management prior to contract award. Contractor shall be responsible for all landfill costs, including, but not limited to landfill fees, transportation costs and landfill operator requested analytical testing and waste characterization. DA-37 ROCK RIPRAP -GROUT -FILTER FABRIC; (NOT USED) DA-138 CONCRETE PIPE FITTINGS AND SPECIALS: (NOT USED) A 90135201F ASC-12 December 1999 STATE REVOLVING FUND (SRF) , , REQUIREMENTS r RULE; 110 . 110 Reportincr Requirements for Building or Construction Protects for Governmental Entities (a) The following words and terms , when used in this rule, shall have the following meanings, unless the context Clearly indicates otherwise. Terms not defined in this rule shall have the meaning defined in the Texas Labor Code, if so defined. . (1) Certificate of coverage ( "certificate" ) - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81 , TWCC-82, TWCC-83 , or TWCC-84 ) , showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person' s or entity' s employees (including those subject to a coverage agreement) providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. (2) Building or construction - Has the meaning defined in the Texas Labor Code, §406. 096 (e) ( 1) . (3) Contractor - A person bidding for or awarded a building or construction project by a governmental entity. (4) Coverage - Workers' compensation insurance meeting the statutory requirements of the Texas Labor Code, 5401. 01.1 (44 ) . r (5) Coverage agreement - A written agreement on form e TWCC-81 , form TWCC-82 , form TWCC-83 , or form TWCC-84 , filed with the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission which establishes a relationship between the parties for purposes of the Workers' Compensation Act , pursuant to the Texas Labor Code, Chapter 406 , Subchapters F and G as one of employer/employee and establishes who will be responsible for providing workers` compensation coverage for persons providing services on the project. (6) Duration of the project - Includes the time from the beginning of work on the project until the work on the d project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. (7) Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 5406. 096 of the Act) - Includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes but is not limited to independent contractors , subcontractors , leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity furnishing persons to perform services on the project. "services" includes but is not limited to providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. (8) Project - Includes the provision of all services related to a building or construction contract for a governmental entity. (b} Providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage pursuant to this rule is a representation by the insured that all employees of the insured who are providing services on the project are covered by workers' compensation coverage, that the coverage is based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts , and that all coverage agreements have been filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self- insured, with the commission' s Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading certificates of coverage, or failing to provide or maintain required coverage, or failing to report any change that materially affects the provision of coverage may subject the contractor or other person providing services on the project to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. (c) A governmental entity that enters into a building or construction contract on a project shall : (1) include in the bid specifications, all the provisions of subsection (d) of this rule, using the language required by paragraph (7) of this subsection; (2 ) as part of the contract, using the language required by paragraph (7) of this subsection, require the contractor to perform as required in subsection (d) of this rule; (3) obtain from the contractor a certificate of coverage for each person providing services of the project, prior to that person beginning work on the project; (4 ) obtain from the contractor a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage: (A) before the end of the current coverage period, if the contractor's current certificate of coverage shows that the coverage period ends during the duration of ' the project; and (B) no later than seven days after the expiration of the coverage for each other person providing services jon the project whose current certificate shows that the coverage period ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for three years thereafter; (b) provide a copy of the certificates of coverage to the commission upon request and to any person entitled to them by law; and (7) use the following language for bid specifications and contracts, without any additional words or changes, except those required to accommodate the specific. document in which they are contained or to impose stricter standards of documentation: A. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate',) - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or- a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, "WCC-83, or TWCC-84) , showing statutory workers ' compensation insurance coverage for the person 's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project . Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person 's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ( "subcontractor" in 5405 .096) includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, .regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and r regardless of whether that person has employees . This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner--operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. -Services,, include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project . "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as foodlbeverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets . B . The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor code, Section X301 .011 (44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project . C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract . D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The contractor shall obtain from each ,person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (2) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project . F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project . H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers ' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report Tack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Cade, section 401 .011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, .if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (S) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within IC days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (Z) Y- (7) , with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers ' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission 's Division of Self--Ins' rance Regulation , Providing false or misleading .information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions . K. The contractor's failure to cc)mply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. (d) A contractor shall: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project , for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements ; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers , compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor' s current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4 ) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (S) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; _ (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at lea-st 19 point normal type, and shall be in bath English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS ' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers ' compensation insurance . This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or .materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee . " "Call the Texas Workers, Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 ' to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage . " and f8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (8) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; R` (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3 ) of this rule; (n) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage , if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter, (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the F provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project, and (H) contractually require each other person with whoa it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H) , with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services . e) A person providing services on a project, other than a contractor, shall : (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, (2 ) provide a certificate of coverage as required by its contract to provide services on the project, prior to beginning work on the project; (3) have the following language in its contract to provide services on the project: "By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person _ signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers` compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission' s Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties , criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. " (4 ) provide the person for whom it is providing services on the project, prior to the end of the coverage period shown on its current certificate of coverage, a new certificate showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) obtain from each person providing services on a project under contract to it, and provide as required by its contract: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (B) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (6) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (7) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project and send the notice within 10 days after the person knew or should have known of the change; and (B ) contractually require each ether person with whom it contracts to : (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to it prior to that ether person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3 ) of this rule; (D) provide, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project,- (E) roject;(E) obtain from each other person under contract to it to provide services on the project, and provide as required by its contract: ( i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project, and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the contract; (F) retain all required certificates, of coverage on file f car the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H) , with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services . ( f} If any provision of this rule or its application to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the invalidity does not affect other provisions or applications of this rule that can be given effect without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this rule are declared to be severable . (g) This rule is applicable for building or construction contracts advertised for bid by a governmental entity on or after September 1, 1994 . Effective Date: September 1, 1994 EA-10t a/OV43) SITE CERTIF'ICATE Pus is to certify that the (Legal Mame of Applicant„ i.e., City. Marva, etc.) has now acquired, taken bona fide options on, or initiated formal condemnation proceedings against all property (sites, easements, rights-of-way, or specific use permits) necessary for construction, operation and maintenance of wastewater facilities described as (Proposed Contract No. and Description) in accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Texas Water Development Board. Any deeds or documents required to be recorded to protect the title(s) held by (Legal Nems of Applicant) have been recorded or filed for record wherever necessary. In the event of conflicts with existing underground utilities or preserve unknown cultural or historic resources, the (Name of Applicant) has the right of eminent domain and wi-U take condemnation action, if necessary, to acquire any sites, easements or rights-of-way which may be required to change the location of any of the facIties described above; and upon acquisition of the rights-of-way and recording of documents, will submit another site certificate to that effect. EXECUTED this day of , 19 . (Sigrwure) (Title) NOTE. This certificate NFUST BE EXECUTED BY AN ATTDR,'NEY DR AN ABSTRACTOR qualified to evaluate the Applicant's interest in the site and make such a determination. F-it s Efl-103 (2,]..2!93) CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY" OFJCUIOJLt� BEFORE M4 ", hkq, a Notary Public duly commissioned and qualified in and for the County of in the State of Texas came and appeared L _0 , as represented by �' , the Pei- corporation's , who declares he/she is authorized to �* represent %ic- pursuant to provisions of a resolution adopted by said corporation on the /`t day of , 19 (a duly certified copy of such resolution is attached to and is hereby made a part of this document). as the representative o t g , declares that assures the Texas Water Development Board that it will construeo _ 4-ect-at�- � � , Texas, in accordance with sound construction practice, all laws of the State of Texas, and the rules r of the Texas Water Development Board. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND and seal of office this ��� day of*t�_4_ OA.D. ""�. ` / LISA A I ULSTON * NOTARY PuBuc * State Of Toy-a5 . "'• comm. EXP M1616-201 PrintWorn. My Commission expires F-42 ED-104 (9r19r9+) CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE RESOLILMON *J Name"4 I herebycert' that it was RESOLVED b a quorum of the directors of the �'Y Y C at { t' me. , name of corporations 7 meeting on the day of /t, 19, that be, and hereby is, authorized to act on behalf of L , same of corporation as its representative, in all business transactions conducted in the State of Texas, and; W That all above resolution was unanimously ratified by the Board of Directors at said meeting and that the resolution has not been rescinded or amended and is now in full forces and effect; and; In authentication of the adoption of this resolution, I subscribe my name and affix the seal of the corporation this day of S retary (seal) F-13 ED-102 (2118/93) BREAKDOWN OF BID .� EXAMPLE (rhe bid breakdown is not limited to the items listed below.) Item Unit PRO No. Description Quantity Unit Price Amount I. Bond L.S. Move In Costs L.S. 3, Fencing L.S. 4. Road Material and Grading In Place S.Y_ y S. Sidewalks S.Y. 6. Excavation C.Y. 7. Backfill C.Y, 8. Weterstop L.F. i 9. Concrete (by cissa) C.Y. to. Reinforcing Steel LBS. p* 11. Miscellaneous and Structvrai Steel L.S. 12. Grout C.Y. An 13. Sludge Bad-Sand C.Y. 14. Concrete Finish s.F. 15, Redwood Bd.Ft. rt 16, Blower Building Comp.Except Concrete L.S. 17. Lift Station Camp. Except Concrete LS. Gas 1-3. Yard Piping, Valves, Fittings, etc. L.S. 18a. All other Piping.Valves, Fittings, etc. L.S. l9, Manholes(group by depth) Each 20. Final Clarifier Equipment L.S. e 21. Storm Clarifier Equipment L.S. 22. Aeration Equipment L.S. 7.3. Blowers and Accessories L.S. an 24. All Weirs, Baffles,Grates, and Troughs L.S. :S. Flow Meter,Chlorinator, Scales, and Hoist L.S- FEW 26. Sludge Bed Skimmers L.S_ "' F-15 on ED-102 In (2118193) B"A MOWN OF BED AM EXAMPLE Me bid breakdown is not limited to the items hired below.] Item Unit OM No. Descriptive Quaatitp Uttit Price Amount 27. Scum and Sump Pumps L.S. 'a 28. Variable Spend Pumps and Controllers L.S_ 29. Motor Control Centers L.S. r 30. Conurninutor, L.S. 31. Mehl Storage Building L.S. 31a, Administration Building L.S. 32. Laboratory Equipment Complete L.S. 32a, Laboratory Building L.S. 33. Electrical L.S. 34. Painting and Cleanup L.S. a� 35. Landscaping L.S. 36. Incinerator L.S. A' 37, Vscuum Filter L.S. 38, digester L.S_ rr 39. Disinfection Equipment L.S. 40, Site Work L.S. 41_ Trenching Safety L.F. Ir' TOTAL BASE BID S air OR ar F-16 FD4 (f Qr3a197) TWDB CONTRACT CONDMONS 1. PRIV= OF CONTRACT. This contract is expected to be funded in part with funds from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies or employees is, or will be, a party to this contract or any lower tier contract. This contract is subject to regulations contained in 31 TAC Chapter 363 in effect on the date this contract is executed. I DE IMMON. ■ The term "TWDB" means the Executive Administrator of the Texas Water Development Board, or other person who may be at the time acting in the capacity or authorized to perform the functions of such Administrator, or the authorized representative thereof. 3. PROGRESS AND PAYMFY.NT SCHEDULE. (a) The Contractor shall submit for approval immediately after execution of the Agreement, a carefully prepared Progress Schedule, showing the proposed dates of starting and completing each of the various sections of the work, the anticipated monthly payments to become due the Contractor, and the accumulated percent of progress each month. (b) The following paragraph applies only to contracts awarded on a lump sum contract price: COST BREAKDOWN - The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a breakdown of his estimated cost of all work to be accomplished under the contract, so arranged and itemized as to meet the approval of the Owner in at least the detail provided by form ED-102. This breakdown shall be submitted promptly aper execution of the agreement and before any payment is trade to the Contractor for the work performed under the Contract. After approval by the Owner the unit prices established in the breakdown shall be used in r. estimating the amount of partial payments to be made to the Contractor. 4. PAYNMNTS TO CONTRACTOR. (a) Progress Payments (1) The Contractor shall prepare has requisition for progress payment as of the last day of the month and submit it, with the required number of copies, to the Engineer for his review. The amount of the payment due the Contractor shall be determined by adding to the total value of work completed to date, the value of materials properly stored on the site and deducting (1) five percent (5%) of the total amount, as a retainage and 0.32 T"B Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 2 of 9 (2) the amount of all previous payments. The total value of work completed to date shall be based on the estimated quantities of worm completed and on the unit prices contained in the agreement (or cost breakdown approved pursuant to section 3.b relating to lump sum bids) and adjusted by approved change orders. The value of materials properly stored on the site shall be based upon the estimated quantities of such materials and the invoice prices. Copies of all invoices shall be available for inspection by the Engineer. (2) The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all materials and work upon which payments have been made until final acceptance of such work and materials by the Owner. Such payments shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract and the delivery of all improvements embraced in this Contract complete and satisfactory to the Owner in all details. (3) The five percent (5%) retainage of the progress payments otherwise due to the Contractor may not be reduced until the building of the project is substantially complete and a reduction in the retainage has been authorized by the OWNER and the TWDB. (4) The following clause applies only to contracts where the total price at the time of execution is $400,000 or greater and the retainage is greater than 5%. The Owner shall deposit the retainage in an interest-bearing account, and the interest earned on such retainage funds shall be paid to the Contractor after completion of the contract and final acceptance. (b) Withholding Payments. The Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due the Contractor so much as may be necessary to protect the Owner and, if so elects, may also withhold any amounts due from the Contractor to any subcontractors or material dealers, for work performed or material furnished by them. The foregoing provisions shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Owner and will not require the Owner to determine or adjust any claims or disputes between the Contractor and his subcontractors or material dealers, or to _ withhold any moneys for their protection unless the Owner elects to do so. The failure or refusal of the Owner to withhold any moneys from the Contractor shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties under any bond or bonds furnished under this Contract, (c) Payments Subject to Submission of Certificates. G-3] TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 3 of 9 Each payment to the Contractor by the Owner shall be made subject to submission by the Contractor of all written certifications required of him and his subcontractors by general or special conditions elsewhere in this contract. (d) Final Payment. 1) After final inspection and acceptance by the Owner of all worm under the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare his requisition for final payment which shall be based upon the carefully measured or computed quantity of each item of work at the applicable unit prices stipulated in the Agreement or cost breakdown (if lump sum), as adjusted by approved change orders. 'fie total amount of the final payment due the Contractor under this contract shall be the amount computed as described above less all previous payments. Final payment .to the Contractor shall be made subject to his furnishing the Owner with a release in satisfactory form of all claims against the Owner arising under and by virtue of this contract, other than such claims, if any, as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor from the operation of the release as provided under general and special conditions elsewhere in this contract. (2) The Owner, before paying the fmal estimate, may require the Contractor to furnish releases or receipts from all subcontractors having performed any work and all persons having supplied materials, equipment (installed under this contract) and services to the Contractor, if the Owner deems the same necessary in order to protect the Owner's interests. The Owner, however, may if it deems such action advisable make payment in part or in full to the Contractor without requiring the furnishing of such releases or receipts and any payments so made shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties furnished under this Contract. 3 The retaina a and its interest earnings, if an shall not be aid to the ( ) g € r Yf P Contractor until the TWDB has authorized a reduction in, or release of, retainage on the contract work. (4) Withholding of any amount due the Owner, under general and/or special conditions regarding "Liquidated Damages," shall be deducted from the final payment due the Contractor. 5, REV EW BY OWNER AND TWDB. (a) The Owner, authorized representatives and agents of the Owner, and the TWDB shall. at all times have access to and be permitted to observe and review all wort':, materials, equipment, payrolls, personnel records, ►* employment conditions, material invoices, and other relevant data and records pertaining to this Contract, provided, however that all instructions and G-34 TWDS Contract Conditions En-4 Page 4 of 9 approval with respect to the work will be given to the Contractor only by the Owner through authorized representatives or agents. (b) Any such inspection or review by the TWDE shall not subject the state of Texas to any action for damages. 6. FLOOD HAZARD INSURANCE. This provisions applies to any contract which will construct structures that are insurable under the National Flood insurance Program of the Federal Emergency Management Agency. The Contractor shall apply for flood insurance on all insurable structures that will be built under this contract. A copy of the completed application must be provided to the owner before commencing construction of the project. The Contractor shall obtain the flood hazard insurance as soon as possible and submit a copy of the policy to the Owner. 7. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND TRADUNG. (a) The Contractor shall obtain installation, operation, and maintenance manuals from manufacturers and suppliers for equipment furnished under the contract. The Contractor shall submit three copies of each complete manual to the Engineer within 94 days after approval of shop drawings, product data, and samples, and not later than the date of shipment of each item of equipment to the project site or storage location. (b) Each manual is to be bound in a folder and labeled to identify the contents and project to which it applies. The manual shall contain the 'Following applicable items: (1) A listing of the manufacturer's identification, including order number, model, serial number, and location of pails and service centers. (2) A list of recommended stock of parts, including part number and quantity. (3) Complete replacement parts list. (4) Performance data and rating tables. (5) Specific instructions for installation, operation, adjustment, and maintenance. (6) Exploded view drawings for major equipment items. (7) Lubrication requirements. (8) Complete equipment wiring diagrams and control schematics with terminal identification. G-3 5 TWDB Contract Conditions ED4 Page S of 9 (c) Operations and maintenance manuals specified herein are in addition to any operation, maintenance, or installation instructions required by the Contractor to install, test, and start-up the equipment. (d) The Owner shall require the Engineer to promptly review each manual submitted, noting necessary corrections and revisions. If the Engineer rejects the manual, the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the manual until it is acceptable to Engineer as being in conformance with design concept of project and for compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. Owner may assess Contractor a charge for reviews of same items in excess of three (3) times. Such procedure shall not be considered cause for delay. Acceptance of manuals by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of any requirements or terms of the Contract, (e) The Contractor shall provide the services of trained, qualified technicians to check final equipment installation, to assist as required in placing same in operation, and to instruct operating personnel in the proper manner of performing routine operation and maintenance of the equipment. 8. AS-BLEU DIMENSION & DRAWINGS. i (a) Contractor shall make appropriate daily measurements of facilities constructed and keep accurate records of location (horizontal and vertical) of all facilities. (b) Upon completion of each facility, the Contractor shall furnish Owner with one r set of direct prints, marked with red pencil, to show as-built dimensions and locations of all work constructed. As a minimum, the fatal drawings shall include the following; (1) Horizontal and vertical locations of work_ (2) Changes in equipment and dimensions due to substitutions. (3) "Nameplate" data on all installed equipment, (4) Deletions, additions, and scope changes to of work. g 1� (5) Any other changes made. 9, ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES. No activity which may affect a State Archeological Landmark is authorized until the Owner has complied with the provisions of the Antiquities Code of Texas, The Owner has previously coordinated with the appropriate agencies and impacts to known cultural or archeological deposits have been avoided or mitigated. However, the Contractor may encounter unanticipated cultural or archeological deposits during construction. IF G-36 TWDB Contract Conditions Ea-4 Page 6 of 9 If archeological sites or historic structures are discovered after construction operations are begun, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that particular area and notify the Owner, the TWDB, and the Texas Historical Commission, (512-463- 6096). The Contractor shall take reasonable steps to protect and preserve the discoveries until they have been inspected by the Owner's representative and the TWDB, The Owner will promptly coordinate with the Texas Historical Commission and any other appropriate agencies to obtain any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue. The Contractor shall not resume work in the area of the discovery until authorized to do so by the Owner. 10. ENDANGERED SPECIES. No activity is authorized that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), andlor the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered•Species, or to .destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. If a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction, the Contractor shall immediately cease work in the area of the encounter and notify the Owner, who will immediately implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. These actions shall .include reporting the encounter to the 'ADB, the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, obtaining any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue, or implement other mitigative actions. The Contractor shall not resume construction in the area of the encounter until authorized to do so by the Owner. 11. LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. In the execution of the Contract, the Contractor must comply with all applicable Local, State and Federal laws, including but not limited to laws concerned with labor, safety, minimum wages, and the environment. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with and at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, the TWDB, and their representatives against any claim arising from violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation by himself or by his subcontractor or his employees. 12. EMTLOYNEENT OF LOCAL LABOR. This condition applies only to construction contracts which receive funding from the TWDB's Economically Distressed Areas Program, The contractor shall to the maximum feasible extent employ local labor for construction of the project. The Contractor and every subcontractor undertaking to do work on the project which is, or reasonably may be done as on-site work, shall employ, in carrying out such contract work, qualified persons who regularly reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and the economically distressed area where the project is located, except: G_17 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Pfge 7 of 9 (a) To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and economically distressed area are not available. (b) For the reasonable needs of any such Contractor or subcontractor, to employ supervisory or specially experienced individuals necessary to assure an efficient execution of the contract. (c) For the obligation of any such Contractor or subcontractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining, contract, provided that in no event shall the number of non-resident persons employed under this subparagraph exceed twenty percent of the total number of employees employed by such Contractor and his/her subcontractors on such project. Every such Contractor and subcontractor shall Furnish the Owner and the Local Texas Employment Commission Office with a list of all positions for which it may from time to time require laborers, mechanics, and other employees, the estimated numbers of employees required in each classification, and the estimated dates on which such employees will be required. The Contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred by the local employment service, but is not required to employ any job appLicants referred whom the Contractor does not consider qualified to perform the classification of work required. The payrolls maintained by the Contractor shall contain the following information: The employee's full name, address, and social security number, and a natation - indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner or the economically distressed area. Copies of the payroll records shall be provided to the Owner. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this condition in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work. 13, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Materials utHhed in the project shall be free of any hazardous materials, except as may be specifically provided for in the specifications, If the Contractor encounters existing material on sites owned or controlled by the Owner or in material sources that are suspected by visual observation or smell to contain hazardous materials, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner. The Owner will be responsible for the testing for and removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner. The Owner may suspend the work, wholly or in part during the testing, removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites awned or controlled by the Owner. G•38 TWDB Contract Conditions Ea-4 Page 8 of 9 14. EQUAL EAPLOYMFNT OPPORTUNITY. During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (a) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (b) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. (c) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (d) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967,29 U.S.C.A, 621 (1985), Executive Order 12250 of November 2, 1980, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C.A. 741 et seq. (1985), and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (e) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (f) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other G-39 T'V'VDB Contract Conditions ED4 Page 9 of 9 sanctions may be unposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. (g) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph 1. and the provisions of paragraphs 1. through 7, in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: PROVIDED, HOWEVER, That in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. (h) The Contractor will comply with Executive Order 11246 based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4 and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the Contract is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from protect to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the Contract, the Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Fart 60-4. The goals are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any office of federal contract compliances programs office or from federal procurement contracting officers (512) 229-5835. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goal in each craft during the period specified. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals set for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. G-40 SRF-52 (10/01/93) NI3NORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSriMS ENTERPRISE GUIDANCE Texas 'Nater Development Board State Revolving Fund I. A goal-oriented system has been established to promote minority and women's business enterprises (MRTE) participation on State Revolving Fund (SRF) funded wastewater treatment projects. The MWBE fair share goal is eight percent (8%) of the total SRF funded project Cost. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) 7% Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) 1 % It is the applicant's responsibility to demonstrate that a "good faith effort" was made in offering fair opportunity for participation by MWBE firms (including engineers, contractors, legal and fiscal firms) in SRF funded projects. A. The Loan applicant must take, but is not limited to, the following afffumative steps: 1, including qualified minority and women's business on solicitation list; 2. assuring that minority and women's businesses on solicited whenever they are potential sources; 3. dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation of minority and women's businesses; d. establishing delivery schedules, when requirements of the work permits, which will encourage participation by minority and businesses; 5. Usingservices and assistance of the Office of Minoru Business y Enterprise of the U-S. Department of Commerce, as appropriate; and 6. if any consultant or contractor awards sub-agreements, requiring therm to take the affirmative steps required in A., 1-5. B. The loan applicant must submit a completed SRF 10 M'WBE Affirmative Action Flan as part of the application(`prior to loan commitment). PRIOR to loan closing and prior to receiving authorization to award subsequent contracts, the applicant must submit a complete SRF 373 form identifying the MWBE firm to be used, certifying that the firms are fide minority or women's business enterprises, certifying that all consultants or contractors will comply with the six affirmative steps outlined in this guidance, and including supporting documents such as contracts, solicitation documents, letters of intent, etc. G-41 MWBE Guidance SRF-52 Page 2 of 3 {10101/93) C. If the loan applicant is unable to meet the S% goal, it is their responsibility to demonstrate that a good faith effort has been made. This effort must include such documentation as certified letters to several bona fide MWBE firms, correspondence with MWBE associations, evidence that adequate MWEE solicitation was included in invitations for bids, etc. D. Failure to meet the (8%) goal or adequately document a goad faith effort could result in loss of SRF eligibility. H, Definitions A. Fair Share Gaal - The fair share goal has been detemiined to be 8% of the SRF funded wastewater treatment project cost. A fair share does not constitute an absolute quota but a stated intent on the part of the loan recipient to attempt to use minority and women's businesses by carrying out the six affirmative steps outlined in I.A. of this guidance. The loan recipient must document the actions taken to comply with the affirmative steps. B. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE)-A business which is: 1. certified as socially and economically disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration, 2. an independent business concern which is at least 51 % owned and controlled by minority group member(s) a. A minority group member is an individual who is a citizen of the United States and on of the following: 1.) Black American; V 2.) Hispanic American 3.) Native American 4.) Asian - Pacific American; b. The minority owner's interest must be real, substantial and continuing. This would include such characteristics as risk of loss/share of profit commensurate with proportional ownership and receipt of the customary incidents of owership, such as salary decisions, policymaking, ect. C. A minority owner have control of business decisions such as authority to sign bids and contracts, decisions in price negotiations, incurring liabilities for the firm, making staffing decisions, policymaking, ect. AMBE Guidance sRF-52 Page 3 of 3 (1OJO1;93) d. A qualified MBE firm must perform a useful business function according to custom and practice in the industry. Acting merely as a passive conduit of funds to some other firm such action is .unnecessary to accomplish the project does not constitute a useful business function to practice in the industry. C. Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) - A women's business is an independent business concern which is at test 51% owned by a woman or women Having the same interests and controls identified in Section I B of this guidance. (MBE). Only United States citizen wilt be deemed eligible to be WBE's. 1It. Attachments: SRF - YO Affirmative Action Plan for meeting SRF MWBE Participation Goal SRF - 373 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary N. Information Direct Inquiries to Bruce Hobbs, MWBE Coordinator (51.2) 463-85+ 5 Notes: T T T T t T T G-47 SRF-to AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FLAN for Meeting SRF MWBE Participation Goal. Loan Applicant: Project Number: Address: City: State: Texas Zip: Phone: ( ] I understand that it is responsibility to Loan Applicant comply with a]1 state and federal regulations and guidance in meeting the 8% MWBE participation goal. A. Total Project Cost $ f B. Total SRF loan amount: $ X 8% = S C. The 8'% MWBE participation amount wj]1 be met through the following: (check the appropriate box and indicate the total project dollar amount from the category that will go toward meeting the 8% MW$E participation goal). 1. Leg a] S MWBE Contract Amount 2. Administrative S MWBE Contract Amount 3. Engineering $ MWBE Contract Amount 4. Construction S MWBE Contract Amount 5. Other S MWBE Contract Amount Total (Should thatch line B.-) S �.J Executed Contracts for MWBE services are attached. {J Proposed contracts for MA''8E services are attached- Signature of Authorized Representative Date (Type) Authorized Representative/Title G-4a SRF-373 (10/4189) MWBE CERTMCATION AND PARTICIPATION SUMMARY Loan Applicant Project Number I certify that the Minority and Women's Business Enterprises Participating in this project are qualified in accordance with the TW©B SRF-52 MWBE Guidance and that all that all MWBE consultants, contractors and subcontractors will comply with six affirmative steps outlined in the guidance. Attached are. 0 Solicitation Documents Contracts The attached documents outline the efforts taken in complying with the Nf"E Guidance. Signature and Title of Authorized Representative of Applicant Total Loan Amount $ Total Contract Amount $ MWBE Firms Contract Amount "MBE WBE % of Total Contract {Name and Address} Loan Attached 2. 3, 4. 5. f. Total MBE Participation % Total WBE .Participation % „.� Note: Any changes, additions or deletions to these contracts after loan closing must be submitted prior to award. FD-5 (7102195) G-45 PART E SPECIFICATIONS SECTION E - SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CO TN ENTS a. City of Fort Worth Material (E-1) and Construction (E-2) Specifications (See latest version - at the time of Bid Opening from City, not included herein) b. Saecial Specifications Section 01300: Submittals Section 02105: Preservation and Protection of Plant Materials Section 02111: Waste Material Disposal Section 02112: Potentially Petroleum Contaminated Material Handling & Disposal Section 02140: Dewatering Section 02160: Temporary Support of Excavation Section 02209: Site Preparation and Finishing Section 02220: Structural Excavation, Backfill and Compaction Section 02221. Excavation, Trenching, and Backfilling for Utilities Section 02225: Grading, Excavating and Backfilling Section 02500- Tunneling 0;:4iM I u25ZU. i L11 a M.i Z)UPPUf L aysiems Section 02540: Monitoring Systems Section 02551: Gravity Sanitary Sewers Section 02570: Pipe-in-Tunnel Installation Section 02576: Abrasive Cleaning of Pavement Section 02580: Tunnel Grouting Section 03005' AZ Factor Design Concrete to., Sewer Applications Section 03010: Sholcrete Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewers, Manholes, and Structures Section 03015: PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Manholes and Structures. Section 03100: Concrete Formwork Section 03200: Steel Reinforcement Section 03300: Cart-in-Place Concrete Section 15001: D-Load Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe Section 15051: Centrifugal Cast Fiberglass Sewer Pipe SECTION E- CITY OF FORT WORTH 'SPECIFICATIONS JANUARY 1, 1978 All materials, construction methods and procedures used in this project shall conform to Sections El, E2, and EZA of the Fort Worth Water Department General Contract Documents and General Specifications, together with any additional material specifications), construction(s) or later revision(s). (See revisions listed on this sheet). Sections E=1, E2, and E2A of the Fort Worth Department General Contract Documents and General Speoifir,,.ations are hereby made a part of this contract document by reference for all purposes, the same as if copied verbatim herein, and such Sections are filed and kept in the office of the City Secretary of the City of Fort Worth as an official record of the City of Fort Worth. INDEX E1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS E2 CONSTRUCTION SPE=CIFICATIONS E2A GENERAL DESIGN DETAILS � i I SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS 1. Miscellaneous Submittals: Those submittals directly related to the work (non-administrative) including warranties, guarantees, maintenance agreements, maintenance of traffic pian, project photographs, survey data and reports, physical work records, quality testing and certifying reports, record drawings and data, operating and maintenance manuals, security and protection lists (including keying) and other similar information and materials not defined as shop drawings, working drawings, product data, samples, mock-ups or sample panels. 2. Shop Drawings; Drawings submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor or his subcontractors showing in detail the proposed fabrication and assembly of structural elements and the installation of materials or equipment 3. Working Drawings; Working Drawings are, in general, Contractor prepared plans for temporary structures and facilities. When used in these Specifications, the term working drawings shall be considered to mean the Contractor's plan for temporary structures such as decking, temporary bulkheads, support of excavation, support of cstiiities, groundwater control systems, and forming and falsework, for underpinning, and for such other worm as may be required for construction but which do not become an integral part of the completed project. 1.2 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE 1. Within 30 calendar days of receipt of Notice To Proceed, submit to the Engineer, a Schedule of all submittals required by the Contract. Clarify schedules for the submission of shop drawings, worming drawings, samples, product literature and miscellaneous submittals in that order of priority which reflects the sequence of construction requirements, project schedule logistics, and include anticipated review time that may be required by the Engineer for these submissions. If the complexity of submittal requires more time for review, the Contractor will show the approximate extended number of days required. The completed Schedule of all submittals shall be subject to review and concurrence by the Engineer. Submittals which may be required prior to final concurrence shall be submitted as specified in the relevant sections. Once this schedule is finalized, the Contractor shall adhere to the outlined schedule. Monthly updates of this schedule shall be submitted noting any deviations and proposed remedy. 1.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES 1.. Transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of construction requirements to permit no less than 21 calendar days for checking and appropriate response by the Engineer, 2. In addition to the requirements of the Special Conditions Section D-39, submit all work related submittals as defined in this Section and as required by the Contract Documents on a Transmittal Form approved by the Engineer. At a minimum, furnish the transmittal forms sequentially numbered and show the Contract Number, project name, date, "To:" "From:", names of subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, required specification references, category and type of submittal, purpose, 01300 Page 1 of 8 description, distribution record (for both transmittals and submittals) and signature of transmitter. 3, Examine and check the submittal for accuracy, completeness, and compliance with the Contract before delivery to the Engineer. 4. Stamp and sign each submittal with the statement reading as follows: "Having checked this submission, we certify that it conforms to the requirements of the Contract in all respects, except as otherwise indicated". a. By reviewing, approving and submitting a submittal, the Contractor represents that he has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, and has checked and - coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and the Contract. 5. Maintain at the site of work a complete up-to-date, organized file of all past and current submittals including an index and locating system which identifies the status of each submission. a, Assign sequential numbers to each submittal, b. Assign new submittal numbers to all resubmittals and cross reference to previous submittals, 5. Certify shop drawings, working drawings and calculations as submitted by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas, when required by the Technical Provisions. Convey, information sufficient to completely explain the structures, machines or systems described and their intended manner of use. When professional certification is required by the Contact requirements, the Engineer is entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications. 1.4 POINT OF DELIVERY I Submit all shop drawings, samples and miscellaneous submittals to the Engineer or elsewhere as directed by him. 1.5 ENGINEER'S REVIEW AND ACTION 'l, The Engineer's actions with regard to shop drawings, working drawings, samples and other miscellaneous submittals are as hereinafter specified_ 2. The Engineer will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract requirements. The Engineer's action will be taken as to cause no delay in the Worts or in the activities of the Contractor. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract. The Engineer's review will not constitute 01300 Page 2 of 8 rapproval of safety precautions or, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Engineer's approval of a specific item does-not indicate approval of an entire assembly of which the item is a component. The Engineers approval of any submittal does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities and obligations under the Contract, 3. Time required for review of submittals and resubmittais by the Engineer will be no less than 21 calendar days, as specified in paragraph 1,3,A herein. 4. All Contractor's submittals will be stamped with (a) the date of receipt, and (b) one of the following dispositions: a. APPROVED:Worst may proceed, provided it complies with the Contract. The approval of shop drawings and samples will be general, but approval is not construed: i. As permitting any departure from the Contract requirements; ii. As relieving the Contractor of his responsibility for any errors and omissions, including details, dimensions, and quantity of materials; iii. As approving departures from details fumished by the Engineer. In. APPROVED AS NO-FED: L Correct and resubmit- Work may proceed, provided it complies with the Contract as well as the corrections on the submittals; and the Contractor resubmits within 15 days corrected copies of the shop drawings, working drawings or miscellaneous submittals for final approval. Work performed by the Contractor prior to receiving final approval will be at the Contractor's. ii. Resubmittal not required: Work may proceed Provided it complies with the Contract as well as the corrections on the submittals; and the Contractor confirms in writing prior to the commencement of work to the Engineer that the shop drawings, working drawings or miscellaneous submittals have been duly noted and corrected as required. iii. The approval, "as noted", of shop drawings, working drawings, samples, and miscellaneous submittals will be general; approval "as noted", is not construed- 1) As permitting any departure from the Contract requirements. 2) As relieving the Contractor of his responsibility for any errors and omissions, including details, dimensions, and quantity of materials; 3) Or as approving departures from details fumished by the Engineer, 01300 Page 3 of 8 C. DISAPPROVED: Work not recognized as being able to proceed. Revise submittal in accordance with notations thereon, and resubmit without delay to obtain a different marking. i. Handle resubmittals in the same manner as first submittals_ On resubmittais, direct specific attention in writing, or on resubmitted shop drawings, working drawings, samples,or miscellaneous submittals, to revisions other than the corrections on previous submissions. Make corrections as required by the Engineer. 5. 'Failure of any material to pass the specified tests is sufficient cause for refusal to consider, under this Contract, further samples of the some brand or make of that material. The Engineer reserves the right to disapprove any material or equipment which previously has proved unsatisfactory in service. 6. Samples of various materials on site, stored or in place, may be taken by the Engineer for testing. Samples failing to meet Contract requirements will automatically void approval of items tested. Replace such materials or equipment to meet Contract requirements. When tests are required, make only one test of each sample. Samples which do not meet specified requirements will be rejected. Retesting of additional samples will be made at the expense of the Contractor. 7, The Contractor is responsible for any loss of time or money resulting from the "Disapproval" of his submittal(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHOP DRAWINGS 1, Submit one reproducible and six legible copies of shop drawings to the Engineer for approval. 2. Provide shop drawings complete, detailed and dimensioned and including the following: a. Fabrication, erection, layout and setting drawings. b. Complete list of materials. c. Schedules. d. Manufacturers drawings, e. Wiring and control diagrams, as applicable. f. Catalog cuts or entire catalogs: Six originals, one of which will be returned to the Contractor after review. Submit additional copies if more than one is desired. g. Descriptive literature. K Performance and test data. 01300 Pape 4 of 8 i. Drawings prepared by the Contractor for permanent structures, equipment and systems designed by him to comply with the Contract. j. Additional requirements specified in the technical specifications. 3_ Check drawings and schedules and coordinate with the work of all trades involved in the Contract and interfaces, before they are submitted for approval. Include the Contractors stamp on the drawings as evidence of checking and coordination. Drawings or schedules submitted without this stamp may be returned to the Contractor for resubmittal. 4. Maximum size of each sheet: 22 inches by 34 inches. Furnish each shop drawing with a blank area 3-112 inches by 3-1/2 inches, located adjacent to the title block. The title block in the lower right hand corner to display the following. a. Contract Number and title of the drawing. b. Date of drawing or revision. C. Name of protect, d. Name of Contractor and subcontractor submitting the drawing. e- Clear identification of contents and location of the work, f. Title and number of Specification section. g. Drawing Number. 5. Coordinate drawings for work on utility facilities, streets, and other facilities which are constructed for owners other than the City so that the information required by these owners is included on the shop drawings for their facilities. 6. If drawings show variations from the Contract requirements of standard shop practice or for other reasons, describe such variations in letter of transmittal.. if acceptable, the Engineer may approve such variations, subject to-the proper adjustment in the Contract under the CHANGES clause of the General Provisions. If the Contractor fails to describe such variations, he is not relieved of the responsibility for executing the Work in accordance with the Contract, even though such drawings have been approved- 7. If the drawings or schedules as submitted include such variations and show a departure from the Contract requirements, which the Engineer finds to be in the interest of the Authority and to be so minor as not to involve a change, the Engineer may approve the drawings. 8. Edit catalog cuts, deleting non-applicable information and adding unique information. Wherever applicable, clearly indicate field measured dimensions. 9. If APPROVED, each of the shop drawings wilt be identified as having received such approval by being so stamped and dated. Shop drawings stamped DISAPPROVED and with required corrections shown will be returned to the Contractor for correction and resubmittal. Resubmittals will be handled in the same manner as first 01300 Page 5 of B submittals. On resubmittals, direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted shop drawings, to revisions other than the corrections requested by the Engineer on previous submittals. Make corrections as directed, If the Contractor considers corrections indicated on the drawings to constitute a change to the Drawings or Specifications, give notice in writing as required under the CHiANGES clause of the General Provisions to the Engineer for determination. Contractor will be returned one reproducible and two prints of each shop drawing duly stamped, signed and dated. 10. When the shop drawings are complete to the satisfaction of the Engineer, carry out the construction in accordance therewith and make no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the Engineer. 2.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS I. Before the date of final or substantial completion, fumish to the Engineer for review, one set of contract drawings, all clearly revised, completed and brought up to date, showing permanent construction as actually made. 2. Prepare these as-built drawings drawn in ink or reproduced on mylar from which clear prints can be made. 3, Submit one mylar reproducible (full size) of each final approved as-built drawing and three copies of each catalog cut to the Engineer as record as-built drawings and documents. 2.3 WORKING DRAWINGS 1. The certification, submission and review shall follow the requirements of SHOP DRAWINGS, as specified herein except for the record shop drawing requirement above. 2.4 SAMPLES 1. Except for color range samples, and unless otherwise called for in the various sections of the specifications, submit samples in triplicate. Mark samples, tag, or otherwise properly identify as specified in these specifications. Provide each tag or sticker witty a clear space for the stamps of the Contractor and the Engineer. 2. Label each sample as follows: Name of project; Name of Contractor and subcontractor, Material or equipment represented; Place of origin; Name of producer and brand, if any; Location in project. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS SUBMITTALS 1, Certificates: Unless otherwise specified or directed, submit one (1) original and two copies each of the following: a. Certificates to demonstrate proof of compliance with requirements specified in the technical specifications for each of the following: Products and materials; Functioning and testing of equipment and systems; Qualifications of personnel, manufacturers, fabricators and installers. 01300 Fuge 6 of 8 b. Sign each certificate by an official authorized to certify on behalf of the issuing organization and include and indicate the name and address of the Contractor, the project name and location; and, if for a material, the quantity and date(s) of shipment or delivery to which the certificates apply. C. Do not construe certification as relieving the Contractor from furnishing satisfactory material, unless after tests are performed on selected samples, the material is found not to meet the specified requirements. d. Certified test reports. i. Submit original. ii. Unless otherwise specified, conduct testing by an independent testing agency which certifies that it complies with the recommended requirements of the American Council of Independent Laboratories or ASTM E329. 2, Documentation: When specified, submit one (1) original and two copies of each of the following: a. Test reports of previous testing: Where specified submit certified test reports of previous testing of like items, if approved under similar contracts. Include the following: Certification that materials meet or exceed specified test requirements; Name and address of testing laboratory; Dates of tests to which reports apply; Certification that materials provided are the same as those tested. b. Miscellaneous documentation-- Specified items such as delivery tickets, batch tickets and bills of materials; Manufacturer's literature as appropriate and required. 3. Calculations: Certified by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas- 4, Guarantees, Warranties and Bonds: Furnish one executed original. 5. Survey Data: Fumish three copies of survey data required by quantitative records of actual work, damage and settlement surreys, surveys of adjacent construction and similar data. 2.6 SUBMITTAL SUMMARY 1. Refer to all constituent sections of the Contract Document and prepare a schedule of submissions as per Paragraph 1.2 herein. As regards submittals, specific requirements of each section of the specifications are specified under the "Subrnittals" Paragraph of that section. Provide the Engineer with the submittals as - required within the time specified. FART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. 01300 Page 7 of 8 PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 GENERAL 1. Separate measurement or payment will not be made for work required under this sec#ion. All costs in connection therewith will be considered incidental to the item of work to which they pertain. END SECTION 01300 Page 8 of 8 SECTION 02105 - PRESERVATION AND PROTECTION OF PLANT MATERIALS PART 1 -GENERAL Drawings, Standard General Conditions of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section. 1.1 DESCRIPTION Preservation and protection of native plant materials within the project site. JP 1.2 PROTECTION OF PLANT MATERIALS it is the intention of this specification that all native plant material at this project site not specifically indicated on the pians for removal be protected and preserved. Take all necessary precautions to avoid damage or removal of trees, shrubs and other plant materials that are to remain following construction. Specimen trees and other plants within and closely adjacent to construction sites shall be adequately protected by the Contractor, according to ir plans and specifications. Additional protective measures may be installed by the Contractor at his option to preclude damage by his workmen and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 'PLANT PROTECTION DEVICES Install protective devices, subject to approval by the Owner, prior to beginning construction operations. Maintain protective devices in good order for the duration of the construction period. Additional protective devices or barriers may be required by the Owner during the course of construction to provide adequate protection from contractors operations at no additional cost to the Owner. Prolective devices are further defined to include references in the specifications, or notes on the drawings as to construction inits, clearing limits, work limits or other such notes which indicate the area or right-of-way in which the Contractor must work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STORAGE Do not store, stack or place equipment, material, chemicals or supplies within 25' from edge of canopy of any plant materials that are to remain. Material storage areas are either indicated on the plans or will be designated and approved by the Owner as required. Care shall be exercised in the storage of chemicals to preclude spillage and translocation into protected area. No disposal of material or chemical wastes will be permitted on the site unless specifically allowed by Owner. 02105 Page 1 of 2 3.2 REPARATION FOR DAMAGES 1. All plant materials damaged or destroyed during construction that are not specifically = called to be removed shall be replaced in like kind and size at no cost to the Owner. 2. Unwarranted damages to plant material shall be evaluated by a member of the Owner's staff and instructions issued for the necessary repairs_ The Contractor shall accomplish the corrective work as ordered, or may, at his option, provide monetary reimbursement by change order reduction to the contract. The value established by the Owner will be final and shall be based on repairs by a qualified technician approved by the Owner. Plant material destroyed or removed by the Contractor or damaged beyond corrective repair will be evaluated and assessed as outlined above for reparable damage. In the event large irreplaceable plants are destroyed, the Owner will establish a fair value and may, at his discretion, require replacement by installation of several trees or other plants equaling the fair value of the tree(s) or plant(s) destroyed, 3. The value of plant materials will be determined utilizing $15.40 per square inch of trunk cross-sectional.area taken four feet six inches (4'-6") above grade. 4. Plants considered to be of special value to the completed project area noted on the plans and their values cited. !Voted plant values will supersede values obtained through the above-referenced formula calculation. Source for determination of value on plant materials. Shade Tree Evaluation_ Intemational Arborists Association. 5. Damaged or destroyed trees will be replaced with a minimum caliper of 4". 3.3 PLANT PRUNING AND LIMB REMOVAL Plant protection requirements cited above include authorized pruning and cutting of limbs and major roots. The Contractor is cautioned not to cut, prune or otherwise remove plant parts without prior approval and guidance by the Owner. Major limb removal which maybe required by construction shall be approved prior to such removal and shall be accomplished by technicians trained and skilled in the work. 3.4 BURNING Fires and/or burning are prohibited, END OF SECTION 02105 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 02111 -WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Waste material disposal consists of disposal of trees, stumps, logs, brush, roots, grass, vegetation, humus, rubbish, and other objectionable matter. Also included is the disposal of excess excavated materials from tunnel, structure, and trench excavations. Contractor is responsible for the removal and disposal of the above described materials. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.1 Specific products are not required. Use equipment and materials necessary to properly complete disposal of waste materials. Obtain approval from the Engineer for the equipment and materials to be used before beginning disposal of waste materials. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the proposed disposal sites. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DISPOSAL AREA 1. Waste material shall be removed from the work site in a timely manner as instructed by the owner or engineer and disposed of in a manner not to damage the City or other persons. All excess dirt, concrete, and asphalt will be removed from the site by the Contractor the same day it is excavated_ 2. Strip the disposal area of vegetation, humus, or other debris. Strippings become the property of the Contractor, to be disposed of with other waste materials. 3. Protect trees designated for preservation. Take special care not to damage trees designated for preservation which are outside limits of waste disposal areas. 3,2 PERMITS Disposal of Spoii)HI 'Material: Prior to the disposing of any spoillfill material, the contractor shall advise the Director of Transportation and Public Works, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Floodplain Administrator ("Administrator"), of the location of all sites where the contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Floodplain Ordinance of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No. 10056). All disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a floodplain. Approval of the contractors disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Floodplain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the floodplain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary engineering studies, shall be at contractors' expense. In the event that the contractor disposes of spoillfifl material at a site without a fill permit or a letter from the Administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of Transportation and Public Works, contractor shall 02111 Page 1 of 2 remove the spoi!lfill material at its expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement and payment for work under this Section. Include cost of same in Contract price bid for items of which this work is a component part. END OF SECTION 02111 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 02112 -POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 1. Excavation, testing, and disposal of petroleum contaminated soil_ 2. Removal, testing, and disposal of petroleum contaminated groundwater. 3. Obtaining and paying for required permits. 4. Hiring of qualified environmental professional consultants). Contractor will be required to hire a qualified professional environmental consultant(s) with a minimum of 5 years of like work experience in order to direct Contractor on environmental issues relative to the Contractor's operations within the potentially petroleum contaminated area(s). The Contractor shall submit the professional environmental consultant's experience and qualifications to the Owner and Engineer for approval prior to beginning environmental work. 5. Hiring of testing laboratory to ,perform the tests recommended by the Contractor's professional environmental consultant. 1.2 REFERENCES 1. All applicable OSHA regulatory requirements. 2. All applicable Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulatory requirements. 3. All applicable State of Texas regulatory requirements. 4. All applicable City of Fort Worth (City) regulatory requirements. 5, All applicable NIOSH standards. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1, The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer plans for handling Potentially Petroleum Contaminated Material (PPCM) not fess than 30 days prior to commencing excavation. The general area of concern is along Fourth Street. The City's Office of Environmental Management has reviewed this project and its proposed construction sites and have found some areas of possible hazardous material contamination along the Fourth Street Alignment. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions while performing this project. Contractor shall not commence PPCM work until (1) Contractor's submittal for dealing with PPCM is reviewed by the Engineer and (2) the pians (i.e., drawing and description)for discharging any treated liquid into the storm sewer or sanitary sewer are reviewed by the Engineer (3) an acceptable stockpile area is identified by the Contractor. 02112 Page 1 of 5 2. Contractor shall submit the name of his proposed qualified environmental professional consultant(s), testing lab, and, in addition, shall include the required proposed PPCM Handling Plan to the Engineer. The PPCM Handling Plan shall include the detailed sequence of construction including proposed excavation and handling methods, proposed carriers for contaminated materials, waste disposal site, and a list of any permits that may be required for PPCM handling or contaminated materials disposal. The above data must be compiled and arranged in a format that is acceptable to the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC). 3. If the suspected contamination is the result of a leaking underground storage tank, then the proposed environmental consultant shall be registered as a Corrective Action Specialist with the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission, and the proposed project manager shall be registered as a Corrective Action Project Manager with the TNRCC. 4. Contractor shall submit actual limits of PPCM excavation, as prepared by his qualified environmental professional consultant(s) and testing lab. 5. Contractor shall submit for review the proposed carrier pipe material to be used with the actual limits of PPCM excavation, including pipe gaskets and carrier pipe coating or liner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE GASKET MATERIAL Materials used within the actual limits of PPCM excavation, including pipe gaskets, shall be resistant to petroleum hydrocarbon deterioration. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED AREAS 1, A 20001 gallon underground storage tank is located at 615 E. Fourth Street, the amount of chemical contamination in the area, and the integrity of the tank is unknown at this time (09-27-90). 2. Petroleum hydrocarbons were found near the intersection of Fourth Street and Commerce Street, 3, Several Businesses adjacent to or near the project site are potential users of hazardous materials, i.e. printing company and suppliers. In areas other than those noted and where potentially petroleum contaminated materials are either detected or suspected, the City of Fort Worth and the Engineer should be notified immediately and the work should proceed in accordance with this Section. 3.2 SCREENING POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED AREAS 1. Care should be taken during all excavation and dewatering activities to identify areas potentially contaminated by petroleum. 02112 Page 2 of 5 r k 2. When a petroleum odor is encountered during excavation or when there is visual evidence of potentially petroleum; contaminated soil, the Contractor shall notify-the Engineer without delay. 3. The Contractor shall have retained the services of an environmental consultant who shall be present at the site to screen suspect soil with a photo-ionization detector (PID) or a flame ionization detector (FID). A reading of 20 ppm above ambient conditions or greater on PID or FID tested soil sample will be considered potentially petroleum contaminated. The soil sample should be a recent sample from the excavation face. The sample should be stored in a laboratory supplied glass jar with a teflon gasket lined lid. The PID or FID tests should be performed in a confined location. Soils producing a reading of less than 20 ppm above ambient will not be considered potentialty petroleum contaminated, The PID or FID should be calibrated to a benzene equivalent. 4. Water encountered during excavation or dewatering shall be considered to be potentially contaminated if there is a visible sheen, a hydrocarbon odor, adjacent soil that appears visually to be contaminated by hydrocarbons or at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that hydrocarbon contamination may have occurred. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the TNRCC whenever contaminated water is encountered. 5. The Contractor shall contact the Engineer and Owner whenever contamination from any source is suspected. 6. The Contractor shall perform all portions of work included in this project in accordance with the Safety, Health and Accident Prevention Program contained in these contract documents, 3.3 HANDLING POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED SOIL (PPCS) 1. Any soils with a PID or FID reading of 20 ppm or greater are considered potentially petroleum contaminated. 2. Soils that are to be removed in the construction of this project that have been determined by the Contractor's consultant to be potentially petroleum contaminated (as aesignated in paragraph 3.02) shall be removed and transported in accordance with TNRCC/EPA requirements and hauled to an approved waste disposal site. 3. The PPCS should be staged and stockpiled on 6 mil poly sheeting and composite sample collected for laboratory analysis. Rased on the results of the analysis the PPCS shall be removed and transported to an approved landfill for permanent disposal. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the result of laboratory analysis, landfill receipts, manifests, and other appropriate documentation of PPCS disposal. 3.4 HANDLING POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED WATER (PPCW) 1, Water pumped from the excavation or from dewatering activities that has an oily sheen, a hydrocarbon odor, or is otherwise suspect, shall be considered potentially petroleum contaminated. 02112 Page 3 of 5 2. PPCW shall be handled, tested, and discharged in accordance with the TNRCC`s appropriate state regulation. PPCW shall be tested no later than 15 days prior to extraction. PPCW shall, if necessary, be treated in an appropriately sized oillwater separator, air stripper or GAC canisters. Contractor shall have his testing laboratory determine that the oillwater separator treated discharge is within the limits established by the TNRCC's regulations before being allowed to discharge to the storm sewer. Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the effluent test reports to the Owner and Engineer as well as TNRCC. 3. Alternatively, the Contractor may dispose of contaminated water, after appropriate pretreatment, into the sanitary sewer collection system. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the necessary permit(s) and to perform all testing required by the City. d. AY treated water shall be discharged into a Contractor supplied Frac Tank, sampled, and analyzed before discharge into the sewer system (storm or sanitary). The volume in the Frac Tank will be the volume used for payment, 5. The product that is recovered shall be recycled or disposed of in accordance with all applicable regulations, Any phase separate product {PSH} recovered from the oillwater separator and air stripper shall be transported in accordance with the Department of Transportation rules and regulations for flammable products. When transporting product for disposal, transportation shall also be performed by a licensed carrier. The Contractor is responsible for proper manifesting of the material from the site to the waste disposal facility. 3,5 HANDLING VAPOR CONCENTRATIONS 1, In order to maintain safe working conditions, the vapor concentrations should not exceed 20 percent of the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL). During construction, measures should be taken to maintain LEL levels below 20 percent in all working areas. 2. To monitor vapor levels and oxygen levels a combustible gas indicator (CGI) with an LEUC� meter should continuously operate in the working area. The CGI should be properly calibrated and should have an alarm that sounds if 20 percent LEL is reached. Monitoring data from the CGI should be recorded every 15 minutes to ensure that ventilation or other method(s) are effective. In the event local health and safety agencies require more stringent monitoring, the local regulations must be implemented, 3. At access shafts, the Contractor must provide sufficient escape ladders in accordance with applicable OSHA regulatory requirements. 4. Air contaminants including, but not limited to, Benzene, Toluene, Ethyl Benzene, Xylene, and lead should be properly monitored within the potential petroleum contaminated area(s) to ensure conformity OSHA regulatory requirements. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL Excess or unsuitable matenai from the excavation, which has no detectable levels of BTEX and TPH levels less than 25 ppm, shall be disposed of off the job site in accordance with Waste Material Disposal Section. The allowance for handling of PPCM excavation as 02112 Page 4 of 5 provided in this Section shall not be applied for excavations which have no detectable levels of BTEX and TPH levels less than 25 ppm. 3.7 PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION The Contractor shall make investigative soil borings in area as identified to the depth of the proposed excavation. Borings shall be made with a hollow stern auger, and sampling shall be continuous with Shelby tubes or other appropriate equipment. A sample shall be collected every five feet, i.e., 5', 10',,..45', 50, for TPH and STEX analyses. Each sample shall be field screened, and the results shall be transmitted to the ENGINEER with copies of the field logs. The logs shall be submitted not later than the day after the borings were completed. Borings shall be logged by a geologist and drafted boring logs shall be included with the report. The results of this investigation shall be reported to the Owner and Engineer 14 days prior to excavating at these locations. If groundwater is encountered, it shall be sampled in accordance with recognized TNRCC field protocols. Analysis of the groundwater will be for BTEX and TPH. The Contractor will observe all standard chain-of-custody procedure's and sampling preservation and analyses shall conform to published and recognized standards. After all sampling is complete the boreholes shall be plugged with a cement-bentonite grout to within two (2) feet of the surface. The final two feet shall be plugged with a 3000 psi concrete mix. PART 4- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment for handling PPCM will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision for excavation above and beyond payments included in other items bid, when accompanied by time sheets and certified invoices; hauling of PPCM when accompanied by certified weight tickets; for obtaining and paying for any permits required when accompanied by certified invoices; for hiring the services of a qualified professional environmental consultant(s) and testing lab required for health, environmental, and safety, etc., issues and defining actual limits of PPCM when accompanied by certified invoices. All unit prices charged for work performed under this section shall not be greater than the unit prices established by the TNRCC for the PST Reimbursement Fund. END OF SECTION 02112 Page 5 of 5 SECTION 0214D-DEWATERING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 WORT{ INCLUDED 1. The work included in this Section requires the design, furnishing, installation, maintenance, operating, and removing temporary dewatering systems and controls required to lower and control water levels and hydrostatic pressures during construction; disposing of pumped water, constructing, maintaining, observing and, except where indicated or required to remain in place, removing equipment and instrumentation when no longer needed.. 2. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from the slopes or bottoms of excavations; increasing the stability of excavated slopes; preventing loss of material from beneath the slopes or bottoms of excavations; reducing lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improving the excavating and hauling characteristics of sandy soil;. preventing rupture or heaving of the bottom of an excavation; and disposing of pumped water. 1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1. Methods of groundwater discharge, conveying, and transmission to off-site locations shall meet with the approval of the governmental authorities having jurisdiction. 2, The cost and the time required for the contractor to obtain all necessary permits shall be the responsibility of the contractors and shall not constitute a change in contract amount or time. 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA 1, The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the design and adequacy of the dewatering system. Design the dewatering systems to perform as follows: a. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure and lower the groundwater levels below the base of the excavation. b. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for protection of construction operations. c. Prevent damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, and other work. d. Assure that after 12 hours of initial Pum pumping, no soil particles will be present in the discharge. 2, Methods of dewatering may include sump pumping, single or multiple stage well point systems, educator and ejector type systems, deep wells, and combinations thereof. 3. Locate dewatering facilities where they will not interfere with utilities and construction work to be performed by others. 02140 Page 1 of 3 4. Modify dewatering procedures which cause, or threaten to cause, damage to new or existing facilities so as to prevent further damage. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for determining modifications to be made which shall be at no additional expense to Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1. Submittals shall be in accordance with these specifications. 2. Prior to installation of the dewatering system, submit shop drawings and design data, indicating the following, for review by Engineer. a. The ,proposed type of dewatering system. b. Arrangement, location, and depths of system components. C. Complete description of equipment and instrumentation to be used, with installation, operation, and maintenance procedures. d. Types and sizes of filters. e. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of the proposed system and equipment. f. Methods of disposal of pumped water. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS 1. Surface Drainage: Intercept and divert precipitation and surface water away from excavations through the use of dikes, curb walls, ditches, pipes, sumps, or other means. 2. Drainage of Excavated Areas: Provide and maintain ditches of adequate size to collect surface and seepage water which may enter the excavations. Divert the water into sumps and drain or pump into drainage channels, subject to the approval of jurisdictional authorities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1. CONTRACTOR shall fumish all materials, tools, equipment, facilities, and services as required for providing the necessary dewatering work and facilities. Provide back- up equipment as necessary for replacement and emergencies. 2. Provide piezometers for monitoring groundwater levels and other instruments and measuring devices as required to verify adequacy of dewatering system. 02140 Page 2 of 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DEWATERING 1. Perform dewatering in accordance with approved shop drawings. Keep the Engineer advised of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and, on completion of the dewatering system installation, revise and resubmit shop drawings as necessary to indicate the installed configuration. 2. Organize dewatering operations to lower the groundwater level in excavations as required for prosecution of the work, and to provide a stable, dry subgrade for the prosecution of construction operations, 3. Maintain water level at lower elevations, so that no danger to structures can occur because of'buildup of excessive hydrostatic pressure, and provide for maintaining the water level a minimum of 2 feet below the lowest excavation grade, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. 3,2 RECORDS 1, Observe and record the average flow rate and time of operation of each pump used in the dewatering system. Where necessary provide appropriate devices, such as flow meters, for observing the flow rates. Submit the data, on a form approved by the Engineer, during the period that the dewatering systems is in operation_ 2. Observe and record the elevation of the groundwater on a form approved by the Engineer, during the period that the dewatering system is in operation. Submit observation records within 24 hours of reading, on a regular basis. 3. During initial period of the dewatering, make required observations on a daily basis. If, after a period, dewatering operations have stabilized, reduce observations to longer intervals as accepted by the Engineer. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 GENERAL 1 Separate measurement or payment will not be made for work required under this section. All costs in connection therewith will be considered incidental to the item of work to which they pertain. END OF SECTION 02140 Page 3 of 3 SECTION 02160 - TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF EXCAVATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 1. This Section indudes specifications for designing, furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing excavation support systems as indicated and required. 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1. Lagging: Temporary or permanent excavation support structure consisting of heavy timber boards, planking, sheathing, or reinforced precast concrete pianks secured in place by steed H-piles. 2. Proof Load: An applied load 25 percent greater than the design load, imposed by load test. 3. Sheeting: A line of timber or planks, plain or tongue-and-grooved on sides, driven endwise into ground to protect subgrade operations. 4. Sheet Piling: Interlocking steel sheet piling installed vertically to holdback earth or retain soil and to keep water out of a foundation excavation. May be temporary or permanent structure. 5. ShoreslShoring: Props or posts of timber or other material in compression, used for temporary support of excavations. 6. Soldier Piles: Vertical steel H-piles installed to take the side thrust of horizontal sheeting or lagging. Also, called saidier beams. 7. Strut: A brace or supporting member which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length; may be vertical, diagonal or horizontal. 8. Tie-Backs: Excavation-face support obtained by grouted rock bolts or tie-wired deadman in combination with face-retaining steel plates, board timbers, shotcrete, or wire fabric. 9. Waler. Horizontal timber or beam used to brace or support vertical sheeting or sheet piling. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1. Code of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P - Excavations 2. Texas trench code 02160 Pagel of 9 1.4 REFERENCES 1. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials a. AS Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use. b. A328 Specification for Steel Sheet Pitting C. A 563 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts d. A Specification for Zine-Coated Parallel and Helical Steel WNire Structural Strand e_ A641 Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carton Steel Wire f. A694 Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel F-1--Piles and Sheet Piling for Use in Marine Environments g. 01107 Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Gement Grout (Non-Shrink) h. D245 Method for Establishing Structural Grades and Related Allowable Properties for Visually Graded Lumber i. D1764 Spec�frcation for Pressure Treatment of Timber Products j. F432 Specification for Roof and Rock Bolts and Accessories k. F436 Specification for Hardened Steel Washers 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1. Submittals shall be in accordance with these specifications. 2. Excavation Support Systems Prograrm Prepare and submit a written schedule and procedure, along with detailed drawings, of the proposed excavations and excavation support systems to the Engineer for review. 3. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, indicating method„ staging, and necessary details for construction of the excavation support systems work to be performed. 4. Computations: Submit appropriate design calculations to support shop drawings. Include maximum theoretical deflections of supporting members. 5. Professional Engineer's Certification. Shop drawings and computations shall be prepared„ sealed, and signed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. 1.6 DESIGN CRITERIA 1. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for the design, construction, and safety of the excavation system. Design temporary support of excavation in 02160 Fuge 2 of 9 accordance with the Contract Drawings. Design must be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. 2. Design excavation support systems to support earth pressures, utility loads, equipment, applicable traffic and construction loads, and other surcharge loads in a manner which will allow the safe and expeditious construction of permanent structures without movement or settlement of the ground and in a manner which will prevent damage to, or movement of, existing structures and utilities. 3. Design each member to support the maximum loads which may occur during construction. For the purpose of this Section, the design load means the maximum load a support member will have to carry in actual practice, and the proof load means a specified test load greater than the design load. 4. Carry bottom of support system to a depth below the main excavation adequate to prevent lateral and vertical movement. Where additional excavation is carried below the main excavation, provide means to prevent movement of the main excavation supports. 5. Design the excavation support system so as to allow the required free excavated space for workers, concrete formwork, and permanent structures. 6. Design excavation support systems for staged removal to conform to construction and backfill sequences as indicated. 7. Employ walers, struts, and tieback anchors for horizontal support as required for excavation faces to be retained by soldier piles and lagging, or sheet piles. Provide struts with intermediate vertical and horizontal supports as required to prevent buckling. 8. Provide diagonal bracing where needed for stability of the system. Use timber lagging, steel sheeting, or reinforced precast concrete sheeting or planking. Tiebacks will not be permitted to extend outside of right-of-way property limits. 9. Design soldier piles as simple beams assuming hinges at struts and at bottom of excavations. 10. Design piles or other vertical support members to be incorporated in a system employing tieback anchors to have capability of resisting vertical components of tieback loads without significant settlement during any stage of excavation and construction. 11. Timber support systems, except lagging, will be permitted only for utilities and minor structures. 12. Basis for determining minimum allowable working stresses for timbers: ASTM D245. 13. Minimum thickness of lagging between soldier piles spaced up to 8 feet on center: 3 inches for excavations of depth up to 25 feet, and 4 inches for excavations of depth in excess of 25 feet. 02160 page 3 of 9 1.7 SITE CONDITIONS 1. Provision for Contingencies: a. Monitor performance of components of excavation support systems, both for vertical and horizontal movement, at regular intervals. b. Provide and secure approval for a contingency plan, or alternative procedures, to be implemented in the event of an unfavorable performance of the system. C. Have materials and equipment available to implement the approved contingency plan. 2. Existing Utilities: a. Proceed with caution in areas of utility facilities and structures. Expose existing utilities by hand-excavation or by other method acceptable to the utility owner. b. If existing utility facilities and structures interfere with proposed method of excavation support, modify or relocate such facilities in accordance with the utility owner's recommendations. 3. LOADS: Lateral loads shall not be transferred to new structures until the structure is capable of sustaining such loads. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1 Soldier Piles/H-Piles: ASTM A690 of sizes indicated on approved shop drawings_ Provide H-piles of sizes required to contain lagging, sheeting, or planking as indicated. 2, Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A328, continuous interlocking type, of sizes indicated on approved shop drawings, with suitable handling holes. 1 Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars. ASTM A6 of sizes indicated on approved shop drawings. 4. Timber: Structural grade lumber with a minimum fiber stress in bending of 1100 psi, a. Lagging. Heavy timber boards or planking of sizes indicated on approved shop drawings. Lagging boards or planking shall be secured and contained in place by H-piles (soldier piles), with boards inserted in the recesses between the H-flanges. b. Posts, Struts, and Wafers: Heavy timber posts, beams, stringers, and planking, as required, of sizes indicated on shop drawings. 02160 Page 4 of 9 5_ Concrete. Refer to Section E1 and Section E2, Cast-in-Place Concrete, for requirements. Provide 4000 psi concrete with a minimum cement content of 7.0 sacks per cubic yard unless otherwise indicated. Lean concrete, where indicated, shall conform to requirements of Section 03304, Cast-in-Place Concrete. Concrete shall have a minimum Calcium Carbonate (CaCO.) equivalent of 0.75, 6. Tiebacks: a. Rock Bolts ASTM F432, of sizes indicated on approved strop drawings. Provide face plates conforming to ASTM A6 where required, nuts conforming to ASTM A563 and washers conforming to ASTM F436, as indicated or required, b. Wire and Deadman: Single-strand or multiple-strand galvanized steel wire conforming to ASTM A641 or ASTM A586, as appropriate, with structural log or heavy timber deadman with preservative treatment as indicated. Deadman may be precast concrete anchor block or steel plate as indicated or required. 7, Grout: Refer to Section ASTM 01107, Nonshrink Grout, for requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SOLDIER PILES AND LAGGING 1, Provide prebored holes for H-piles (soldier piles) adequate to accommodate pile sections indicated. Extend holes to depth below level of adjacent subgrade as necessary to provide firm bearing. 2. After a pile has been seated plumb in the prebored hole, encase it with Class 4000 concrete from the bearing tip to level of adjacent subgrade excavation, 3. Provide timber lagging or reinforced precast concrete members, secured in place to soldier piles, contained in the recesses between the H-flanges. Install lagging horizontally with no gaps between boards. Carry bottom of lagging system to depth below adjacent subgrade as necessary to prevent lateral movement and to obtain adequate vertical support. 4. As installation progresses, backfill voids between excavation face and lagging with sand or soil rammed into place. Pack with materials such as hay or burlap where necessary to allow drainage of ground water without loss of soil or sand packing or backfill. 5. If unstable material is encountered during excavation, take suitable measures to contain such material in place and to prevent soil displacement, 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SHEET PILING 1. Drive sheet piles in plumb position, with each pile interlocked with adjoining pile for its entire length so as to form a continuous diaphragm throughout the length of each run of wall, bearing firmly against original ground, Drive to depth indicated or to firm bearing. 02160 Page 5 of 9 2. Provide driving method so that interlocking members can be extracted, if required, without injury to adjacent works. 3. Do not drive piles within 100 feet of concrete less than seven days old. 4. Methods of driving, cutting, and splicing shall conform to approved shop drawings. 3.3 SUPPORT SYSTEMS WITH BRACING AND TIEBACKS 1. General: Provide wafers, struts, rakers, shores, and tie-backs as necessary to support excavation faces retained by posts, soldier piles, or concrete slurry walls. 2. Internal Bracing: a. Provide wafers where required, at each level of bracing. As excavation proceeds, place waters on open face of support system wall. Wedge, drypack, and otherwise provide tight bearing between walers and support system wall, with ample bearing areas to provide uniform transfer of loads_ b. Provide struts with intermediate bracing as needed to enable struts to carry the design load without distortion or buckling. C. Provide diagonal bracing as needed for stability of the system. d. Include web stiffeners, plates, angles, or bracing as needed to prevent rotation, crippling, or buckling of connections and points of bearing between structural members. Allow for eccentricities caused by field fabrication and assembly. e. install and maintain intemal bracing support members in tight contact with t each other and with the surface being supported. f. Design internal bracing support members for maximum loads which may occur during excavation and removal stages, 3. Te-backs: a. Provide lie-back anchorage system as indicated or required- Install tie-back system in accordance with approved shop drawings. b, Tie-backs shall not extend beyond project right-of-way and easement properties. C. Install manufactured rack-bolt systems in accordance with manufactures instruction. d. Stress installed tie-backs to proof loads indicated on approved shop drawings. Tie-backs which lose more than five percent of applied proof loads will be rejected. e. Apply proof loads as herein specified, and provide means to measure load application with an accuracy of plus or minus five percent. 02160 Page 6 of 9 f. After load-test approval, reduce tiB-back proof load to the design load, and encase tie-back anchorage and wires or rods in grout, lean concrete, or compacted backfill, as indicated, maintaining the design load until tie-backs are fixed in place. Provide a method of fixation which will limit the load loss to not more than five percent of the design load in the transfer of loads from the jack to the support system. 4. Proof Loading, a. Perform proof loading of internal bracing members and tie-backs, including struts, shores, and similar members. Employ procedures which will produce uniform loading on bracing members and tie-backs without inducing eccentricities or overstressing and distortion. b, Perform and accomplish proof loading by approved load testing or jacking procedures, Submit detailed shop drawings of proposed load testing and jacking procedures for review by the Engineer. Perform proof loading in the presence of the Engineer. C. Apply proof loads as soon as possible after bracing and tie-backs are installed in accordance with methods, procedures, and sequences as indicated on approved shop drawings. d. Coordinate excavation worts with installation of bracing and tie-backs and with the application of proof loading. Provide steel shims and wedges, welded or bolted in p{ace, to help maintain the proof-loading force on the bracing and tie-backs after release of load-testing pressures. 5. Creep Tests on Tie-Backs; a. Load test tie-backs for creep at each level of support in the excavation, at the first installation on each side of the excavation, at horizontal intervals not exceeding 500 feet, and wherever a significant change occurs in the soil in which the tie-backs are anchored. Tests shall be performed under the observation of the Engineer. b. Perform a 24-hour load test on one out of each 100 tie-back anchors. Perform tests by applying the proof load and maintaining it constant for 24 hours. C. Keep records of axial movement with incremental applications of the load, and the amount and time of load fail-off with no pumping of the jack or axial movement during the 24-hour period that the proof load on the anchor is maintained. d. Redesign the tie-back system to attain specified limits if, during the 24-hour period, the axial deformation of the tie-bank system exceeds 0.20 inch, or the decrease in jack pressure without pumping is more than five percent after correcting for temperature changes, 02160 Page 7 of 9 3.4 SUPPORT OF EXCAVATION AT INTERFACES 1. Design, construct, maintain, and remove such parts of the excavation support system at the limits of the Contract interfacing with adjacent contracts, as required by construction schedules and actual conditions. 2. If excavation of this Contract is started at a -contract interface before the beginning of excavation on adjacent contracts, design, construct, and maintain the end support system in accordance with the following provisions: a. Install the end support system to the face of the line separating the contracts. Allow no part of the support system, such as soldier piles, lagging, and tiebacks, to project into the next contract, except for the thickness of the support wall. b. Provide a backfill and restoration plan for the excavation work of the adjacent contract. C. Design and construct the support system to resist vertical settlement when the adjacent contractor removes the end support to connect the structures at the interface of the two contracts. d, If excavation has started on the adjacent contract at an interface before excavation on this Contract, coordinate the removal of the portions of the support system which have been installed in the adjacent contract, and are required to be removed, and support and maintain the remainder as necessary to join the worts of the two contracts. 3.5 REMOVAL OF EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 1. If removal is required wholly or in part, perform such removal in a manner which will not disturb or damage adjacent structures, construction, or utilities. Fill voids immediately with lean concrete or with approved backfill compacted to the density specified in Section 02220, Structural Excavation, Fill and Backfill. 2. Excavation support systems shall be left in place until the concrete walls and structures to receive the transferred loading from the removed support system has reached 80 percent of the specified compressive strength at 28 days. Demonstrate with strength test results that the concrete has reached sufficient strength before load transfer from the support system to the concrete structure may be performed. 3. Remove from the site all elements of excavation support systems. 3.6 SAFETY PROGRAM 1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a safety program specifically for the construction of temporary support of excavation together with the general safety program required. The support system program shall be in accordance with OSHA standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavation. 02160 Page 8 of 9 3.7 INSPECTION 1. The CONTRACTOR shall make daily inspections of the Temporary Support Systems to ensure that the systems meet all applicable safety codes and requirements. Daily inspection is to be made by a "competent person" provided by the CONTRACTOR. If evidence of possible rave-ins, or slides, is apparent, all work in the excavation shall cease until the necessary precautions have been taken by the CONTRACTOR to safeguard personnel entering the excavation. It is the sole duty, responsibility and prerogative of the CONTRACTOR to determine the specific applicability of the designed temporary support of excavation to each field conditions encountered on the project. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 MEASUREMENT 1. Separate measurement or payment will not be made for work required under this sections. All costs in connection therewith will be considered incidental to the item of work to which they pertains. END OF SECTION 02160 Page 9 of 9 SECTION 02209 -SITE PREPARATION AND FINISHING PART 1 -GENERAL This section govems Gearing, grubbing and preparation for construction and Final grading and cleanup of the sites of all fine worts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SITE PREPARATION I, Prepare site by removing debris and grading site to drain. Removed vegetation shall become the property of the Contractor. 2. Remove topsoil and vegetation under structures a minimum of 4 inches. 3. Ail stumps, roots, etc„ shall be removed to a depth of at least 'I foot below the finished subsurface of required dross-section of all structures. 4_ In addition to the area to be cleared, the Contractor shall remove any dead or fallen trees that currently exist over the site at no expense to the City. 5. All fences interfering with the construction operations, shall be removed, salvaged, and reconstructed after completion of the worse unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Reconstructed fences shall be equal in every way or superior to the fences removed. 3.2 REMOVAL OF TOPSOIL Soil shall be stripped of existing topsoil to a depth of 4 inches. Material removed which is suitable for reuse in finish grading will be stockpiled as directed by the Engineer. Material removed which is judged by the Engineer as not suitable for reuse in finish grading should be disposed of as directed by the Engineer in such manner as not to impair the drainage or appearance of the disposal area. 3.3 CLEANUP ALONG LINE ROUTES After completion of all fines and appurtenances, the disturbed areas shall be cleared of all debris and shall be graded to a smooth condition. If not under structures or pavement, the grade shall be brought up to 4 inches below the desired finish grade. Four inches of salvaged topsoil shall then be placed and graded to rsszi�F 02209-1 a smooth condition. If excavation is in front of a residence with lawn, disturbed area shall be sodded solid with 5t. Augustine grass or like material. Restoration in other areas to be to existing or better conditions, If under structures or pavement, the grade shall be brought up to the level required for structure or pavement replacement. Pavement shall be replaced in accordance with City of Fort Worth standards, and the Contractor shall match existing base and surface courses when making pavement repairs. Any settled backfill of trenches or other excavations shall be filled to required grade prior to surface treatment. Any trenches or excavations which settle after surface treatment shall be repaired at no additional cost to the City. All line sites shall be left in a clean and finished condition. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement and payment for work covered under this Section. Include cost in Contract price kid for items of which it is a component part. END OF SECTION 90135211E 02209-2 SECTION 02220 - STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION PART "I -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1. Fumish all work materials, equipment and related items required to remove all earth, rock, water and other materials to the extent required for the construction of the facilities shown on the Drawings; to prepare the subgrade or subbase for the foundation of the facilities; and backfill around the facilities to the lines and grades established on the Drawings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. The specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), latest edition, referred to in this Section, listed below, shall be considered a part of this Section, the same as if fully set forth herein, to the extent applicable in each reference: C 136 Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates D 423 Test for Liquid Limit of Soils D 424 Test for Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils D 1557 Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils D 2922 Test for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1. Concrete All concrete shall comply with the requirements of Section 03300, Concrete, with the Class as specified or indicated on the Drawings. 2. Backfill Material a. Ordinary Backfill Good sound earth free from waste, rubbish, objectionable organic matter, large rocks, waste concrete, or other unstable or unsuitable material. b. Select Backfill Non-expansive sandy clay, clayey sand, silty sand or clean sand with a maximum liquid limit of 30 percent and a plasticity index between 5 and 15. Limits of backfill shall be as shown on Drawings. 02224 Page 1 of 5 C. Select Sand Backfili. Granular sand material meeting the requirements of ASTM C33, with the following gr adafion: Sieve Site percent Passing 316 in. 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No, 16 50 to 85 No_ 30 25 to 60 No. 50 1D to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 This amount of deleterious substances in the select sand shall not exceed limits defined in ASTM C33. The limits of select sand backfill shall be as shown on the Drawings. d. Cement Stabilized Sand The stabilized sands should have a compressive strength of at least 1+00 psi at 7 days when compacted to 95 percent of ASTM D-698 maximum dry density and cured in accordance with ASTM G31. The sand should be mixed in a pug mill type mixer. The sand gradation should be as follows: Sieve Size Percent Passing 3.0" 100 1.75" 75 - 100 No. 4 75 - 100 No. 40 15 - 95 No. 200 0 - 15 3. Crushed Stone Crushed stone shall contain no more than 1 percent by weight of organic matter, clays, and loam. Crushed stone shall contain no more than 5 percent by weight of any one or combination of slate, shale, schist or soft particles of sandstone. The sample of crushed stone,when tested in compliance with ASTM 0136, shall comply with the following requirements: Sieve Size Percent Passing 112 - inch 100 318 - inch 98 - 100 No. 4 15 - 60 No. 10 0 - 2 02220 Page 2 of 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION 1. Excavations shall be of such dimensions as to permit the construction of the work in the manner, shape and size shown on the Drawings. Excavation shall extend a sufficient distance from walls to allow for placing and removal of forms and inspection. Contractor shall submit a proposed excavation plan for the project, indicating his proposed excavation method to prevent damage to existing structures, sidewalks, pavement and trees. The excavation plan shall be submitted for Owner's review prior to beginning excavation and the Owner must approve the excavation submittal before work may proceed. 2. Shale subgrades in footing excavations should be maintained at/or near their in-situ moisture levels prior to concrete placement. Any bearing surface subjected to ponding of water should be excavated to undisturbed shale immediately prior to concrete placement. If tate shales are allowed to become dry, post-construction movement of footings can occur due to volume changes in the shales. Footing excavations which will remain open for more than 48 hours should be protected by a seal slab. Concrete should be ptaced with no loose or soft soils or shale. 3. Structures having 4 inches or more of concrete subgrade protection may be excavated by plowing, scraping or machine digging to obtain the finished subgrade elevation. 4. For structures where no subgrade protection is specified the excavation shall not be plowed scraped or machine dug closer than 3 inches to the finished subgrade elevation. Remove the last layer of excavation by hand to the exact lines and grades showy} on the Drawings. The exposed surface shall be undisturbed and all loose material shall be removed from the bottom of the excavation so the foundation will be dean and firm. 5. Authorized Additional Excavation Where the proposed subgrade material on which the foundation, footing or slab is to be placed is deemed unsatisfactory by the Owner, carry the excavation to an additional depth specified by the Engineer and fill the excavation space with Class "B"concrete. The additional unclassified excavation and Class "B" concrete shall be paid for as specified in the General Conditions of Agreement. 6. Approved Additional Excavation Upon written request by the Contractor, the Owner may approve additional excavation. Carry the excavation to a depth approved by the Owner, and fill the excavated space below the structure foundation with Class "B" concrete. Such work shall be considered as a convenience to the Contractor and shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner. 7. Unauthorized Excavation Whenever the excavation is carried beyond or below the lines or grades shown on the Drawings, refill all such excavated space below the structure foundation with Class "B"concrete. This work shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner. 02220 Wage 3 of 5 8. Material Storage Stockpile excavated materials classified as satisfactory soil material where directed by the Owner until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. S_ Blasting Explosives shall not be used unless authorized in writing. 10. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing Excavations shall be property shored, sheeted and braced as the nature of the ground may require to prevent shifting of material with possible damage to existing or uncompleted structures and attendant delay of work. 11. All excavation shall conform to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Construction Industry Standards. 3.2 DEWATERING Commencing sufficiently in advance of excavation, during the excavation period and as long thereafter as the condition of the work may require, provide and maintain in good operating condition such equipment as may be required to prevent water from entering any excavation. This shall include, but is not limited to: surface water which would drain into the excavation; seepage water which would enter as a result of the excavation and a high ground water table; and the water which could penetrate the excavation due to the anticipated piezometric head coupled with the removal of overburden, should the Contractor not lower the water table in advance of the excavation. Complete backfilling operations before dewatering operations are suspended, Water removed from the excavation shall be disposed of in such a manner as to prevent damage to adjacent property or to other work under construction. Damage of whatever nature caused by dewatering the work or failure to dewater the work satisfactorily shall be promptly repaired or remedied by the Contractor at his own expense. Provision shall be made for the satisfactory disposal of water pumped from excavations so as to prevent damage to public or private property. In all cases, accumulated water in the excavation shall be removed before placing any concrete or backfilling. 3,3 SUBGRADE INSPECTION 1. General Where subgrade protection is shown on the Drawings, provision shall be made for 4 inches of Class "B"concrete to be placed over the entire excavated area to prevent deterioration of the subgrade. This is required at all jacking and work shafts. 3.4 BACKFILLING 1. Materials for backfilling around structures shall be as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 02220 Page 4 of 5 2. Placement of Backfill a. Concrete in walls shall have attained the required 28-day compressive strength before any backfill is placed. b. "Ordinary backfill" shall be placed at a moisture content slightly higher than optimum moisture. It shall be placed in layers a maximum of twelve (12) inches deep compacted to a density of 80 percent to 90 percent of the maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D1557. C_ "Select bacWl", "Select Sand Backfill", and "Compacted Clay Backfill", shall be compacted in 4-inch lifts to 95 percent of maximum standard Proctor (ASTM D698) dry density. Add successive layers in the same manner until the backfill reaches the lines and grades shown: on the Drawings. Remove all sheeting, shoring or bracing in such a manner as to prevent caving in of the bank or disturbance of adjacent areas of structures. d. "Cement stabilized sand backfill shall be compacted in 9" loose lifts to 95 percent of maximum standard Proctor (ASTM D698) dry density. Add successive layers in the same manner until the backfill reaches the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Remove all sheeting, shoring or bracing in such a manner as to prevent caving in of the bank or disturbance of adjacent areas of structures. e. Density of backfill in place shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D2922, at the Owners expense. Backfill that fai#s the density tests will be. retested at the Contractor's expense. f. Backfilling behind all walls shall be done with hand-operated tampers or fight compaction equipment. Heavy compaction equipment shall not be used closer than 6 feet from the wall. 3,5 EXISTING UTUTIES 1. Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work. Provide adequate means of protection during excavation operations. 2. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with the Owner and public and private utility companies in keeping their respective services and facilities in operation, Repair damaged utilities to the satisfaction of the utility company. w. Do not interrupt existing utilities except when permitted in writing by the user, and only after temporary utility services have been provided. END OF SECTION �F 02220 Page 5 of 5 SECTION 02221 - EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1, This section provides for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for excavation, trenching, bedding, and backfilling for construction of utility lines and appurtenances by open excavation. T2_ The term "embedment" as used in this section refers to both the pipe bedding and side-fill material up to a minimum of 12-inches above the top of the pipe. The term "backfill" as used in this section refers to the trench backfill material from the top of the embedment up to the ground surface. 3. If there are any technical discrepancies between the excavation, trenching, embedment and backfilling for utilities and the Standard City of Fort Worth Specifications, these Specifications take precedence. PART 2 - 'PRODUCTS 2.1 EARTH BACKFILL Earth backfill shall be free of lumps, stones, trash, and spongy or otherwise objectionable material and approved by the Engineer. Approved backfill material may be from the excavation or borrowed. 2.2 CEMENT-SAND BACKFILL See Section 02220 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION 1, Provide adequate safety measures to prevent unauthorized persons or vehicles from entering or falling into any excavation, including, but not limited to, fences, steel plates, gates, and barricades. 2. Excavate materials encountered to lines and grades as shown on the construction documents. 3. Excavate by open cut with trenching machine, backhoe, or by hand operation. Do not use excavated material composed of large chunks or clods (greater than 6 inches in diameter) for backfill, but dispose of such material as specified in Waste Material Disposal Section 02111, and provide other suitable material for backfill without additional expense to the City- 0221-1 ity.022?1 Page 1 of 8 4. During excavation, stockpile material suitable for backfilling in an orderly manner far enough from the bank of the trench to avoid overloading, slides, or cave-ins. However, no stockpiling of excavated materials is allowed on pavement at anytime. 5. When excavating under pavement, load excavated material directly onto haul trucks and dispose of accordingly. 6. Grade as necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations. 3.2 SHEETING AND BRACING I. Prior to beginning work, Contractor shall have submitted Trench Safety Plan as required by Special Provision for Trench Safety System. Install in sewer trenches, and other excavation with vertical sides, sheeting and bracing necessary to support the sides. Install sheeting and bracing so as to place no undue or damaging strain on uncompleted work. Repair any damage resulting from settlement or lack of bracing. - 2. The sides of all trenches shall be securely held by bracing and sheeting which, if not ordered left in place, may be removed in units when the level of backfilling has reached the elevation necessary to properly protect the work and adjacent property. 3. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, sheeting or shoring cannot be safely removed, it shall be left in place. Cut off sheeting or shoring left in place at least 5 feet below the surface, _ 4. If the Engineer considers the trench or excavation to be inadequately supported or protected, install additional sheeting or bracing as indicated by the Engineer. The Engineer's approval or suggestions shall not release the Contractor from full liability for the safety of the work. 13 TRENCH EXCAVATION 1. Cut banks of pipe trench as nearly vertical as practical. Remove stones as necessary to avoid point-bearing. If necessary, install dewatering system to provide a dry trench bottom. Over excavate wet or unstable soil from the trench bottom to permit construction of a more stable bed for pipe. 2 Dig the trench the proper width as specified. If the trench width below the top of pipe is wider than specified in this section or shown on the PLANS, then install a higher class of pipe and/or improved bedding as determined by the Engineer. 3 Accurately grade the trench bottom to provide uniform gearing and support for each section of pipe on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length, except where necessary to excavate for bell holes and for proper sealing of pipe Joints. Dig bell holes and depressions for joint after the trench bottom has been 02221 Page 2 of 8 lr graded. Make bell holes and depressions for joints no deeper, longer, or wider / than needed to make the joint properly. 4. Do not over excavate. If any excavation is carried beyond the lines and grades required or authorized, fill such space with cement-stabilized sand or other suitable material as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to the City. 5. Do not advance the excavation of the trench more than 60 feet ahead of the completed pipe work, except where specifically authorized by the Engineer. r6. Trench excavations shall be performed to the lines and grades shown in the construction documents. Trench excavations which exceed the width limits, or where the vertical trench walls are not maintained to a minimum of 12-inches above the top of the pipe, shall be considered as embankment conditions rather than trench conditions. 7. Care shall be taken by the Contractor to prevent inducement of surcharges on the trench wall by placing of trench spoil adjacent to the trench. Refer to "Stability of Adjacent Embankments and Utilities"in Section 3.11 for information concerning the requirement for rigid trench shoring to limit the potentfal for damage to adjacent facilities. 1P 8. Trench excavations shall remain open the shortest time possible under practical jobsite conditions. Structures, pipelines or other facilities which are constructed prior to or during the currently proposed construction and which require excavation, shall be protected from loss of end bearing or lateral support at all times. 3.4 PIPE BEDDING As shown on plans and in accordance with City of Fort Worth Standard Specifications. 3.5 UTILITY INSTALLATION 1. Storm and Sanitary Sewers: Limit clear space on either side of the pipe to 5 inches at and below the top of the pipe. Above the pipe, cut as wide as necessary to sheet and brace and properly perform the work. 2. Excavation for Appurtenances: Excavate sufficiently for manholes, access shafts, and similar structures to leave at least 2 feet clear between the outer surfaces and the embankment or timber that may be used to hold and protect the banks. Any over-depth excavation below such appurtenances not directed will be considered unauthorized and shall be refilled with sand, gravel, cement-sand, ror concrete as directed by engineer at no extra cost to the City. T roz22 Page 3 of 1 3.6 PROTECTION OR REMOVAL OF UTILITY LINES 1. Anticipate all underground obstructions such as, but not limited to, water mains; gas lines; storm and sanitary sewers; telephone, electric light, or power ducts; concrete; and debris. Any such lines or obstruction indicated on the drawings show only the approximate locations and shall be verified in the field by the Contractor at his expense. The Owner and Engineer will endeavor to familiarize the Contractor with all known utilities and obstructions, but this will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility in anticipating all underground obstructions whether or not shown on the drawings. 2. Maintain in proper working order and without interruption of service all existing utilities and services which may be encountered in the work, except which, with the consent of the Engineer, such service connections may be temporarily interrupted to permit the Contractor to remove designated lines or to make temporary changes in the location thereof as will aid in the completion of the work and, at the same time, maintain service to properties so originally benefitted. The cost of making any temporary changes shall be at the Contractor's expense and shall be incidental to the price of the project. 3. Before starting construction, the Contractor shall notify all utility companies involved to have their utilities located and marked in the field. Contractor shall uncover all underground utilities to verify location and elevation in advance of construction near them so that adjustments can be made if necessary. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits. 3.7 TRENCH EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL PLACEMENT I All cohesive-type embedment materials shall be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of maximum density, at a moisture content between minus 2 and plus 5 percentage points of optimum moisture content, as determined by ASTM D 598, Standard Proctor. These moisture ranges represent the maximum recommended limits. It is possible under some circumstances or with some soils, that a more narrow range, within the recommended limits, will be necessary for the Contractor to consistently achieve the recommended density. 2. All non-cohesive type embedment shall be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of maximum density, at a moisture content that will facilitate compaction, as determined by ASTM D 4253, Maximum index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table (or a manual procedure approved by the Engineer, which has been calibrated to produce similar results to ASTM D 4253). z 3, in the event of marginal materials between cohesive and coon-cohesive types, the project Engineer will make the determination of which density-relationship test shall be used for control. 4. Each placement lift of embedment and backfill materials shall be limited to a thickness that will result in a uniform density throughout the lift with the compaction equipment being used. The maximum loose lift thickness shall be 8". 02221 Page 4 or 8 5. The compaction effort shall be controlled in a manner that will prevent excessive stresses or damage to the pipe or adjacent facilities. To this end, lighter equipment may be necessary in the zones immediately adjacent to the pipe, and thinner lifts may be required to achieve the density with the lighter equipment. 6. Under paved areas, the top 24" of backfill shall be compacted to 100% of maximum density, at a moisture content that will facilitate compaction, as determined by the appropriate procedure (ASTM D 4253 or ASTM D 698). 7. Criteria: Do not backfill trenches until all utility systems as installed conform to specified requirements of appropriate sections. Backfill trenches to ground surface with specified material. Reopen trenches improperly backfilled to depth required for proper compaction. Refill and recompact as specified or otherwise correct the condition in an approved manner. 3.8 EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL ZONES 1 Embedment material shall be placed from the bottom of the trench to a minimum of 12-inches above the top of the pipe. The zone above the embedment to the ground surface shall consist of backfill material. Embedment material shall consist of Class 2 Soil Embedment, as described below. 2. Backfill for all areas beneath present or future structures, pavements, and similar facilities sensitive to expansive soil movements shall consist of Class 1 Soil Backfill material as defined by this section. Backfill for all areas more than 5 feet outside the limits of present or future structures, pavements and similar facilities may consist of General Soil Backfill as defined by this section. 3. Care shall be taken not to use free draining granular material in areas where pipelines enter or pass near structures, to prevent the backfilled trench from becoming a French drain which might allow intrusion of surface or subsurface water beneath structures, pavements or similar facilities. If a higher class of bedding material is required for the pipelines near or beneath structures or pavements, or in congested areas where compaction is difficult to achieve, flowable fill is recommended for embedment and/or backfill material. Where flowable fill is used, each lift or section shall be allowed to reach initial set as required to provide the intended support, prior to the next lift or section placed. 3.9 PIPE EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL MATERIALS 1 Class 1 Soil Backfill: The Class 1 Soil Backfill shall consist of soil materials classified as CL, SC, or SC-SM with a liquid limit of 35 or less, a plasticity index between 8 and 20, a minimum of 30 percent and a maximum of 70 percent passing the No. 200 sieve, a minimum of 85 percent passing the No. 4 sieve, 100 percent passing the 1-inch sieve, and which are free of organics or other deleterious materials. When compacted to the recommended moisture and density, the material shall have a maximum free swell value of 0.5 percent and a maximum hydraulic conductivity(permeability) of I E-05 cm1sec. Swell and 42221 Page 5 of 8 permeability values shall be determined by laboratory testing of remolded specimens of the actual materials proposed for the Class I Soil Backfill. 2. Class 2 Soil Embedment: The Class 2 Soil Embedment shall consist of soil materials classified as SP, SW, GP, or GW, a maximum plasticity index of 4, a maximum or 20 percent passing the No. 200 sieve, a minimum of 85 percent passing the No. 4 sieve, 100 percent passing the 1-inch sieve, and which are free of organics or other deleterious materials. 3. Flowable Fill Embedment: Flowable Fill Embedment shall consist of a low- cement content ready-mix material with high flow properties. The mix shall consist of approximately one part Portand cement to three parts flyash, by weight with sufficient amounts of aggregate, high air generator or foaming agent, and water to produce a 28-day compressive strength in the range of 25 to 100 psi. The material shall have an initial set time (walkable surface) of 24 hours or less. The flowable fill shall provide full support to pipelines, adjacent earth walls, structures, or other such facilities, after initial set, but shall be of a low enough compressive strength after reaching final strength to allow future excavation with ordinary small excavation equipment. The Contractor shall submit an appropriate mix design along with laboratory test results on the flowable fill prior to beginning work on this item. 4. General Soil Backfill: The General Soil Backfill may consist of any soil materials which have a minimum of 20 percent passing the No. 200 sieve, a minimum of 85 percent passing the No. 4 sieve, and which are free of organics or other deleterious material. 5. Acceptance of Imported Embedment and Backfill Materials: Any embedment or backfill materials imported from off-site sources shall be tested for compliance with the recommendations for the particular application and approved by the project geotechnical engineer prior to the materials being used. The Contractor shall obtain a written, notarized certification from the landowner or supplier of each proposed off-site borrow or supply source stating that to the best of their knowledge and belief there has never been contamination of the borrow source site with hazardous or toxic materials. The certification shall be furnished to the Owner prior to proceeding to furnish soils to the site. 3.10 FIELD DENSITY TESTING 1. A minimum of one field density test shall be taken per lift for each 150 linear feet of trench for all embedment and backfill materials other than flowable fill, with a minimum of two tests per lift. The Nuclear method {ASTM D 2822) may be used to determine compaction density of embedment and backfill materials in the trench prior to placement of the pipe, and in the zone above the pipe once the fill placement has reached a minimum thickness of 2 feet above the top of the pipe. The Nuclear method shall not be used in the embedment zones adjacent to the pipe. Once the pipe in placed in the trench, the density of all embedment and backfill zones up to 2 feet above the top of pipe shall be determined using either the Sand Cone method (ASTM D 1556), Rubber Balloon method {ASTM D 2167), 02221 Page 6 of 8 or the Sleeve method (ASTM D 4564), as appropriate for the material being tested. 2. Embedment Test Section: The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner test sections for different embedment material. The test section shall consist of at least 2 sections (joints, lengths) of pipe. The pipe shall be installed and the Contractor shall use his proposed method of placing and compacting the embedment. At least one length of pipe shall be carefully removed to allow the integrity of the embedment along the haunches and below the pipe to be evaluated visually and by in-place density testing to verify that the Contractor's method will achieve the specified density and uniformity of the embedment. Additional test sections shall be performed for all different embedment materials, or if the Contractor proposes to change methods of placement and compaction. The means, methods, and techniques of placement and compaction shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and the test sections shall be considered only as a means to verify that the Contractor's methods are capable of achieving the specified density. The actual quality of the embedment and backfill, as compacted, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and satisfactory results W from the test section(s) and field density tests shall not be considered as a guarantee of the quality of the Contractor's embedment and backfill operations. 3.11 STABILITY OF ADJACENT EMBANKMENTS AND UTILITIES Along numerous lengths of the proposed pipelines there are existing embankments and utilities that potentially could be impacted by the pipeline excavations. These facilities may consist of, but are not limited to, highway embankments, railroad embankments, river banks, natural or-fill embankments, utility poles or towers, and underground utilities. The following recommendations should be provided to and required of the Contractor, to limit potential damage to adjacent facilities from the pipe trenching operation. 1. The areas most likely to be affected are those which are within a distance from the pipe trench such that a 4-horizontal to 1-vertical (4H:1V) line projected downward from the toe of the embankment or from the utility location would intercept the pipe trench or within 3 feet below the pipe trench at the closest point. Areas of very weak, very wet, flowing, or otherwise unstable soils may be affected even if outside the limits given above. These unstable soils could occur between boring locations, or stable areas could later become unstable due to changes in ground-water levels or other causes. Accordingly, if unstable conditions are observed or suspected during excavation of trenches in the vicinity of embankments, the rigid shoring method (as opposed to trench boxes, etc.) Should immediately be utilized for any such areas. A provision for this situation should be included in the Contractor's Trench Safety submittals. Special shoring will be required in critical areas. The shoring should fully support the trench walls against movement and should be installed form the top down as excavation progresses. This "rigid" shoring is required to protect the trench walls as well as workers in the trench, whereas a "trench box" is designed to protect workers, but may allow some inward movement f the trench walls. No portion of 02221 Page 7 of 8 a critical trench area should be excavated without the rigid shoring being installed immediately as the trench is being excavated. The Contractor should take into consideration the additional surcharge loads that may be placed on the trench walls by the adjacent embankments and utilities. The shoring system should be designed by a qualified licensed professional engineer employed by or retained by the Contractor. PART 4- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment for work under this Section shall be incidental to the price bid for which this work is a component part. Payment for installing and maintaining Trench Safety Systems shall be on a linear foot cost basis. END OF SECTION rt 02221 Page 8 of 8 SECTION 02226-GRADING, EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING PART I -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 This section specifies grading, excavating, constructing embankments, backfilling, and disposing of excess excavated material. 2. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: a. Section 02140 Dewatering. b. Section 02160 Temporary Support of Excavation. 3. Definitions: a. Grading consists of the following: i. Excavation of earth, concrete, asphalt paving, and rock for grading. ii. Shaping and constructing embankments and fills. b. Earth excavation: Excavating in materials of whatever nature exceptrock as defined below. C. Rock excavation: Excavating material in place which cannot be loosened cr broken down by using earth excavating equipment and which requires rock excavating equipment for its removal. d. Approved material: Material which meets specified requirements for use as embankment, fill or backfill. e. Surplus excavated material: Approved excavated material whichis not used in embankments or as fill on site. f. Unsuitable material: Material which does not meet specified requirements for use in situ or as embankment, fill or backfill and is prohibited for use in the work. 9. Authorized excavation: Excavating to neat lines and limits shown and specified; excavating unsuitable material. h. Unauthorized or excess excavation: Excavating materials which would otherwise be left in place but removal of which is required because the Contractor's operations have rendered them unstable; excavation which is not specified as authorized excavation, such as excavation beyond neat lines and bottoms of footings as shown. 02226-1 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 The following Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards and Specifications apply to work included in this section: 2. Codes and regulations of the jurisdictional authorities. a. Codes and Standards: ASTM: C33, D1557, D4318. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 Submit the following for approval in accordance with Contractor Submittals, and the additional requirements as specified for each: a. Documentation: i. At least seven calendar days in advance of desired date of approvak submit certified test results of material proposed for fill, backfill and embankments performed by the test laboratory approved by the Engineer certifying that the proposed material complies with the specifications. ii. Permits for disposal of excavated material: 1 Obtain written permits and releases from owners of property where material will be deposited. 2) Submit copies of each permit and release from each property owner absolving the Owner from responsibility in connection with such disposal. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS 1 Existing Drainage: a. Preserve, protect and maintain existing operable drains and sewers during grading operations. b. Keep excavations dry. 2. Accident Prevention and Safety: a. Perform work in accordance with specified safety requirements. 3. Location of Underground Facilities and Structures: a. Locations shown for utility facilities are taken from the various utility records and are approximate. 02226-2 4. Toxic, Hazardous, and Combustible Substances: a. During excavation, provide equipment and carryout such tests as necessary to detect presence of toxic, hazardous, and combustible substances. b. Take action to safeguard persons and property in accordance with rules and regulations of jurisdictional agencies and utility owners. C. Promptly notify utility owners when problems concerning their facilities become apparent. F" 5. Ramps: a. Construct temporary ramps as necessary to provide access to work area. b. Locate such access ramps in Contractor's storage, operations and access areas or within excavation for structure and maintain traffic as specified. C. Support ramp excavation in accordance with Section 02160. d. When ramps are in use, station properly equipped flagmen at ramp entrances to keep unauthorized vehicles or persons from entering work area e. When work necessitating entrance or exit of vehicles via ramps is not being performed, protect entrances and exits of ramps by warning signs and barricades in accordance with the General Requirements. f. Upon completion of work necessitating use of ramps, remove support elements of ramp system in accordance with Section 02160 and backfill excavated ramp areas. 6. Excavation Near Buildings: r i a. Control excavation in areas near buildings or structures to maintain stability of buildings or structures. Provide excavation support as necessary in accordance with Section 02160, so that condition of surrounding area remains unimpaired. PART 2 - PRODUCTS r 2.1 MATERIALS FOR EMBANKMENT, FILL OR BACKFILL 1 Composition: a. Well graded soil-aggregate mixture comprising stone, gravel,sand, silt, clay or combinations of such materials, 02226-3 r b. Prohibited material: Organic matter, debris, cinders and frozen material. 2. Additional requirements: do a. Particle size: 4 inches maximum, but not exceeding 1 inch within 1 foot of finished grade. b. Liquid limit: 40 maximum, determined in accordance with ASTM D4318. C. Plasticity index: 15 maximum, determined in accordance with ASTM D4318 d. Maximum dry density: Not less than 100 pounds per cubic foot. 2.2 SELECT MATERIAL 09 1. Clean, crushed, rock, gravel with the following gradation requirements: Sieve Percentage Passing Designation By Weigh 2 inch 100 1 inch 70 - 95 3/8 inch 35 -75 Size 4 25 -60 Size 10 05 -45 Size 40 10- 30 Size 200 00- 15 2.3 PERVIOUS MATERIAL 1. Natural, clean, free draining sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33 except the following: a. Material passing Size 100 sieve not to exceed eight percent. b. Material passing Size 200 sieve not to exceed five percent. 2.4 DRAINAGE MATERIAL 1. Clean, crushed, rock, gravel, with 1-1/2-inch maximum particle size and maximum two percent by weight passing Size 4 sieve, 2.5 IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL 1. Silt-clay material minimum 35 percent by weight passing Size 200 sieve. 2. Plasticity index: 11 minimum, determined in accordance with ASTM D4318. 02226-4 2.6 SOURCE OF MATERIALS 1 Use materials excavated from this Contract for embankment, fill or backfill if they meet specified requirements. If sufficient material meeting these requirements is nd available from this contract, obtain material meeting specified requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT 1 Use appropriate equipment in sufficient quantity and sizes to perform the work as specified and shown. 3.2 EARTH EXCAVATION 1. Excavate in sequences and stages which will not impair permanent or temporary structures, installations or surfaces. 2. Excavate to neat lines or set back lines for mixed face conditions and grades shown If approved, slopes may be flattened as a matter of expediency. When excavation has reached required grades, notify the Engineer, who will make an inspection of conditions. 3. Support sides of excavation as specified in Section 02160. 4. Protect, support and maintain utility facilities as necessary to perform the work, 5. Proceed with caution in areas of utility facilities; expose them by hand excavation or other methods acceptable to the facility owner. 6. Maintain suitable drainage to keep excavation free from water. 7. Remove excavated materials to fill, embankment, stockpile or disposal locations. Keep haul routes clean in accordance with the General Requirements. Keep temporary placement of excavated materials at least two feet from the edge of excavation. 8. Fill unauthorized and excess excavations with approved materials and compact as specified. 3.3 ROCK EXCAVATION 1. Perform rock excavation to neat lines shown and so as to produce surfaces free of loose rock. 2. Remove loose, semi-detached and unsound fragments from rock surfaces. Remo\e standing water, debris, oil and other objectionable coatings from surfaces of rock upon or against which concrete or porous fill material is to be placed. 02226-5 3. Repair shattered or loosened rock surfaces outside neat lines shown, which in the opinion of the Contracting Officer would be detrimental to substructures or would adversely affect drainage system. 4. Remove excavated rock to approved fill locations or disposal locations. 5. Fill unauthorized and excess excavation with concrete or other approved material. 6. If flowing or seeping water is encountered during excavation, install approved drainage system and keep the excavation area dry. 3.4 REMOVAL OF SUBSURFACE OBSTRUCTIONS 1 Remove subsurface obstructions as required. 3.5 EMBANKMENT, FILL AND BACKFILL 1 Place and compact embankment, fill and backfill in 8 inch loose layers, for entire width. 2. Avoid accumulation of large pieces of material at one location. Fill voids and interstices with finer materials. 3. In confined areas, use approved power-actuated compactors to achieve required density. 4. Prior to compaction, adjust moisture content of material within specified limits by drying or watering either at material source or on fill. 5. Leave struts, braces, lagging and timber sheathing in place as long as needed to support excavation and adjacent facilities and structures. 6. Where utility facilities and structures are supported in place, use special equipment and techniques as required to achieve specified compaction under and around them 7. Do not place backfill on subsurface structures until requirements for curing and waterproofing have been complied with and, if required, until test cylinders for particular structure indicate that concrete has attained specified compressive strength. 8. When backfilling against structures, place material approximately simultaneously on both sides of structures to equalize opposing horizontal pressures. 9. When backfilling on tops of structures, place material in 6 inch lifts over full area. 10. Under concrete floor and other slabs on grade, place drainage material directly on prepared subgrade which meets density and elevation requirements. 02226-6 11. Prior to placing embankment against slope greater than one vertical to four horizontal, cut benches into existing slope. Height of bench not to exceed 2 feet unless otherwise approved. 12. Maintain embankment, fill and backfill in stable, well-drained condition. 13. Where approved, dispose of surplus excavated material by widening embankments and flattening slopes. 14. Where pervious material will be exposed to erosion, cover it with 12 inch layer of approved impervious material compacted in place. 3.6 COMPACTION ADJACENT TO STRUCTURES 1 Compact embankment, fill or backfill materials within 5 feet of retaining walls, abutments or other structures using lightweight compactors. 2. Do not overstress structures. 3. Backfilling against new structures without approval is prohibited. 3.7 EXCAVATION OF UNSUITABLE MATERIALS 1 Where excavation to the finished graded section results in a subgrade or slopes of unsuitable materials, remove such materials belowthe grade as shown on plans or as directed. 2. Replace unsuitable material with approved material and compact as specified. 3.8 PREPARATION OF GROUND AS SUBGRADE 1 Where the subgrade is on original ground or in cut or where embankment or fill is less than 1 foot, fulfill compaction requirement for 12 inches minimum below final subgrade. 2. If necessary, scarify original ground and adjust moisture contentprior to compacting. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Allowable Tolerances: a. Construct finished subgrade to vary not more than 0.05 foot above or 0.10 foot below elevation shown. b. Construct finished grade: 0.2 foot plus or minus of the elevation shown, exclusive of subgrade. 02226-7 C. Construct finished grades in landscape areas as follows: i. Plant areas: 0.4 foot below established finished grade. ii. Lawn areas: 0.2 foot below established finished grade. d. Complete embankment slopes to plus or minus 0.5 foot of slopeline shown. e. Maintain moisture content of embankment, fill or backfill material during compaction within plus or minus two percent of optimum moisture contentof material. f. Compact each layer of embankment,fill or backfill to 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D1557, at moisture content within tolerance specified, except the following: i. From upper surface of fill or backfill to a plane 12 inches below subbase level of vehicular pavement, sidewalks and trackbeds to 100 percent of maximum dry density at moisture content within tolerance specified. 2. Test Method: OR a. Determine the maximum dry density and the optimum moisture content in accordance with ASTM D1557. 3. Compaction Test Frequency: a. For grading areas less than 450 square yards, perform a minimum of three tests. b. For grading areas in excess of 450 square yards, performa minimum of one test for every additional 450 square yards. 3.10 FINISHING OR 1. On completion of work, clean ditches and channels. MR 2. Slope and shape borrow areas to provide positive drainage. 3. Remove unsuitable and surplus excavated materials to locations outside the City's a• right-of-way. 4. Leave site in neat, presentable condition. END OF SECTION 02226-8 SECTION 02500 -TUNNELING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 1 Construct tunnel in varying ground conditions, i.e., soft ground, rock and mixed face conditions. Tunneling activities shall include, but not be limited to: excavation; handling, removal, and disposal of all materials encountered in the tunnel; installation of initial support; groundwater control and disposal; tunnel ventilation, lighting and wiring; safety facilities; installation of final lining; and all other appurtenant work necessary to complete the work in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall determine the excavated size of the tunnel based on construction requirements, the specified line and grade tolerances for installing the pipeline, and the finished dimensions and limitations shown on the Drawings. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 1 Part D Special Conditions. Z Pard Da Additional Special Conditions, 3. Section 02140 Dewatering. 4, Section 02160 Temporary Support of Excavation. 5. Section 02226 Grading, Excavating and Backfilling. 6. Section 02520 Tunnel Support Systems. 7. Section 02540 Monitoring Systems. 8. Section 02570 Pipe-in-Tunnel Installation. 9. Section 02580 Tunnel Grouting. 10. Section 02585 Jet Grouting. 02500 Page 1of10 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS 1 Reference codes and regulations include the most current edition of the following: a. Applicable codes, ordinances, statutes and governing rules and regulations of the governing municipalities and counties, the State of Texas, and the Federal Government. b. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Regulations and Standards for Underground Construction (29 CFR Part 1926). 1.4 DEFINITIONS 1. Soft-Ground Tunneling: Tunnel excavation in earth, boulders, soft decomposed or disintegrated rock, fills, rock fill, buried trees and other materials which do not require special rock tunneling methods such as blasting or rock tunnel boring machines. 2. Rock Tunneling: Tunnel excavation which requires the continuous use of rock excavation methods such as: blasting, wedging, and barring; or mechanical rock excavating equipment with a tunnel boring machine or roadheader. 3. Mixed face Tunneling: Tunnel excavation through materials that require a combination of soft-ground and rock tunneling methods. 4. Tunnel Initial Support: Elements furnished and installed for temporary support, excavation stability, and safety during construction. 5. Presupport: An element of initial support installed ahead of the tunnel face to allow the safe erection of the initial support system. Presupport may consist of spilling, forepoling, crown bars, or rock reinforcement used separately or in combination. 6. Final Lining: The long term structural liner consisting of either cast-in-place reinforced concrete or reinforced concrete pipe installed following and independent of the tunnel excavation and installation of initial support. 7. Soft Ground Pretreatment: Stabilization of weak or flowing ground by high pressure jet grouting to enable excavation by a tunneling method. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Regulations: Perform all work in accordance with the current applicable regulations of all federal, state and local agencies. The West Fork Relief Main has been classified as a "non-gassy" tunnel. Comply with all applicable provisions of State of Texas and 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction by OSHA. In the event of conflict among applicable regulations, comply with the more restrictive applicable regulation. 02500 Page 2 of 10 r 2. Qualifications: a. All tunneling operations shall be performed by a qualified CONTRACTOR with at least 10 years recent experience on similar projects using the soft-ground, rock, and mixed face tunneling methods that will be used for ps this project. b. At all times, perform the work under the direction of an experienced project superintendent with at least 5 years recent on-the-job supervision experience on similar projects, involving tunnels of similar size constructed by similar methods. C. The Contractor shall designate a on-site Safety Engineer to develop, implement, and oversee the site safety program. The Safety Engineer shall have a have a thorough knowledge of safety regulations and PM procedures and at least 5 years experience in tunnel construction. 3. Perform all work in the presence of the ENGINEER, unless the ENGINEER has granted prior approval to perform such work in his absence. 1.6 TOLERANCES 100 1. Variations from Line: Final Lining: 4 inches. 2. Variations from Grade: Final LiningA inch. 1.7 SUBMITTALS �• 1. Shop Drawings, Calculations and Procedures: a. Written documentation of the qualifications of the tunnel CONTRACTOR and of the project superintendent(s) and Safety Engineer(s). b. Written Site Safety Plan which includes, but is not limited to, the following: statement of safety and health policy; identification, responsibilities and accountability of personnel responsible for implementing plan; safety indoctrination and safety training for site personnel; frequency of safety inspections; recording and distribution of inspection reports; procedures for follow-up to ensure correction of deficiencies; responsibilities for maintaining accident and exposure data, reports and logs; procedures for investigating and reporting accidents; �. emergency response procedures; job site cleanup and safe access to all s work areas; public safety; prevention of alcohol and drug abuse; and hazard communication program. C. Detailed work plan of proposed tunnel operations, including excavation and initial support installation procedures. The plan shall show details of proposed methods and procedures for excavating the tunnel, hauling and r t z 02500 Page 3 of 10 t t disposal of tunnel muck, ventilation, lighting, initial support, supporting the face in soft-ground or mixed-face tunneling conditions, procedures for handling, control, and disposal of surface water, tunnel water, and groundwater, types of equipment to be used, equipment specifications, and control of line and grade. d. Shop drawing for Tunnel Shield/TBM. Show design, dimensions, method of operation, face control capability, excavation system, propulsion system, rib erection and expansion system, alignment control and arrangement of backup equipment. e. Survey methods and proposed procedures for alignment and grade control. f. Details of tunnel lighting, ventilation, and electrical systems. 9. Temporary tunnel drainage provisions and details for control and disposal of water from tunnel in accordance with Section 02140, *Dewatering. h. A description indicating the location(s) of material disposal site(s) and release(s) from property owner(s). 2. Modifications: Alternative designs and computations for any proposed modifications to the Drawings shall be prepared and certified by a professional engineer qualified and experience in tunneling and registered in the State of Texas, 3. Reports and Records: a. Air Quality Reports: Submit results of tests for dust, toxic and hazardous gases, and other atmospheric impurities in the working environment in written form to the Engineer on a daily basis. b. A shift report of tunnel construction work shall be prepared, and the ENGINEER shall be provided with one copy of the shift report on the following work day. The following shall be included in these reports: L Location of tunnel face(s) by station at start and end of each work shift. ii. Method(s)of tunnel excavation utilized, and where. iii. Type, quantity, and location of initial support installed. iv. Records of any observed deformation of the initial or temporary supports. V. Survey records of tunnel excavation including the offset from design line-and-grade, and initial support measurements. 02500 Page 4 of 10 vi. Description of ground, its behavior, and notes regarding occurrences such as unstable ground, groundwater inflows and estimated volumes, including the station or location and time of each occurrence. vii. Workforce, materials, equipment, and duration of the different activities performed. viii. Identification of tunnel downtime, including categories of downtime and their durations. Categories of downtime identified shall include, but not be limited to, groundwater inflow, power outages, electrical repair, trailing gear difficulties, hydraulics repair, alignment survey, and routine maintenance. C. All applicable health and safety reporting requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT 1 Tunnel ShieldfTBM: Use a full-circle tunnel shield as required herein. The tunnel shield/TBM shall be designed to sustain any ground loads which may be imposed upon it as well as any loads imposed by thrust jacks and other appurtenances. The tunnel shield shall be capable of being controlled to the desired line and grade. Specific characteristics and capabilities shall include the following: a. A design suitable for the work, conforming to the shape and minimum IF dimensions of the tunnel, and compatible with methods of excavation and support to be used. The tunnel shield shall have a uniform exterior surface from the leading edge to the trailing edge, and free of projections, except beads, that will produce overexcavation or voids. Ensure that the shield is sufficiently strong to maintain its true shape during use. b. The tunnel shield/TBM design shall provide for the variable ground conditions detailed in the GDSR and shall incorporate design features which will minimize overcutting in soft ground and mixed face sections to prevent surface settlement and provide sufficient clearance to compensate for the swell potential of the Kiamichi shale. C. The tunnel shield/TBM design shall provide for positive face control to support the face of the tunnel excavation in the mixed face and soft ground sections without loss of ground. d. A propulsion system capable of moving the shield in a forward direction while maintaining the construction tolerances with respect to line, grade, and direction. The propulsion system shall include a thrust ring or other provision that will distribute the jacking forces uniformly around the tunnel 02500 Page 5 of 10 perimeter so the shield can be advanced without damaging or distorting the initial support system. The propulsion system shall be designed so that in the event of failure of any element of the propulsion system there will be no movement backward and no overstressing or distortion of the tunnel initial support. e. Provisions for the installation of an initial support system consisting of expanded steel ribs with either full circular hardwood lagging or skeletal hardwood lagging in accordance with Section 02520, "Tunnel Support Systems." f. A ventilation and dust suppression system capable of maintaining the air quality in the heading work area within limits specified by OSHA. 9. Ability to steer the machine to maintain line and grade within specified tolerances. Tunnel Shield/TBM and trailing gear shall be capable of excavating a 400-foot-radius curve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL TUNNELING REQUIREMENTS 1 Tunnel excavation shall not begin until the following conditions have been met: a. Required submittals have been made. b. The ENGINEER has reviewed and accepted submittals. C. The surface and deep settlement indicators have been installed and read in accordance with specification Section 02540, "Monitoring Systems." 2. Tunneling work shall be prosecuted in accordance with the approved working hours established for the project. Notify the ENGINEER at least 24 hours in advance of a change in working hours. 3. When the work is interrupted, the face shall be supported by positive means in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. 4. If determined by the ENGINEER that an emergency condition or work stoppage is likely to endanger the stability of the excavation or adjacent structures, maintain a full tunneling work force 24 hours per day, including weekends and holidays, until emergency or hazardous conditions no longer jeopardize the stability and safety of the work. 5. Perform tunneling operations in a manner that will minimize the movement of the ground in front of and surrounding the tunnel excavation. Take all necessary measures to minimize subsidence that can cause damage or disruption of the ground surface and utilities above or in the vicinity of the tunnel. Support the 02540 Page 6 of 10 ground in a manner to prevent loss of ground and keep the perimeters and tunnel face stable. P, 6. Methods of Excavation: Unless otherwise approved in writing by the ENGINEER, all tunnel excavation will be performed with a Tunnel Shield/TBM and no blasting will be allowed, 7. Tunnel excavation is classified according to two initial support categories; 1) rock tunneling and 2) soft-ground tunneling, including mixed-face transition zone. An estimate has been made of the lengths of tunnel in each category and the anticipated locations of the different tunneling categories are discussed in the GDSR. The ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR will jointly determine which tunneling category applies based on field conditions. In the event of disagreement the ENGINEER's decision will prevail. 8. Provide all electrical, water, lighting, and other facilities required to complete the tunnel, 9. Maintain clean working conditions at all times inside the tunnel. All muck, slush, grout spills, and any other material not required for tunneling shall be removed from the tunnel in a timely manner. 10. Enlargements of the tunnel opening for the CONTRACTOR's convenience can only be excavated if accepted in writing by the ENGINEER in advance of excavation. Provide Shop Drawings describing completely the proposed works, including dimensions of the enlargement, excavation, support, and concrete backfilling methods. Any enlargements shall be within the Right-of-Way shown on Drawings. Excavation, concrete backfill, additional initial support, and other materials, equipment and labor required by enlarged sections shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the CITY. 3.2 SAFETY 1 General: Support the tunnel excavation, maintain stability of the ground around the periphery of the tunnel excavation, and maintain safe working conditions throughout the Work, All Work shall conform to the requirements of the State of Texas and OSHA. PE 2. Air Quality: Perform all tunneling operations by methods and with equipment which will positively control dust, fumes, vapors, gases, fibers, fogs, mists, and other atmospheric impurities in accordance with specified OSHA safety requirements. 3. Lighting and Ventilation of Work Areas: Provide all lighting and ventilation for tunneling work in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws. All underground areas shall have sufficient lighting and ventilation to ensure proper performance and inspection of work. Ventilation equipment and ductwork shall be kept as close to the face as practicable. 02500 Page 7 of 10 4. Noise and Dust Control: a. Control noise and dust in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws, safety codes, regulations and ordinances. b. Conduct operations so as to minimize the impact of noise and dust in the vicinity of the work. C. Equip all equipment with noise and dust suppressors. d. Equip all compressors with silencers on intake lines. e. Provide tunnel shield/TBM with positive means of dust control. 3.3 TUNNEL EXCAVATION 1 Soft-Ground Excavation: a. On initial setup, support the tunnel shield on a cradle which will result in the correct line and grade. b. Excavate the materials in the heading using Tunnel Shield/TBM excavation methods. Limit overexcavation beyond the shield outside diameter to less than 1 inch. C. During forward movement of the shield, provide sufficient support at the excavation face to prevent movement of materials, except such materials as are physically displaced by elements of the shield itself. d. During shutdown periods or if the excavation work is interrupted for any other reason, the face shall remain supported by positive means in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings, and the-shield shall be shoved tightly against the face. Breasting, bulkheading, or any other element relying on support provided by hydraulic or collapsible rams or struts will not be accepted, e. Install initial support consisting of expanded, full circular steel ribs with hardwood lagging in accordance with Section 02520"Tunnel Support Systems". Expand steel rib into full contact with surrounding ground immediately upon exiting the tail shield. 2. Rock Excavation: a. Perform excavation only with the accepted Tunnel Shield/TBM, in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. b. Install initial support consisting of expanded, full circular steel ribs with 02500 Page 8of10 skeletal hardwood lagging in accordance with Section 02520"Tunnel Support Systems." Install initial support no more than 12 feet behind the end of the tail shield. C. Prior to the installation of any support, scale down all loose rock. Perform periodic inspections for such purpose, and to relocate or repair any support that may have been affected. 3.4 TUNNEL LINE, GRADE AND DEFORMATION 1. Control the excavation of the tunnel and construction of the initial support to allow construction of the pipeline in accordance with the specified tolerances. 2. When excavation is off line and grade, return to plan line and grade at a rate not greater than 3 inches per 100 feet. 3. If the tunnel is sufficiently far off line and/or grade to require redesign of structures, acquisition of easements, or backfilling and re-excavation, the CONTRACTOR shall do so at no additional cost to the CITY. 4. Survey the crown, invert, and springline of the initial support at 40-foot intervals to ensure the alignment is within the tolerances specified. Conduct the survey immediately behind the tunnel excavation to allow immediate correction of misalignment. 5. Take the following measurements on the initial support at 100-foot intervals from Station 15+00 to Station 27+00 and from Station 86+09.98 to the west portal. a. Within one hour after rib is expanded against the ground: Measure the horizontal diameter and crown elevation of the rib to within ±0.01 foot. b. Repeat the measurements specified above again approximately 24 hours after the rib is installed and thea weekly during tunnel excavation. 3.5 INITIAL SUPPORTS 1 See Section 02520, "Tunnel Support Systems." 3.6 CONTROL OF WATER 1 Control water in the tunnel during construction and take all means necessary for such control. Install and maintain temporary drainage facilities of adequate capacity, with standby pumps and emergency power for emergency use, to collect and dispose of water which enters the tunnel. Water will not be permitted to stand at the tunnel face or in working areas. Disposal of water shall be in accordance with Section 02140, "Dewatering." 02500 Page 9 of 10 3.7 TUNNEL ACCESS 1 Provide, secure, and maintain a walkway along the entire length of tunnel to provide safe and continuous access for persons walking in the tunnel. 2. Provide the ENGINEER access to the tunnel for inspection and observation of the work, to perform geologic mapping, and monitor instrumentation. The ENGINEER will perform geologic mapping of the tunnel excavation as excavation proceeds and without obstruction to the construction activities. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with this effort as required. 3.8 MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1. Remove and dispose of all excavated material in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. Obtain written permit(s)from the property owner(s)where the excavated material will be disposed. Unless approved otherwise in writing by the CITY, no excavated material shall be disposed of within the pipeline Right-of- Way or temporary easements acquired for the project. 2. Obtain a release from individual property Owner(s) absolving the CITY from any and all responsibility in connection with the disposal of such material. Provide the ENGINEER with two copies of each release and permit. 3.9 FINAL LINING 1. Final lining shall consist of either cast-in-place reinforced concrete liner in accordance with Section 02560, "Concrete in Tunnel", or Reinforced concrete pipe in accordance with Section 02570, "Pipe-in-Tunnel". PART 4 • MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 Measurement: Tunnel construction shall be measured per linear foot of tunnel complete in place including excavation, support, final lining, and backfill and/or contract grouting. The measurement shall be taken along centerline stationing from portal to portal. 4.2 Payment: Tunnel construction shall be paid at the Contract unit price per linear foot for Sanitary Sewer by Tunneling, Complete in Place in accordance with the following breakdown: 1. 60%of the Contract unit price for excavation and initial support. 2. 30% of the Contract unit price for final lining. 3. 10%of the Contract unit price for backfill and/or contract grouting. END OF SECTION 02500 Page 10 of 10 SECTION 02520 -TUNNEL SUPPORT SYSTEMS PART i - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 1 The work specified in this Section includes requirements for tunnel initial support systems. Initial support of the tunnel excavated with a Tunnel Shield/TBM shall conform to the requirements included herein, and the details shown on the Drawings. 2. Initial support systems shall provide sufficient capacity to support the ground safely and maintain the shape of the tunnel without encroaching beyond the lines shown on the Drawings and within the specified tolerances, and to avoid ground subsidence until pipeline construction is complete and ready to accept loading. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 1 Section 02500 Tunneling. 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS 1. Shotcrete: American Concrete Institute, ACI 506.2-77, "Specification for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2-77) (Revised 1983).- 2. ASTM Standards: a. ASTM A 36 Specification for Structural Steel. b. ASTM A 185 Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain for Concrete Reinforcement. C. ASTM A 325 Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. d. ASTM A 615 Deformed and Plain Billet - Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. e. ASTM A 563 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. f. ASTM F 436 Hardened Steel Washers. 1.4 DEFINITIONS 1 Tunnel Initial Support: See Section 02500, paragraph 1.4.4. 2. Rock Reinforcement: Deformed steel bars or steel tubes installed in drilled holes around the periphery of the tunnel to stabilize the rock mass around the tunnel opening. Rock reinforcement may also be used to stabilize cut slopes excavated in rock. Rock reinforcement may be tensioned or untensioned, and may include grouted installations, friction rock stabilizers, or mechanical rock 02520 Page 1 of 6 bolts. Rock reinforcement also includes the use of surface treatment measures such as wire mesh, chain link fabric, or mine straps, to prevent fallout in between reinforcement elements, where required. OR 1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA 1. Initial supports shall be designed for appropriate loading conditions, including but no not limited to: handling and installation stresses; loads imposed by subsequent construction operations; rock, soil and water loads; ground subsidence and convergence control; grouting; and other conditions of service. 1.6 SUBMITTALS 1. Shop Drawings: Submit the Shop Drawings and calculations listed below. All design calculations shall be prepared and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. a. Provide the following for the support system specified for the tunnel excavated with a tunnel shield/TBM: i. Structural calculations indicating that specified initial supports shown on the Drawings can withstand shield jacking loads. If tunnel initial support system will be overstressed by jacking forces, submit calculations and drawings of details to strengthen tunnel initial supports so as to withstand jacking loads. Such strengthening shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the CITY. ii. Details of dutchman connections in the soft-ground sections including, but not limited to, connection method, member size and arrangement, rib expansion method and procedures, and provisions for wedging between dutchman and steel rib to provide for transfer of full thrust capacity of the rib. iii. Drawings and calculations for any modifications or alternatives to the details indicated on the Drawings. b. Steel ribs. Fabrication and assembly drawings indicating the details of the proposed steel rib supports. Include the following information: i. Sizes and shapes, ii. Details, arrangements, and spacing of members, including tie rods and/or collar braces. iii. Method of assembly and connection details, iv. Lists of materials, 02520 Page 2 of 6 V. Method(s)and details of blocking. vi. Lagging sizes and details. C. Torque-Tension relationship. Provide results of the torque-tension relationship for the bolts used in the slip connection for the rock tunnel section. This torque-tension relationship shall be developed utilizing the same equipment which will be used during tunnel construction and shall include data from a minimum of five (5) bolts. 1.7 TOLERANCES 1 Steel Rib Fabrication: a. Chord, measured on centerline of rib: Theoretical length plus or minus 1/16 inch. PM b. Face of butt plates: Within plus or minus 1/16 inch of theoretical plane. PM C. Gap between ends of ribs and butt or foot plates prior to welding not exceeding 1/16 inch for at least 75 percent of the cross sectional area of the rib. Where gaps are in excess of 1/16 inch, fill by additional welding. PM d. Tie rod holes in rib webs: Within plus or minus 3/8 inch of the locations shown on the approved Shop Drawings. e. Width or length of sheared plates: Within the theoretical dimensions plus or minus 1/8 inch. f. Center to center of bolt hole dimensions on butt or splice plates: Theoretical dimension plus or minus 1/16 inch. 9- Bolt hole groups in butt or splice plates after fabrication: Within plus or minus 1/16 inch of the theoretical location regardless of the variations in the rib resulting from other tolerances. 2. Steel Rib Bending: a. Conformance to true template: Plus or minus 3/8 inch between end plates and plus or minus 1/8 inch in three-foot gauge depth. b. Bending curvature: Uniform. C. After bending: i. Outer flange will be permitted to deflect 1/8-inch maximum toward the inner flange for radii of bend less than 14 times the rib depth. R 02520 Page 3 of 6 ii. Buckling of the web for a distance of 1/2 the rib depth from either end will be permitted with deviation from the flat no greater than plus or minus 1/8 inch for radii of bend equal to 14 times the rib depth or greater. iii. Buckling of the web for a distance equal to the depth of the rib from either end will be permitted with deviation from the flat no greater than plus or minus 3/16 inch for radii of bend less than 14 times the rib depth. iv. Rib depth at the web: Not less than the theoretical depth minus 1/4 inch. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL Initial support shall consist of expanded steel ribs with full lagging in soft-ground sections and expanded steel ribs and skeletal lagging in rock sections. 2.2 STEEL SUPPORTS 1 Steel supports and auxiliary structural members shall be free of rust and defects which may impair or reduce their structural integrity. Ribs shall be accurately bent to approved horseshoe or circular shape for the proper radius of tunnel section. Rib segments shall fit closely for bolted joint connections. All steel appurtenances required for the installation of the ribs such as tie rods, collar braces, bolts, splice plates, drift pins, etc., shall be provided with the ribs. Ribs, plates, rods, and bars shall be structural steel conforming to ASTM A 36. Bolts shall conform to ASTM A 325. 2.3 TIMBER FOR LAGGING AND BLOCKING 1. Timber for lagging and blocking shall be well-seasoned hardwood timber of rectangular cross section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL 1 Install initial support as specified below for the soft ground and rock tunnel sections. Any damaged or displaced initial support, and any improperly installed initial support shall be removed and replaced or repaired immediately in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. All elements of the initial support system shall be maintained in good condition until pipeline construction is complete. Any defect which threatens the satisfactory performance of the initial support shall be repaired immediately. 02520 Page 4 of 6 r 2. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for'developing procedures to support the ground in a safe manner, for maintaining stability of the ground, and for safety during excavation and support installation. 3.2 SOFT GROUND TUNNEL 1 If expanded circular steel ribs and full-perimeter timber lagging as initial support for the soft ground and mixed face portions of tunnel are required, erect steel ribs and lagging within the tail of the shield and upon emerging from the tail immediately expand the ribs to achieve continuous contact with the surrounding ground. 2. Expand the ribs by jacking at two locations across the joints between adjoining rib segments above springline or by the use of a full circular rib expander. Upon completion of expansion, fill the joints with steel spacers (dutchmen), steel wedges or plates, and bolt or pin each joint in a manner that will not allow relaxation or inward movement of the ribs. 3. Full-perimeter Umber lagging shall be fitted between ribs so that no opening large enough to permit inflow of soil exists. Plywood backing shall be installed at the point(s) of separation between lagging that occur as the result of rib expansion, in such a manner as to provide continuous support at the outside circumference of the support system. 4. Fill any voids beyond the excavation line with pea gravel, grout or other material of such consistency to prevent loosening of the surrounding ground and to provide uniform loading on the ribs and lagging. 3.3 ROCK TUNNEL 1 If circular steel ribs and timber lagging is required in rock portions of the tunnel, install ribs as soon as possible behind the tail shield as work will permit, but in no case shall this distance exceed 12 feet from the end of the tail shield. 2. Expand the ribs by jacking at two locations across the joints between adjoining rib segments above springline or by the use of a full circular rib expander. Upon completion of expansion, fill the joints with steel spacers (dutchmen), steel wedges or plates, and bolt or pin each joint in a manner that will not allow relaxation or inward movement of the ribs, 3. Ribs shall be secured against longitudinal movement or distortion by the use of • steel tie rods or braces. Maximum circumferential tie rod or brace spacing shall be 4 feet along rib centedine. 4. Provide skeletal lagging spaced as necessary to maintain the safety of the excavation and provide lateral support for the steel rib. Maximum spacing of skeletal lagging shall not exceed 2 feet. Prior to installation of the final lining, 02520 Page 5 of 6 remove or arrange lagging to the extent possible to permit ready flow of concrete backfill through and around the lagging so that the concrete backfill will be in contact with the excavated surface area to the maximum extent possible. In no case shall lagging or blocking be used for the purpose of reducing the amount of concrete between the rock surface and the final lining. 5. Repair or replace steel ribs installed improperly or damaged during construction. PART 4 • MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement and payment will be made for Tunnel Support Systems. The cost of the supply and installation of tunnel supports shall be incidental to the price bid for the item of which they are a component part. END OF SECTION 02520 Page 6 of 6 SECTION 02540 MONITORING SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 1 Furnish, install, and maintain monitoring systems. 2. Secure all permits required to access property for installation of monitoring systems. 3. Collect and interpret data, maintain records of data and furnish copies of data and interpretation to the Engineer. 1.2 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1. Section 02500 Tunneling. 2. Section 02520 Tunnel Support Systems. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Personnel Qualifications for Instrument Installation a. Employ qualified technicians with a minimum of 2 years experience in the installation of instrumentation similar to that specified in this section. b. Employ a professional engineer to supervise and direct technicians and be responsible for data collection and interpretation as required by the Drawings and Specifications. 1.4 TOLERANCES 1 Install surface settlement points, subsurface settlement points and convergence points at the locations shown on the Drawings. 2. Should actual field conditions prohibit installation at the location and elevations specified in this section, obtain prior acceptance from the Engineer for new instrument location and elevation. 3. Instrument Manufacturer: Each instrument specified herein is to be the product of an acceptable manufacturer currently engaged in manufacturing geotechnical instrumentation hardware of the specified types. 02540 Pagel of 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1. Shop Drawings and Procedures: Prior to proceeding with the work submit the following: a. Qualifications of the personnel shall be in accordance with these specifications. b. Proposed schedule and procedure for installing instruments and for performing the other work of this section. C. Full manufacturer's information on each instrument type used, including calibration and monitoring procedures. d. Materials and mix proportions for bentonite-cement grout and cement grout, when required. e. The manufacturer's recommended procedure for the installation of each instrument. 2. Working Drawings: After the instrument has been installed, submit the following: a, Working Drawings showing the installed location of each instrument, prepared as specified hereinafter including the following installation data: Instrument identification number(including reference to instrumentation type), date, station and offset, anchor, tip or sensor elevation and instrument length, if applicable. Working Drawings showing details of installed instruments, accessories and protective measures, showing fully all dimensions and indicating material used. 3. Data and Interpretation: Submit information to Engineer at least monthly in a format approved by the Engineer. 1.6 DESCRIPTION OF INSTRUMENTS 1. Surface Settlement Points a. Inscribed marking, masonry nail driven flush with surface, or expansion ■a anchored bolts installed into existing concrete or asphalt at predetermined locations to measure settlement. b. Settlement is determined by optical survey methods. 02540 Page 2 of 5 2. Subsurface Settlement Markers P0 a. Fixed steel pipes installed from the ground surface, as shown in the Drawings, at predetermined locations to measure settlement below the ground surface. PW b. Settlement is determined by optical survey methods. 3. Tunnel Convergence Points a. Convergence anchors shall be eyelet or hook type installed at predetermined stations within the tunnel in sets of 3 as show on the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1. Subsurface Settlement Marker a. Outer pipe casing shall be Schedule 40 with a 3-inch outside diameter. b. Inner pipe shall be 1-inch inside diameter Schedule 40, with a stainless r f steel pipe cap for read point and 1/8 inch steel plate for spiders. C. Protective covers shall be cast iron curb boxes conforming to ASTM A48, Class 30. 2. Tunnel Convergence Points a. Anchors to be eyelet or hook type similar to those made by Terrametrics, Slope Indicator Company, Irad Gage, and Geokon or an approved equal. b. Anchors in rock shall be attached to threaded bar, approximately 12 inches in length, embedded in the rock. Epoxy resin or cementious grout PP shall be used to embed the bar. C. Anchors in soft-ground sections shall be welded directly to the steel ribs. 3. Tape Extensometer: Tape extensometer and calibration table shall be compatible with convergence anchors and similar to those made by Terrametrics, Slope Indicator Company, Irad Gage, and Geokon or an approved equal. 02540 Page 3 of 5 GR PART 3 - EXECUTION W4 3.1 GENERAL 1 Purpose of Monitoring System: To determine ground behavior for comparison with design assumptions and to provide a timely warning for the implementation of remedial measures to prevent possible damage to structures, facilities, equipment, and utilities. 2. Access to Instruments: Provide and facilitate safe access to instruments for the Engineer. 3.2 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE 1. Surface Settlement Points shall be installed and initial reading made prior to the start of any excavation. 2. Subsurface Settlement Points shall be installed and initial readings made a minimum of 500 feet in advance of the tunnel heading. 3. Convergence Points shall be installed within 15 feet of the tail of the shield. 3.3 INSTRUMENT LOCATIONS 1. The location of all instrumentation shall be approved by the engineer. all 3.4 METHOD OF INSTALLATION 1 General: Install instruments as recommended by the manufacturer and/or engineer. 3.5 INSTRUMENT PROTECTION, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT 1. Protect and maintain instruments by draining water or flushing debris from under protective covers, and keeping protective covers locked and water-tight. 2. Repair or replace damaged or missing instrument components or entire instruments as required within five days of notification, at no additional cost. 3.6 REMOVAL OF INSTRUMENTS 1. Prior to final acceptance of the work and subject to review of the Engineer, remove and dispose of the top two feet of the subsurface settlement markers together with the protective boxes and covers and plug remaining open portions of casing with grout or concrete. 02540 Page 4 of 5 2. Backfill casing excavations with concrete or suitable backfill material 3. Construct new pavement patches in paved areas of the same material and to the same thickness as existing adjacent pavement. 4. Restore disturbed or damaged surfaces to the conditions existing prior to OW installation of the instruments. r r PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment for instrumentation specified in this section will be no separate pay item. PW END OF SECTION 02540 Page 5 of 5 t SECTION 02351 -GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1. This section covers pipe,fitters, and accessory requirements for sanitary sewers for tunnel construction method and for sanitary sewer sizes used in direct bury construction method. 2. This Specification is intended to be primarily functional in nature and to define in general terms the minimum requirements for sanitary sewers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other pertinent information. 2. Calculations and technical information on the design of sanitary sewers verifying that they most or exceed the structural integrity and performance requirements as set forth in these SPECIFICATIONS. 3. Shop drawings for joint connections, corrosion protection system, and structural details of sewer. r 4. Instructions on storage, handling, transporting, and installing sewer pipe as € recommended b manufacturers. . YPPe 5. Test results as specified in these SPECIFICATIONS. { 6. All structural designs submitted by Contractor shall be sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA I. The design shall take into account, as a minimum, the loading criteria defined in the geotechnical report including soil expansive pressures; long-tern earth and hydrostatic loading; construction loading such as erection, forces, loads from manufacturing, handling, and storing; space necessary to install permanent structures; and all other construction operations. r 2. The design criteria to be used at railroad crossings shall include in conformance with North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) specifications 6.6.4. Railroad Crossings. 3. The design criteria to be used for truck loading shall include H-20 vehicle loading distributions in accordance with AASHTO. PART 2 -PRODUCTS p■ 2.1 All pipe products shall meet or exceed the structural integrity and performance requirements i as set forth in these SPECIFICATIONS. P 02551 Page 1 of 2 i PART 3 -EXECUTION MR 3.11 GENERAL 1. All pipe completed in place shall be tested for deflection in accordance with the requirements set forth in these SPECIFICATIONS or as recommended by manufacturers subject to approval by Engineer. 2. Damaged pipe sections and pipe jacking deflection tests shall be repaired or replaced per manufacturer's recommendations or as directed by Engineer. 3. Where proposed sanitary sewer lines are installed within 9 feet in all directions of waterline facilities, the minimum horizontal and vertical separation, pipe materials, and installation requirements shall conform to the latest edition of Texas Natural ••.. Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) Rules Title 31, Chapter 317, Section 13,Appendix E Separation Distances. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPE BELOW GROUND AIR Refer to prior portions of this Section and the Excavation, Trenching, and Backfiffing for Utififfes Section of these SPECIFICATIONS for additional information. "" 3.3 TELEVISION INSPECTION OF NEWLY CONSTRUCTED SEWERS 1. All television inspection shall be in accordance with the requirements as set forth in these SPECIFICATIONS. 3.4 PIPE LEAKAGE TESTS Testing of Installed Pipe shall be in accordance with latest TNRCC requirements. An infiltration, exfiitration or low-pressure air test shall be specified. Copies of all test results shall be made available to the TNRCC Executive Director upon request. PART 4-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT �+ Measurement and payment for gravity sanitary sewer will be at the Contract unit price per linear foot of size pipe installed from center-of-manhole to center-of-manhole, complete in ., place, in accordance with the method of construction specified in the bid item. This shall include all excavation, embedment, backfilling, casing, primary support for tunneling, grouting,testing and all other requirements for a complete in place pipe installation per these plans and specifications. •. END OF SECTION 02551 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 02570 - PIPE-INJUNNEL INSTALLATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 1 This section specifies requirements for reinforced concrete pipe and its placement in tunnel as an alternative final lining to cast-in-place concrete lining, 1.2 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1. Section 02140 Dewatering. 2. Section 02500 Tunneling. 3. Section 02520 Tunnel Support Systems. 4. Section 02560 Concrete In Tunnel. 5. Section 02580 Grouting. 1.3 TOLERANCE 1 Tunnel Excavation: a. Maximum Deviation: Line and grade, conform to Section 02500. b. Excavation diameter or width of tunnel shall be large enough to allow for installation of initial supports shown and specified. The excavation size and alignment control shall be sufficient to maintain a three (3) inch minimum clearance between the outside of the pipe and the initial supports. 2. All pipes shall be laid with ends abutting and true to line and grade. 3. Invert slopes shall be maintained in the designed direction without ponding at any locations, 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1 Shop Drawings: a. Pipe manufacturer's submittal indicating pipe design details, size and class of pipe, wall designation, pipe length, type of joint, and type of gasket, grout pipe details, and bevelled pipe design and details, if used. 02570 Page 1 of 4 b. Pipe Installation: Submit proposed pipe transporting, pipe laying, blocking details, and backfilling/grouting procedures within the tunnel. C. Pipe Laying Schedule: Submit pipe laying schedule for the entire tunnel length showing pipe deflection, special fittings, and shorts to meet the actual excavated tunnel alignment. Demonstrate that proper clearances for pipe placement exist. d. Pipe Cradles and Grade Control: Submit details of selected cradle(s)and methods for grade control. e. Pipe to Cast-in-Place Concrete Transitions: Submit details showing locations and types of transitions between reinforced concrete pipe and cast-in-place concrete. 2. Design Mixes: Submit for review, pipe backfill mix design with supporting detail as described in Section 03300-2.1, MIX DESIGN. A. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE 1 Pipe shall conform to minimum requirements of ASTM C76, Class 111, (Minimum D Load 1001) Reinforced Concrete Pipe and ASTM C655 as shown on the Drawings and as specified with the SPECIFICATIONS. Contractor's attention is directed to Section 03005•AZ Factor Design Concrete for Sewer Applications. Grout holes of suitable size shall be cast in the pipe wall at the plant as shown on the Drawings. The holes may be utilized to backfill the annular space outside the pipe from the inside and shall be used to contact grout at the crown of the pipe. 2. Pipe used on curves shall be constructed by deflecting joints, or by straight pipe with beveled ends. Joints may be deflected to form curved sections of the alignment, provided that interior joint openings do not exceed limits established by the pipe manufacturer for the length of pipe to be supplied. Spigot ends of straight pipe may be beveled in accordance with the pipe manufacturers' recommendations subject to approval of pipe shop drawings by the Engineer. 2.2 PIPE JOINTS 1 Pipe joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C443 as it pertains to the use of a confined gasket Ail joints shall consist of confined neoprene gaskets placed in grooves in the spigots of the pipe such that the gaskets will be enclosed on all four sides when the pipe is laid and the joints are completed. All rubber gaskets used in sanitary sewers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C443. 02570 Page 2 of 4 7 2.3 TRANSITIONS 1 Special wall fittings shall be used at all locations where pipe joints connect to cast-in-place concrete structures as shown on the Drawings. 2.4 PIPE BACKFILL 1 Pipe backfill shall be sand-cement grout, lean concrete, or cellular concrete. The mix shall be designed by the Contractor to suit his selected method of placement and actual job conditions and shall conform to the following minimum requirements: a. Have a suitable consistency and density to completely the fill the void between the pipe and the surrounding ground and to displace any standing water. b. Cement: Type 1, 11, or Ill. C. Minimum Compressive Strength 28-Day: 500 psi. 2.5 CONTACT GROUTING Material for contact grouting shall conform to the requirements of Section 02580. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1. Control of Water: Control water in tunnel as specified in Section 02500. Operate temporary drainage system installed for tunnel construction until concrete or grout backfill around the pipe is in place for at least 12 hours. 2. Pipe Cradle and Blocking: The pipe shall be installed on concrete or rail cradles as selected and/or recommended by the pipe manufacturer. The pipe shall be blocked to prevent floatation and displacement and blocking materials shall be placed so that they do not interfere with the pipe joints. 3. Pipe Installation: The Contractor shall not place pipe within the tunnel without permission of the Engineer. The pipe shall be installed in the tunnel as shown on the Drawings. Pipeline installation shall not commence until the Contractor demonstrates that the ground has been stabilized and that all deformations of the initial supports have been successfully controlled. Each pipe segment shall be installed to the grade shown on the Drawings. After achieving the required lip grade, each pipe segment shall be firmly secured to prevent flotation, settlement I or lateral or axial movement due to subsequent construction activities. 4. Backfiliing: The pipe shall be set, secured in place, and blocked to prevent flotation prior to backfilling. When sand-cement grout or lean concrete is used for pipe backfill, the pipe shall be completely backfilled in increments not exceeding 02570 Page 3 of 4 200 feet prior to the installation of additional pipe. After backfilling, any remaining voids outside the pipe shall be filled by injecting cement grout in conformance with the contact grouting requirements of Section 02580. 5. All connections with cast-in-place concrete structures or cast-in-place tunnel lining shall be made with the use of wall fittings. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement and payment will be made for PIPE-IN-TUNNEL INSTALLATION. The cost associated with pipe-in-tunnei installation shall be incidental to the price bid for the item of which it is a component part. END OF SECTION 02570 Page 4 of 4 A IN SECTION 02576-ABRASIVE CLEANING OF PAVEMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED This section specifies the abrasive cleaning of pavement to remove existing pavement markings or to prepare the pavement surface for new pavement markings. The purpose JIM of this section is to ensure a properly cleaned surface with minimal or no damage to the pavement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL Abrasive medium shall be a quality commercial product capable of producing the specified surface cleanliness without the deposition of deleterious materials on the cleaned surface. Abrasive blast cleaning material shall be silica free. 2.2 EQUIPMENT All equipment shall be approved by the Engineer prior to use and shall be of sufficient capacity to efficiently and economically clean the roadway surface to the specified cleanliness. Equipment shall be power driven and in good operating condition. Equipment shall use moisture and oil traps, in working order and of sufficient capacity to remove contaminants from the air and prevent deposition of moisture, oil, or other contaminants on the roadway surface. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVAL OF EXISTING MARKINGS To prevent driver confusion, existing pavement markings shall be removed in those r areas where drivers are directed to cross over existing markings which they would not normally cross (i.e., solid white lines or double yellow lines). Markings shall either be completely removed or obliterated to the satisfaction of the Engineer without damage to pavement surface. 3.2 CLEANING FOR MARKING PLACEMENT 1. Abrasive cleaning on portland cement concrete surfaces shall be sufficient to remove all old pavement markings and other materials, contaminants, and conditions deleterious to the adhesion of the pavement marking to be placed. Overcleaning to the extent of possible damage to the roadway surface shall be held to a minimum. Very small particles of tightly adhering existing markings may 02575 Page 1 of 2 MR remain in place if, in the opinion of the Engineer, complete removal of the small particles will result in pavement surface damage. 2. All surfaces other than portland cement concrete surfaces required by the Engineer to be cleaned by abrasive cleaning, shall be cleaned sufficiently to remove loose and flaking conditions or existing markings on the roadway surface that will be deleterious to the adhesion of pavement marking to be placed. 3.3 REPLACEMENT OF MARKINGS Street and parking lot markings removed or damaged during construction shall be replaced in accordance with the City of Fort Worth requirements at no additional cost. 3.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement and payment win be made for work covered under this Section. Include the cost of such work in the Contract price bid for "Installation and Maintenance of Traffic Control Devices". 40 END OF SECTION 4" A" AM MR 02576 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 02580 - TUNNEL GROUTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT The work specified in this Section includes the requirements for contact grouting around the final lining in the tunnel. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 1. Section 02570 Pipe-in-Tunnel Installation. 2. Section 02560 Concrete in Tunnel. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with the SPECIFICATIONS. 1. Shop Drawings: Submit details of equipment, grout mixes, contact grouting procedures, and proposed sequence. 2. Reports and Records: Maintain and submit daily logs of grouting operations, including pressures, volumes, and grout mixes. 1.4 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS 1 ASTM Standards: a. ASTM C 144 Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUT MATERIALS 1 Cement: Conform to Section 03300, "Concrete". 2. Sand: a. General: Conform to ASTM C 144 except where modified in the following subparagraphs. b. Fineness modulus: Between 1.50 and 2.00. 02580 Page 1 of 6 C. Grading requirements: Sieve Sizes Percentage PassingbyT eight No. 8 100 '~ No. 16 95- 100 No. 30 60 - 85 No. 50 20 - 50 No. 100 10 - 30 No. 200 0 - 5 3. Compressive Strength: Minimum strength of 100 psi in 24 hours. 4. Fluldifler: Fluidifier shall be Interplast-N manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation, Lynhurst, New Jersey, or approval equal. The fluidifier shall contain a shrinkage compensator, and shall not contain bentonite or other clay-like substances. r 5. Admixtures: Other admixtures may be used subject to the acceptance of the ENGINEER to improve the pumpability, control time of set, to hold sand in suspension, and to prevent segregation and bleeding. Admixtures that promote �. steel corrosion will not be allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 4% 3.1 CONTACT GROUTING 1. General: a. Pipe-in-Tunnel Alternative: Contact grout shall be used to fill any voids '+ between the final lining and concrete backfill, between the concrete backfill and initial support, and behind initial support. Grout shall be placed through pipes provided in the final lining as shown on the Drawings or as accepted by the ENGINEER. Contact grouting shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Contact grouting shall not be performed until the concrete backfill has achieved sufficient strength to withstand the maximum grout pressure but in no case shall this be less than 72 hours after placement of concrete backfill. b. Cast-in-Place Alternative: Contact grout shall be used to fill any voids between the final cast-in-place lining and the surrounding initial supports and behind initial support. Grout shall be placed through pipes provided in the final lining as shown on the Drawings or as accepted by the 4q ENGINEER. Contact grouting shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Contact grouting shall not be performed until the concrete lining has achieved sufficient strength to A* withstand the maximum grout pressure but in no case shall this be less than 7 days after placement of concrete lining. 02580 Page 2 of 6 B4 2. Equipment: a. Equipment for mixing and injecting grout shall be of an approved type and of adequate size to satisfactorily mix and agitate the grout and force it into the grout holes, in a continuous flow at the specified pressure. Pumps shall be capable of continuously developing a uniform pressure of 30 pounds per square inch at the grout hole connection. b. Arrangement of grouting equipment shall provide for continuous circulation of grout in the system and shall permit accurate pressure control. Equipment and hoses shall be kept clean by constant circulation of grout and by periodic flushing with water. C. The mixer shall be provided with a meter for measuring the amount of mixing water used. The meter shall be calibrated to read in cubic feet to the nearest one-tenth of a cubic foot. d. In addition to the grout mixer, mechanical agitator tanks equipped with suitable screens shall be used. e. Two pressure gauges shall be provided, one at the grout pump and one at the manifold hookup at the collar of each hole being grouted. The accuracy of the gauges shall be periodically checked with an accurately calibrated high pressure gauge. f. Equipment and grouting procedure shall be such that grouting pressures at the grout hole connection in excess of the maximum specified shall not occur. Suitable stop valves shall be provided at the collar of each hole for use in maintaining pressure as required until the grout has set. 9. The grouting equipment shall be provided with a meter to determine the volume of grout injected. The meter shall be calibrated to the nearest one-tenth of a cubic foot. h. The grouting equipment shall be maintained in satisfactory operating condition to ensure continuous and efficient grouting operations. L Use hose for grouting operations having an inside diameter not less than 1-1/2 inches, and capable of withstanding the maximum pressures to be used. j. Grout holes through the backfill shall be drilled with rotary or percussion type drilling equipment. 3. Grout Composition: Cement grout shall consist of Portland Cement, fluidifier, and water in the proportions specified herein or as accepted by the ENGINEER. Sand may be 02580 Page 3 of 6 added to the grout mix in instances of very high grout takes as accepted by the ENGINEER but in no case shall the grout mix contain more than three parts sand to one part cement by weight. Anticipate that the addition of sand will require additional fluidifier to be added to the grout mix. Grout mix (water/ cement) ratios shall be expressed in cubic feet of water per cubic foot of cement (94 lb bag). The water-cement ratio by volume shall be varied to meet the characteristics of the holes as they develop during the contact grouting operation. The range of water-cement ratios shall be between 2:1 and 0.75:1 by volume. The use of 2:1 mixes will be allowed only in attempts to grout holes which show a very low rate of grout take. The grout shall contain a fluidifier, in the proportion of one percent by weight of cementious material or as recommended by the manufacturer. All grout mixes shall be recirculated in the grout lines when any initial or new mix is batched or after adding water, fluidifier,or sand to the mix. The mix shall be recirculated for at least 2 minutes after return prior to pumping the grout into the grout hole. 4. Mixing and Injection of Grout: a. All materials shall be free of lumps when put into the mixer and the grout mix shall be constantly agitated. Grout shall flow unimpeded and shall completely fill all voids. Grout not injected after 90 minutes of mixing shall be wasted. b. No contact grouting operations shall be performed until all concrete backfill within a distance of 50 feet of the hole has been cured in place for at least 72 hours for Pipe-in-Tunnel alternate or 7 days for the Cast-in- Place alternate and has achieved sufficient strength to withstand the maximum grouting pressure. C. Drill 1-1/2 inch minimum diameter grout holes through the concrete backfill and any initial support and at least 2 inches into rock or undisturbed soil. Grout holes shall be drilled through nipples threaded onto each grout coupling to avoid damaging the threads of the grout couplings. Grout holes used for return shall be r6drilled prior to grouting. d. The locations of grout holes are shown on the Drawings. Drilling grout holes through pipe, except through attached grout pipes and couplings, will not be permitted. e. Make connections for injecting grout at each hole drilled for each pipe coupling. The injection of grout shall be performed continuously, filling all spaces and voids and avoiding disturbance of grout which has taken initial set. The grouting process shall be operated and controlled so that the grout will be delivered uniformly and steadily. 02580 Page 4 of 6 00 f. Grouting shall progress from grout pipe to grout pipe in the sequence indicated in the accepted Shop Drawings. 9. In general, grouting will be considered completed when less than one cubic foot of grout can be pumped in 15 minutes under the specified maximum pressure. After the grouting at any grout pipe is finished, the pressure shall be maintained by means of a stopcock or other suitable device until the grout has set. Fill any voids left after removing the packer or grout pipe with mortar. Mortar shall be of a stiff consistency mixed in the proportions of one part cement to 2 parts sand. Replace grout plugs in pipe at the completion of grouting. Depressions or recesses in the lining at the couplings shall be filled with mortar. h. The minimum grouting pressure shall be at least 10 pounds per square inch (psi) at the grout hole collar connection, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. i. The maximum grouting pressure shall not exceed 20 pounds per square inch (psi) at the grout hole collar connection. j. All grouting operations are to be performed in the presence of the ENGINEER. Notify the ENGINEER at least 24 hours in advance of the startup of a grouting operation. OW k. Grout couplings shall be attached to the pipe at the fabricating plant as shown on the Drawings. 1. Drilling of grout holes shall follow within 100 feet of the concrete backfill placement so as to test the degree of completeness of the backfilling. If incomplete backfilling is revealed by the drilling operations, modify backfill placement procedures to ensure that all voids are completely filled. 5. Cleanup: a. Take all the necessary precautions to protect and preserve the interior lining from damage. Any damage to the lining caused by or occurring during the grouting operations shall be repaired as accepted by the ENGINEER. The interior lining shall be maintained smooth and free from defects. b. During grouting work, provide for adequate disposal of all waste and wastewater. Grout spills shall be minimized and clean-up shall proceed immediately after grouting. Remove all waste grout caused by grouting operations. 02584 Page 5 of 6 PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement and payment will be made for TUNNEL GROUTING. The cost associated with tunnel grouting shall be incidental to the price bid for the item of which it is a component part, END OF SECTION AN 02580 Page 6 of 6 SECTION 02601 -MANHOLES f ` PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE 1. This Section specifies the manufacturer, the materials, and the construction of manholes. 2. All manhole construction shall be performed in accordance with this Section or on the contract drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1. Submit requirements as specified under Section"Concrete"for cast-in-place concrete manholes. 2. Submit manufacturer's catalog sheets and technical information on precast manhole e. sections, joint connections, corrosion protection system and other pertinent information for precast concrete and monolithic concrete manhole system. 3. Submit manufacturer's catalog sheets on manhole frame and cover. 4. All structural designs submitted by Contractor shall be sealed and signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. PART2-PRODUCT 2.1 MATERIALS 1. Precast concrete, in accordance with ASTM C 478, as manufactured by _Hydro Conduit Corporation, Gifford Hill S Company or approved equal. 2. Cast-in-place concrete. 3. Concrete Manholes: Provide corrosion protection system as specified in Section 03005 AZ Factor Design Concrete for Sewer Applications. Provide a minimum alkalinity of 0.75 for precast concrete manholes and monolithic reinforced concrete manholes. Provide a minimum concrete cover of 3 inches over reinforcing steel on the inside of cast-in-place and pre-cast manholes. 4. Manholes manufactured with tapered wall thicknesses should have both the top and the bottom labeled, as well as the"Maximum Depth," in feet, on the bottom section of the manhole. I 5. All cutouts to accommodate pipes shall be smoothly cut using proper hand tools. 6. Minimum Cover Size: Provide manhole opening size, as shown on the contract rr drawings. 02601 Page 1 of 4 T. Waterstop: All sewers entering and exiting a manhole shall have watertight connections between the pipe and the manhole wall. Wall pipe shall be used for ductile iron sewers connected to concrete manholes. Waterstop shall be used with flexible pipe connected to concrete manholes. 8. Backfill Material: All manhole pits shall be backfilled with cement-stabilized sand compacted in 8-inch lifts to 95 percent standard Proctor density without additional moisture control. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION +.r When necessary, the excavation must be adequately dewatered until the backfilling operation is complete to prevent the manhole and base from floating. AM 3.2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES 1. In areas of unsuitable soil conditions outside forms will be required. we 2. The area between the outside wall of the pipe and the block out area, after pipe connection, must be completely filled with nonshrink epoxy grout to ensure a watertight connection. 3. A minimum wall thickness of 6 inches will be permitted for depths up to 16 feet when the 28-day compressive strength, of the concrete to be used, is a minimum of 4,000 pounds per square inch for AZ factor design concrete. 4. A minimum wall thickness of 12 inches will be permitted for depths in excess of 16 feet when the 28-day compressive strength, of the concrete to be used, is a minimum of 4,000 pounds per square inch for AZ factor design concrete. 5. Manholes shall be built up so that the cover,when placed shall be at the designated elevation. Not less than two precast concrete grade rings, with a total thickenss of not more than 12 inches, shall be placed under the casting within pave areas. 3.3 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 1. Excavate the pit for a manhole structure no wider than the manhole diameter plus 4 feet, allowing 2 feet around the structure. Manhole pit excavation is unclassified. 2. The manhole base may be either cast-on-site or monolithic round, precast reinforced " concrete base sections. The bottom or floor of manhole base sections shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches unless shown otherwise on the plans. The bottom shall project no less than 6 inches beyond the outside walls of the base to fort a flange intended to resist uplift. 3. The precast concrete base shall have suitable cutouts or holes to receive all pipe and „ connections. The lowest edge of holes or cutouts shall be no less than 6 inches above the inside surface of the floor of the base. 02601 Page 2 of 4 P. 4. Manhole barrel sections shall have O-ring joints as shown on the drawings. Joints shall be sealed with Neenah Foundry Company Manhole Sealant, Syivax or approved equal. 5. Where pipes are connected to the manhole base or barrel, the connection shall be made water tight with robber gasket assembly such as Kor-N-Seal, A-Lok or an !" approved equal, a 6"thick layer of 2000 psi non-shrink grout shall be placed around connection. tr. 6. Manholes shall be built up so that the cover,when placed, shall be at the designated elevation. Not less than two precast concrete grade rings, with a total thickness of not more than 12 inches, shall be placed under the casting within paved areas. 3.4 MANHOLE TESTING Testing. Manholes shall be tested for leakage separately and independently of the wastewater lines by hydrostatic exfrltration testing, vacuum testing, or other methods acceptable to the TNRCC Commission. If a manhole fails a leakage test, the manhole must be made tight and retested. The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing shall be 0.025 fr. gallons per foot diameter per foot of manhole depth per hour. Alternative methods must ensure compliance with the above allowable leakage. Hydrostatic exfrltration testing shall be performed as follows: all wastewater lines coming into the manhole shall be sealed with an internal pipe plug, then the manhole shall be filled with water and maintained full for at i least one hour. For concrete manholes a wetting period of 24 hours may be used prior to p testing in order to allow saturation of the concrete. 3.5 WET SAN©CONSTRUCTION t The use of Modified Special Section No. 5 for wet sand construction may be required as per �. field soil condition. The location and the length shall be requested by the Contractor and I approved by the Engineer in the field, after inspecting trench condition, and may not necessarily be as shown on PLANS. Attention is also directed to the fact that the use of well points may be necessary even where Modified Special Section No. 5 is not ordered or required. Manholes in wet sand construction may require special piling support as per typical detail"A"given in this or as approved by the Engineer. Contractors attention is directed to Drawing No. 485-S-A, Modified Special Section No. 5, given iri this Form E-14. In location " of the Citys requirement regarding the use of Modified Special Section No. 5 in conjunction with an approved Trench Safety System, Contractor is advised that although a trench box is an approved Trench Safety System, it may not be used in areas requiring Modified Special p. Section No. 5. In these areas, solid sheeting wig be required. The bias of the members (rangers, strut, stringers, etc.)are to be determined by the Contractor based on an evaluation of the soil conditions, PLANS, and Technical Specifications. Modified Special Section No. 5 shall be constructed within the confines of trench openings. In other words, Modified Special Section No. 5 is not permitted to be built above ground and then installed in the trench. 4 PART 4-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1. The unit price bid per manhole shall include the manhole (all depths), all manhole appurtenance, ladders, grating, coating and lining, drop connections, intermediate landings, excavation, backfill with cement stabilized sand in accordance with the PLANS and Technical Specifications, dewatering, and testing, complete in place. 02601 Page 3 of 4 f ■s 2. Trench Safety Systems shall be a separate bid item as required by law. Payment for trench safety systems associated with manhole construction shall be made per linear foot of trench length, or diameter of a circular excavation. Estimated quantities for trench safety systems associated with manhole construction have been included in the Trench Safety Systems bid item covering all anticipated open excavations. 3. Contractor is advised that top of manhole elevation shown on the PLANS are approximate, based on current pavement and natural ground conditions as determined from elevations measured on 50-foot spacings. No additional payment will be made if the final elevation of the manhole ring and cover is higher due to the �+ requirements of finished grade and/or the replaced pavement surface. END OF SECTION MR A" 02601 Page 4 of 4 ,* SECTION 03005 AZ FACTOR DESIGN CONCRETE FOR SEWER APPLICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 All concrete products(pipes, manholes and structures)are required to be AZ Factor Design Concrete. This includes standard wall and thick wall RCP. This section specifies the supply and installation of precast and cast-in-place concrete sanitary sewers, manholes, and auxiliary structures utilizing AZ factor design method. AZ concrete is required to have corrosion protection system. Refer to ow Section 03010 and Section 03015 Corrosion Protection for application requirements. 2. Contractor shall bear complete responsibility for the satisfactory proportioning, mixing, finishing, consolidation, and curing of AZ factor design concrete, including application, inspection, and quality assurance procedures. 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1 AZ factor design and the alkalinity test results. 2. All submittal information as required under Section Concrete. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.1 AZ FACTOR DESIGN P& 1 AZ factor is the product of concrete alkalinity(A, as equivalent of calcium carbonate) times the thickness of cover over the inside of reinforcing steel (Z, in inches). Use 100 percent crushed limestone coarse aggregate and a combination of hard river sand and manufactured sand as required to achieve the minimum AZ factor of 1.6 for precast and cast-in-place concrete. Provide a minimum alkalinity of 0.75 for all concrete. 2. Provide a minimum concrete cover of 3-inches over reinforcing steel on the inside diameter of precast concrete pipe and 3 inches for concrete manholes and structures. Concrete shall be in accordance with Section 03300. 2.2 AGGREGATE Coarse aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, strong, and durable particles free of chemicals, coatings of silt or clay, or other fine materials that may affect hydration and bond of the cement paste. The select crushed limestone shall be high-calcium limestone (minimum 95 percent CaCO3 and maximum 3.5 percent MgCO3)with maximum Los Angeles Abrasion loss of 38 percent; maximum soundness (magnesium sulfate - 5 cycles) loss of 5 percent; and maximum absorption of 2.5 percent. Ohr 03005 Page 1 of 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 1 Installation of reinforced concrete sewers, manholes, and structures shall be as specified in NCTCOG From E-14 and in other sections of these SPECIFICATIONS and as shown on the plans. 2. Concrete consolidation,finishing and curing, test specimens, and mixing procedures shall be as specified in Section 03300. 3.2 TESTS FOR ALKALINITY Provide the results of alkalinity tests of concrete used in pipe, manholes, and structures. Provide one test for every 500 feet of sanitary sewer and one for each manhole and structure. These tests shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory as specified by the Engineer. Alkalinity tests are to be in accordance with Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis, Vol. 15, page 230, Interscience Publishers Division, John Wilen and Sons. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement and payment will be made for AZ factor design concrete. The cost of the supply and installation of AZ factor design concrete shall be incidental to the price bid for the item of which it is a component part. END OF SECTION 03005 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 03010 - SHOTCRETE CORROSION PROTECTION FOR CONCRETE SANITARY SEWERS, MANHOLES, AND STRUCTURES f PART I -GENERAL 1.1 This section specifies the supply and installation of shotcrete protection against hydrogen sulfur-based corrosion. The work covered in these specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, appliances, and materials necessary for the installation of the following protective coating. 1.2 SHOTCRETING 1 The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete, which is resistant to biosulfuric acid attack, and which meets the strength requirements included herein. 2. Shotcreting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI-506.2-77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by these specifications. 1 Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the shotcrete as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1 Shotcrete furnished under this specification shall be a prepackaged mortar mix, including all cement, aggregates, and any required additives. It is the intent of the specifications that the Contractor only be required to add the proper amount of potable water so as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. Typical package weights shall not be'less than 50 lbs. and shall be identical for all material furnished on the project. 2. The chemical composition of the cement portion as well as the aggregates of the mortar mix shall be as follows: AL 203 CaO FeO + Fe203 Si02 38-40% 37-39% 15-18% 3-5% 03010 Page 1 of 7 AN 3. The design properties of the mortar mix shall be as follows: Compressive Strength (ASTM C-495) 8000 psi (24 hours) 10000 psi (28 days) Flexural Strength (ASTM C-393) 1200 psi (24 hours) 1400 psi (28 days) Shrinkage at 90% Humidity(ASTM C-596) <0.04% (24 hours) <0.08% (28 days) Freeze Thaw after 300 Cycles (ASTM-666) No Damage Pull Out Strength (ASTM C-900) 200 psi Tensile Strength Air Void Content (ASTM C-457) 2.5% - 3.5% (7 days) Porosity/Absorption (ASTM C-497) 4%- 5% (7 days) Fibers (100% Virgin Polypropylene) 1.5 lbs per cubic yard Shall be Fibermesh Microband Abrasion Resistance (U.S. Army Corps of 0.5% weight loss after 12 Engineers test CRD-C-63-8) hours test. 2.0% weight loss after 72 hours test. The mortar mix shall be SewperCoat 2000 HS Regular as manufactured by Lafarge Calcium Aluminates Inc. (804) 543-8832, or Engineer approved equal. Distributed by Containment Coating & Lining, Inc. (214) 517-1236 Mr. Tom Barry at 6812 Laramie Drive, Piano, Texas 75023. In addition, the mortar mix shall be designed to withstand long term (30 years) exposure to a bacterially corrosive hydrogen sulfide environment which might be expected to provide a pH of 1 on normal Portland Cement concrete surfaces. 4. Water used in mixing at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, potable water, free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 5. Reinforcement bars shall conform to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A S15 for Deformed Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, all bars shall be Grade 40. 6. Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Am Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold-drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, mesh shall be 2" x 2" - WO.9 x WO.9 galvanized welded wire fabric. 03010 Page 2 of 7 7. Mortar mix shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection PD and identification of each shipment. 8. On delivery to the site of the work, the steel reinforcement shall be carefully bundled, tagged and stored so the bars for any position in the work may be readily identified. All reinforcing steel shall be stored on approved material above the ground. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SAMPLING AND TESTING 1. Where materials suppliers maintain regular recognized testing services, certified copies of such tests shall be submitted to the Engineer. However, in any case of doubt as to the accuracy and/or adequacy of such tests, the City may required that materials be tested by a recognized commercial testing laboratory which has been selected by the City. The testing laboratory shall then test the materials as directed pa by the Engineer, and prepare written reports showing the results of such tests. Z The cost of sampling and testing mortar mix during placement shall be borne by the Contractor. Other testing required to show conformance with these specifications shall be the responsibility of the Contractor/material supplier. Certified test reports and certificates, when so directed, shall be submitted in duplicate to the Engineer and to such other agencies or persons as he may designate. 3. No materials which fail to meet the requirements of these specifications shall be incorporated into the work. 3.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF WORK CREWS 1 Before beginning work on the project, the Contractor must satisfy the Engineer that each member of the work crew(s) has done satisfactory work in similar capacities elsewhere for sufficient period of time to be fully qualified to properly perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the related specifications. More particular requirements are as follows: 2. Foreman shall have had at least 4 years experience on similar work. 3. Nozzlemen shall be qualified workmen, having had at least 2 years experience in similar work, and it shall be his responsibility to: a. Insure all surfaces to be shot and clean and free of laitance or loose material, using air and air-and-water blast from the nozzle as required. b. Insure the operating air pressure is uniform and provides proper nozzle velocity for good compaction. C. Regulates the water content so the mix will be plastic enough to five good compaction and a low percentage of rebound but still enough not to sag. fi 03010 Page 3 of 7 44 d, Hold the nozzle at the proper distance and as nearly normal to the surface a the type work will permit, to secure maximum compaction with minimum rebound. e. Follow a sequence routine that will fill comers with sound shotcrete and encase reinforcement without porous material behind the steel, using the maximum practicable layer thickness. f. Determine necessary operating procedures for placement in close quarters, extended distances or around unusual obstructions where placement velocities and mix consistency must be adjusted. 9. Direct the crew when to start and stop the flow of materials and stop the work when material is not arriving uniformly at the nozzle. h. Insure send or slough pockets are cut out for replacement. i. Bring the shotcrete to finished lines in a neat and workmanlike manner. 4. Gunman shall operate the special pneumatic mixer and direct the work of the mixer crew. Utilizing his experience, he shall maintain proper pressure on the cement gun to insure the necessary nozzle velocity. He shall further see that the material fed to the nozzle is uniform. 3.3 EQUIPMENT dw 1. The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives and the recharger. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating-multiported cylinder. Material shall fall, by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary(at least once every 8-hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. 2. The nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of shotcrete shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor sizes, hose size, and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: 03010 Page 4 of 7 TABLE I Comp. Cap Mar. Hose Max Size Min Air cfm Dia. In. Nozzle In. Press. psi 365 1-5/8 1-5/8 60 00 600 2 2 80 i 750 2-1/2 1-1/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. 3. Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing, and for incidental uses. Compressor-equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. 4. The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other on materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). PART 4- CONSTRUCTION METHODS 4.1 SURFACE PREPARATION 1. To insure perfect bond, the newly chipped, sandblasted, and washed surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of shotcrete. In no instance o shall shotcrete be applied in an area where free running water exists. It is the intent of the specifications that the existing surface be at a saturated, slightly damp to the touch condition at the time shotcreting begins. 4.2 MIXING OPERATIONS 1. The Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. Shotcrete shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer shall be J cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. The addition of water to the mix shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 03010 Page 5 of 7 Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed the maximum established by the manufacturer, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 30 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 4.3 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT SURFACES During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected and, if contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing as the surroundings permit. so 4.4 INFLOW/INFILTRATION PREVENTION If inflow or infiltration is observed within the structure after surface preparation is complete, No a rapid setting crystalline enhanced hydraulic cement product specially formulated for infiltration control shall be used to stop minor infiltration flows in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The material shall meet the following strength requirements: Compressive Strength (ASTM C5997B) 3250 psi (24 hours) 4450 psi (7 days) Bond Strength (ASTM C321) 30 psi (1 hour) 80 psi (24 hours) The material shall be Xypex Patch-n-Plug as manufactured by Xypex Chemical Corp. or Engineer approved equal. Where infiltration flows are more severe, pressure grouting may be required. The material for pressure grouting shall be Pene-Grout as manufactured by Pene-Grout, Inc. or Engineered approved equal. The two materials above are distributed by Containment Coating & Lining, Inc., Piano, Texas (214/517-1236). All materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals required to correct infiltration conditions will be considered subsidiary to the applicable pay items within he contract. 4.5 APPLICATION OF MATERIALS Shotcrete shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Shotcrete shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Comers shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. 03010 Page 6 of 7 Shotcreting shall be suspended if: (1) Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. (2) Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed shotcrete cannot be protected. The time interval between successive layers in sloping, vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. If at all possible, construction joints within a manhole shall be avoided. In the even a construction joint is necessary and approved by the Engineer, it shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent shotcrete shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. Nozzleman shall bring the shotcrete to an even plane and to well-formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using somewhat lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin-edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish unless a special type finish is specified on the drawings. The minimum thickness of the shotcrete shall be 1 inch (+/- 1/4") over all surfaces. 4.6 CURING • Once the material has been applied and finished in accordance with the specifications, the Contractor will be required to apply a curing compound to all coated surfaces. The curing compound used shall meet the requirements of AST'M C309 and the shotcrete material manufacturer, and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to use. PART 5 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 5.1 Payment for work under this section will be at this contract unit price per linear foot of protective coating for pipe as shown on plans and listed in bid proposal. This shall be complete in place and as per the requirements of these specifications. END OF SECTION 03010 Page 7 of 7 SECTION 03015 - PVC CORROSION PROTECTION FOR CONCRETE SANITARY SEWERS, MANHOLES,AND STRUCTURES r PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 This section specifies the supply and installation of PVC protection against hydrogen sulfide- based corrosion. The work covered in these specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, appliances, and materials necessary for the installation of the following protective �. coating. j 1.2 PVC PLASTIC LINER " 1. The purpose of this specification is to obtain an inert durable liner, which is resistant to biosulfuric acid attack, and which meets the strength requirements included herein. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and install plastic liner in reinforced concrete pipe and structures as shown on the Plans and herein specified. The purpose of the liner is to effectively protect from corrosion the concrete surfaces to which it is applied. The pipe and pipe joints are the sole method of sealing. It is not intended for the liner to prevent outside water from entering the system. To accomplish this, it is essential that the liner be continuous and free from any holes, defects, or other faults, and that any joint welding and sealing be equally as effective as the liner. All plastic liner furnished shall be white. r The interior area of reinforced concrete pipe and structures shall be sealed and protected with the specified lining as shown on the Plans. All joints between k individual sheets or sections of liner shall be continuously heat welded by the use of welding strips of the same kind and equivalent thickness of material as the liner(with F. the exception of the integral extension ribs). PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 00 1. T-Lock - The liner shall be white in color and be cast into all pipe at the time of manufacturing. The pipe shall be lined in the upper 2700 circumferential angle. The Liner shall not be installed 3600 and then a portion removed to meet the upper 2700 circumferential angle requirement. 2. The PVC liner shall be T-Lock as manufactured by T-Lock U.S.A., or engineer approved equal. 2.2 SUBMITTALS Product data submittals to include the following as a minimum: 1. Details of the installation process. 2. All field procedures. ir- 3. Recommend repair methods. 03015 Page 1 of 11 4. Model and specifications for the electrical holiday detector to be provided and become the property of the owner upon completion of the contract. 5. Physical and chemical data of the liner. 6. Special details and shop drawings. The Contractor shall submit to the Construction Engineer for approval, shop drawings of instailation details showing how the structure will be lined. These drawings shall show how returns, comers,joints and coverage will be accomplished. No line shall be placed until these drawings have been submitted to the Engineer and approved in writing. 2.3 COMPOSITION The materials used in all sheets of plastic liner and in all joint, comer, and welding strips for the liner shall be a high molecular weight polyvinyl chloride (PVC) resin and other necessary ingredients compounded to make permanently flexible sheets and strips for lining concrete pipe and structures. PVC resin shall constitute not less than 99 percent, by weight, of the �" resin used in the formulation. Copolymer resins shall not be permitted. The material used in joint strips and in plain sheets of plastic liner shall be identical to that • used in sheets having locking extensions. Changes in formulation will be permitted only after prior notification of the Engineer and only .0 if the manufacturer can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the plastic liner continues to meet or exceed all requirements in this specification for chemical resistance and physical properties. A" Plastic liner shall be impermeable to sewage gasses and liquids and shall be nonconductive to bacterial or fungus growth. All liners shall be factory checked electrically to insure freedom from any porosity. The lining shall have good impact resistance, shall be flexible, and shall have an elongation sufficient to bridge up to 118 inch settling crack, which may take place in the pipe or in the ., joint after installation, without damage to the lining. Once cast into the concrete of structures or pipe, the lining shall be permanently and physically attached to the concrete by the T-lock mechanism and shall not rely on an adhesive bond unless otherwise specified at a specific location. The lining shall withstand a 15 psi back hydrostatic pressure applied to the under surface of the lining without losing anchorage or without rupture or leakage. 2.4 PHYSICAL.PROPERTIES •s The Engineer, at any time during manufacture, or at any time prior to final acceptance of the work, may sample each type of sheet and strip. The samples thus taken shall be subject to the tests set forth below. 1. Tensile specimens shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM D-412 using die B. These shall be cut from sheets,joint strips, and fiat welding strips. 2. Weight change specimens shall be 1 by 3 inches and of specified sheet thickness. a 03015 Page 2 of 11 .4 F Test specimens shall be conditioned to a constant weight at 110°F before and after submersion in the following solutions for a period of 112 days at 77 t 5°F. At 28 day intervals, tensile specimens and weight change specimens shall be removed from each of the chemical solutions and tested. Chemical Solution Concentration Sulfuric acid 20%* Sodium hydroxide 5% Ammonium hydroxide 5%* r Sodium hypochlorite 1%* Nitric acid 1%* Ferric chloride 1% Soap 0.1% Detergent(linear alkyl benzyl sulfonate or LAS) 0.1% Bacteriological BOD not less than 700 t' MG/L t * Volumetric percentages of concentrated C.P. grade reagents. All plastic liner sheets, joint, comer, and welding strips shall have the following physical properties when tested at 77 t 5°F. After 112 days i exposure in above RM ltliki l listed chemical solutions** k Tensile strength 2200 poi min. 2100 poi min. Elongation at break 200% min. 200% min. f Indentation hardness Inst. 50-60 +5 with-respect to (Shore urometer, 10 sec. 35-50 initial test result Type D) Weight change +1.5% sir► «* If any specimen fails to meet the 112 day requirements before completion of the 112 day exposure, the material shall be subject to rejection. Liner locking extension embedded in concrete shall withstand a test pull of at least 100 pounds per linear inch, applied perpendicularly to the concrete surf ace for a period of one minute, without rapture of the locking extensions or withdrawal from embedment. This test shall be made at 75 :t 5°F. 4 All plastic liner sheets, including locking extensions all joint, comer, and welding strips shall be free of cracks, cleavages, or defects adversely affecting the protective characteristics of the material. The Engineer may authorize the repair of such defects by approved methods. Specimens taken from sheets and strips at any time prior to final acceptance of the work, when tested as specified, shall meet the requirements set forth above. 03015 Page 3 of 11 MR So 2.5 DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS 1. THICKNESS OF MATERIAL: Liner to be bonded to concrete by means of integral locking extensions embedded in the concrete shall have a minimum thickness of 0.065 inch. Liner to be bonded to concrete or steel surfaces by means of adhesive shall have a minimum thickness of 0.094 inch. Welding strips shall have a minimum A" thickness of 0.094 inch and maximum thickness of 0.156 inch. Joint strips shall have a minimum thickness of 0.075 inch. 2. SHEET AND STRIP SIZE: Sheets of liner shall be as large as practicable to '• adequately fit the intended use. Large sheets shall be formed in the shop by lapping basic size sheets a minimum of 0.50 inch and fusing the sheets together in such a manner as to produce a continuous welded joint. Specimens taken from shop welded joints shall show no cracks or separation and shall be tested in tension after flexing. Each specimen shall withstand a minimum load of 132 pounds per linear Inch of weld, or the product of 2,000 psi times the minimum thickness in inches of the material adjoining the weld,whichever is greater. The thickness shall be taken within a 2 inch gauge length. Tears, cracks, or separation in the laps shall be cause for rejection. ,Joint strips shall be 4 t 0.25 inches wide and shall have each edge beveled prior to application. .� Welding strips shall be 1 t 0.15 inch wide. All welding and outside comer strips shall have edges beveled at time of manufacture. 3. LOCKING EXTENSIONS: All liner cast into concrete shall have integral locking extensions embedded in the concrete. Locking extensions shall be of the same material as the liner plate and shall be integral with the sheets of liner plate. Locking extensions shall have an approved cross section with a minimum height of 0.375 inch and a minimum web thickness of 0.085 inch. They shall be approximately 2-112 inches apart and shall be such that when the extensions are embedded in concrete, .e the liner will be held permanently in place. Locking extensions shall be parallel and shall be continuous except where omitted for joints and transverse weep channels and strap channels. Weep channels and strap channels,which involve the omission of locking extensions, as specified under WEEP CHANNELS and STRAP CHANNELS respectively, may be made during the manufacture of liner. 4. WEEP CHANNELS: At 12 foot maximum intervals along line longitudinally, a gap not less than 2 inches, or 3-112 inches in the case of extruded sheets, nor more than 4 �. inches wide shall be left in all locking extensions to provide an unobstructed transverse weep channel. Any area behind liner that is not property served by regular weep channels, shall have additional weep channels 2 inches wide provided by ., cutting away locking extension. Provisions shall be made to permit water behind the liner of concrete manhole shafts to drain into the weep channels of the lined structure. If a section of pipe requires more than one weep channel, the weeps shall be equidistant apart from the ends of the pipe section. Weep channels shall be cut into the extruded sheet so that a maximum of 1132 inch of the base locking extension is left on the sheet. 03015 Page 4 of 11 At each pipe joint and at transverse joints in cast4n-place structures, a gap of not less than 2 inches nor greater than 4 inches shall be left in all locking extensions to PW provide a transverse weep channel. If locking extensions are removed to provide a weep channel at joints, the base of the extension left on a sheet shall not exceed 1132 inch. A transverse weep channel shall be provided approximately 12 inches from each liner return where surfaces lined with plastic liner join surfaces that are not so lined. �., As part of the work of installing liner,all outlets of transverse weep channels shall be cleared of obstructions that would interfere with their proper function. 5. STRAP CHANNELS: All sheets having locking extensions extruded thereon shall have transverse strap channels cart in the locking extensions so that the strap can be placed into and perpendicular to the locking extensions. These channels shall not be less than 1/2 inch wide and no more than 314 inch wide and shall be cut so that ps a maximum of 1/32 inch of the base of the locking extension is left in the base of the strap channel. Strap channels shall be placed a minimum of 15 inches on center to a maximum of 18 inches. The strap channels shall not be cut through the two locking extensions on each side of the sheet. 6. FLAPS: When transverse flaps are required, they shall be fabricated so that a maximum of 1/32 inch of base of the locking extension is left on the sheet. PART 3 -EXECUTION I� 3.1 TESTING i All liner shall be shop-tested for holes, using an approved spark detector. Sheets having holes shall be satisfactorily repaired in the shop and retested prior to shipping the sheets to the project site or the pipe manufacturing plant. Repairs shall be made only by welders prequalified as provided herein. The Construction Engineer may take test samples at the point of manufacture during production of sheet and strip material. All sheets to be used in reinforced concrete pipe shall be tested at the pipe manufacturer's plant as well as in the field. If these tests are performed outside the metroplex area the Owner shall be provided with air transportation for not less than two (2) representatives to witness the test. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PLASTIC LINER 1. GENERAL The installation of all plastic liner shall be done in accordance with these Specifications and the Plans. i Liner shall be applied and secured to the forms and inspected and approved by the Construction Engineer prior to the placement of reinforcing steel. The liner shall not be installed 360° and then a portion removed to meet the upper 2700 circumferential angle requirement. 03015 Page 5 of 11 f" a 2. QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS. a. Applicators. The application of plastic liner to forms and other surfaces shall ., be considered as highly specialized work. Personnel performing this type of work shall be trained in methods of installation and shall demonstrate their ability to the Construction Engineer. , b. Welders. Each welder shall prequalify by successfully passing a welding test before doing any welding. Requalification may be required at any time deemed necessary by the Engineer. All test welds shall be made in the presence of the Construction Engineer and shall consist of the following: i. Two pieces of liner, at least 15 inches long and 9 inches wider shall be lapped 1.112 inches and held in a vertical position. ii. A welding strip shall be positioned over the edge of the lap and welded to both pieces of liner. Each end of the welding strip shall extend at least 2 inches beyond the liner to provide tabs. The weld specimen shall be submitted to the Construction Engineer and shall be tested as follows: L Each welding strip tab, tested separately, shall be subjected to a 10 .r pound pull normal to the face of the liner with the liner being held firmly in place. There shall be no separation between the welding strip and liner when the welding tabs are submitted to the test pulls. Three test specimens shall be cut from the welded sample and tested in tension across the welds. If none of these specimens fail when tested as specified herein, the weld will be considered as satisfactory in tension. If one of the specimens fails to pass the tension test, a retest will be permitted. The retest shall consist of testing three additional specimens cut ., from the original welded sample. If all three of the retest specimens pass the test, the weld shall be considered satisfactory. A disqualified welder may submit a new welding sample when, in the opinion of the Construction Engineer, he has had sufficient off-the-job training or experience to warrant reexaminations. 3. PLACING PLASTIC LINER a. Coverage. Liner shall cover, as a minimum, the areas to be lined as shown on the Plans. The offset of each longitudinal terminal edge of sheet on adjoining pipe sections after pipe is installed shall not be greater than 1-112 inches. At a station where there is a difference in coverage, as shown on the Plans, and the longitudinal terminal edges of liner downstream from said station are lower than those upstream, the terminal edges of the liner installed in the section of pipe or structure immediately upstream from the station shall be sloped uniformly for the entire length of the section of pipe or structure from the limits of the smaller coverage to those of the greater coverage. Wherever '*F 03015 Page 6 of 11 .,� �r } the longitudinal terminal edges of finer downstream from the station are higher than those upstream, the slope shall be accomplished uniformly throughout the length of the section of pipe or structure immediately downstream from the station. An approved locking extension shall be provided along all tapered lower terminal edges of lines. b. Positioning Liner. All liner installed in pipe shall be positioned so that the locking extensions are parallel with the anis of the pipe. Liner shall be centered with respect to the"T"of the pipe when the inner form is positioned. f• Liner shall be set flush with the inner edge of the bell end of a pipe section and shall extend either to the spigot end or to approximately 4 inches beyond the spigot end, dependent upon the type of liner joint to be made with the adjoining pipe. All liner installed in a cast-in-place structure shall be positioned so that the locking extensions are parallel to the axis of the structure, and all liner installed in other structures shall be positioned with locking extensions horizontal unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. it Liner sheets shall be closely fitted to inner forms. Sheets shall be cut to fit curved and warped surfaces using a minimum number of separate pieces. The Contractor shall furnish sketches to the Engineer showing the proposed layout of liner sheets for cast-in-place structures. The sketches shall show the location and type of all field welds. lr~ The Engineer may require the use of patterns or the marking of sheet layouts j directly on the forms where complicated or warped surfaces are.involved. �. At transverse joints between regular size sheets of liner, used in cast-in-place structures and at all pipe joints, the space between ends of locking extensions, measured longitudinally, shall not exceed 4 inches. Where sheets are cut and joined for the purpose of fitting irregular surfaces, this space shall not exceed 2 inches. C. Securing Liner in Place. Unless alternate methods are approved by the Engineer,-liner shall be secured in place to the inner pipe forms with steel banding straps and the sheet to be provided with strap channels in accordance with Subsection DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS. Only finished +f• nails may be used on wood forms. Where form ties or form stabilizing rods pass through liner, provisions shall be made to maintain the liner in close contact with the forms during concrete placement. 4.' LINER RETURNS. A liner return shall be installed where shown on the Plans and wherever surfaces lines with plastic liner join surfaces that are not so lined, such as f brick, clay pipe, cast iron pipe, manhole frames, and metal or clay tile gate guides. Unless otherwise indicated, returns shall be made as follows: a. Each liner return shall be a separate strip of liner at least 3 inches wide joined to the main liner by means of approved comer strips. 03015 Page 7 of 11 .w b. Comer ships shall be welded continuously to the return and to the main liner and applied wherever possible from the back of the lining. C. Locking extensions shall be provided on returns to lock the returns to the concrete of plastic fined, cast-in-place structures. Locking extensions will not be required on liner returns installed on lined precast concrete pipe. d. Each liner shall be sealed to adjacent construction with which it is in contact as shown on the Plans or as approved by the Engineer. Ma 5. CONCRETE OPERATIONS. a. Concrete Placement Concrete placed against finer shall be carefully vibrated so as to avoid damage to the liner and to produce a dense, homogeneous concrete securely anchoring the locking extensions into the concrete. External vibrators shall be used in addition to internal vibrators, particularly along the lower terminal edge of plastic liner. If approved stiffeners are used along locking extensions of liner installed in forms for pipe, they shall be withdrawn completely during the placement of concrete in the forms. The concrete shall be revibrated to consolidate the concrete in the void spaces caused by the withdrawal of the stiffeners. b. Removing Forms. In removing forms, care shall be taken to protect liner from damage. Sharp instruments shall not be used to pry forms from lined surfaces. When forms are removed, any nails that remain in the liner shall •" be pulled without tearing the liner and the resulting holes clearly marked. Form tie holes shall be marked before ties are broken off and all areas of serious abrasion of the liner shall be marked. Liner in pipe shall be cleaned at the direction of the Construction Engineer for inspection and repaired prior to shipment of the pipe. ,. Banding straps used in securing finer to forms for pipe and cast-in-place structures shall be removed within the limits of the unlined invert, and voids left in the invert at the edge of the liner shall be filled with cement mortar or AN other material approved by the Engineer. 6. FIELD JOINING OF LINER. AM a. General. No field joint shall be made in liner until the lined pipe or structure has been backfilled and the joints have been tested. Where groundwater is encountered, the joint shall not be made until pumping of the groundwater �• has been discontinued for at least 15 days and no visible leakage is evident at the joint. Liner at joints shall be free of all mortar and other foreign materials and shall be clean and dry before joints are made. Hot joint compound shall not be brought in contact with liner. No coating of any kind shall be applied over any joint, comer, or welding strip, except where nonskid coating is applied to liner surfaces. 03015 Page 8 of 11 M* P1 Adhesive shall not be applied to the surfaces of cement mortar in pipe joints, or to the surfaces of liner or joint strips opposite said mortar and concrete surfaces. b. Field Joint in Pipe Installations- Field joint in liner at pipe joints shall be one of the following types: i. Type P-1. A Type P-1 joint shall consist of a 4 inch joint strip, centered over the pipe joint and secured along each edge to adjacent liner by means of a welding strip. The gap between ends of lock extensions shall not exceed 4 inches. ii. Type P2. A Type P-2 joint shall be made with an integral part of the liner extending 4 t 114 inches beyond the spigot end of the pipe, overlapping the liner downstream from the pipe joint and secured to the downstream liner by means of a welding strip. The 4 inch strip of +�• liner extending beyond the spigot end of pipe shall be devoid of locking extensions and shall be protected from damage during pipe handling and jointing operations. Excessive tension and distortion in the strip caused by bending it back sharply at the end of the pipe will i not be permitted. Flaps on extruded sheet shall be as stated in Subsection DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS. f" Care shall be taken to protect the flap from damage. Excessive tension and distortion in bending the flap back to expose the pipe joint during laying and joint mortaring shall be avoided. Any flap which has been bent and held back during pipe laying and jointing operations shall be allowed to return to its original shape and flatness well in lip advance of making the liner joint. For beveled pipe, the liner extension at the spigot end of the pipe shall be trimmed to extend 4 inches beyond and parallel to the beveled end. Length between ends of locking extensions shall not exceed 4 inches. Field joints in liner at pipe joints shall not be made until the mortar in the pipe has been allowed to cure for at least 48 hours. All joints between lined pipe and lined cast-in-place structures shall be either ,. Type C-1 or Type C2 as specified herein. C. Field Joints in Cast-in-Place Structures. Field joints in liner on cast-in-place structures shall be one of the following types: i. Type 0-1. A Type C-1 joint shall be made in the same manner as a Type P-1 joint is made. The width of the space between adjacent 1" sheets of liner in a Type C-1 joint shall not exceed 1/2 inch. This type of joint is the only type permitted at transverse contraction joints in concrete. Its only other use is for joints between pipes and cast-in- place structures. ii. Type C-2. A Type C2 joint shall be made by flipping sheets not less than 1-1/2 inches and securing the overlap to the adjacent liner by 03015 Page 9 of 11 means of a welding strip. The upstream sheet shall overlap the downstream sheet. The length of that part of the overlapping sheet not having locking extensions shall not exceed 4 inches. ., iii. A welding strip shall be applied to the back of the joint. This type of joint may be used at any transverse liner joint other than those at transverse contraction joints in concrete and shall be used for liner joints made at longitudinal joints in concrete. iv. Type C-3. A Type C•3 joint shall be made by putting sheets of liner �+ together and applying a welding strip over the back of the joint before concrete is poured, and applying a welding strip over the front of the joint, after concrete is poured. A type C-3 joint will not be permitted .� at a transverse joint that extends to a lower terminal edge of liner or at any joint where the gap between adjoining sheets of liner exceeds 118 inch. d. Installation of Welding Strips. Welding strips shall be fusion welded to joint strips and liner by qualified welders using only approved methods and techniques. The welding operation of any joint shall be continuous until that joint has been completed. At the lower terminal edges of liner, each transverse welding strip shall be extended at least 2 inches to provide a tab. The Construction Engineer may test each transverse weld by applying a 10 pound pull to the tab, normal to the face of the structure. Liner adjoining the welding strip shall be held in place during application of the force. If a weld failure develops, the 10 pound pull shall be maintained until no further separation occurs. Defective welds will be retested after �* repairs have been made. Tabs shall be trimmed away neatly by the installer of liner after the welding strip has passed the test. e. Joint Reinforcement. A 12 inch long welding strip shall be applied as a reinforcement across each transverse joint in liner that extends to the lower terminal edge of liner on each side of a pipe or structure. These reinforcement strips shall be centered over the joint being reinforced, shall be located as dose to the lower edge of line as practicable, and shall be welded in place after the transverse welding strips have been tested and the test tabs removed. " 7. PROTECTION AND REPAIR OF LINER. All necessary measures and precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to liner from equipment and materials used in, or •� taken through the work. Any damage to installed liner shall be repaired by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements set forth herein for the repair of line. All nail and be holes and all cut, tom, and seriously abraded areas in the liner shall be patched. Patches made entirely with welding strip shall be fused to the liner over the entire patch. The use of this method is limited to patches that can be made with a single welding strip. The use of parallel, overlapping or adjoining welding strips will not be permitted. Larger patches may consist of smooth liner over the damaged area with edges covered with welding strips fused to the patch and to the liner adjoining 03015 Page 10 of 11 „� K g the damaged area. The size of a single patch of the latter type shall be limited only as to its width, which shall not exceed 4 inches. Whenever liner is not properly anchored to concrete,or wherever patches larger than those permitted above are necessary, the repair of liner and the restoration of anchorage shall be as directed by the Construction Engineer. 00 a. Field Test. The surface of liner shall be cleaned to permit visual inspection and testing using an electrical holiday detector. All welds shall be physically tested with a nondestructive probing method. All liner, when installed, may I be tested by the Construction Engineer, using an electrical holiday detector. The Contractor shall furnish a new electrical holiday detector for the Construction Engineer to use. The electrical holiday detector shall become the property of the Owner at the completion of the project. All areas of liner t failing to meet the field test shall be properly repaired and retested. it Any testing of the liner by the Contractor for his own purpose shall be done with a detector approved by the Construction Engineer. Each transverse welding strip that extends to a lower edge of the liner shall I be tested. The welding strips shall extend below the liner providing a tab. A 10 pound pull will be applied normal to the face of the pipe by means of a spring balance. Liner adjoining the welding strip will be held against the concrete during application of the force. The 10 pound pull will be maintained if a weld failure develops, until no further separation occurs, Defective welds will be retested after repairs have been made. Tabs shall be trimmed away to neatly after the welding strip has passed inspection. The Contractor shall provide all equipment required to test liner in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and as described above. 3.3 SPECIAL DETAILS Special terminations will be required at sluice and slide gate frames, manholes, pipe sleeves, and at other such locations in existing structures to receive PVC liner. The Contractor shall submit drawings showing details of how these terminations are to be made. Methods of making terminations shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Use may be made of approved bonding agents to seal edges where PVC liner joins metal items cast in the concrete. All surfaces to be bonded shall be cleaned. Mixing and application of approved bonding agents shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. PART 4-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 Payment for work under this section will be at this contract unit price per linear foot of protective coating for pipe as shown on plans and listed in bid proposal. This shall be complete in place and as per the requirements of these specifications. S END OF SECTION r 03015 Page 11 of 11 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE I This section provides for the furnishing and installation of form materials, waterstops and form accessories. 2. Work Included: a. Formwork for cast-in-place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. b. Openings for other work. C. Form accessories. d. Form stripping. 1.2 RELATED WORK 1 03300- Cast-in-Place Concrete, 2. 03310- Concrete Reinforcement. 1.3 REFERENCES 1. ACI 301 -Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. 3. PS-1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 1. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements, so that resultant concrete conforms to required shapes, lines and dimensions. Formwork shall be sufficient to carry the wet weight of concrete and a minimum of 20 psf construction line load. 11.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE I Design, construct, and erect formwork in accordance with ACI 347 and 301. 1.6 COORDINATION 1. Coordinate this Section with other Sections of work which require attachment of components to formwork. 2. If formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, request instructions from Engineer before proceeding. 03100 Page 1 of 5 3. Provide 314-inch bevels at concrete edges except at top of walls and elevated slabs, which shall receive rounded edges. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS 1. Facing Materials: a. Unexposed Finish Concrete: Any standard-fors materials that produce structurally sound concrete. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit b. Exposed Finish Concrete: Materials selected to offer optimum smooth, stainfree final appearance and minimum number of joints. Provide materials with sufficient strength to resist hydrostatic head without bow or deflection in excess of allowable tolerances, and as follows: i. Plywood: PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Foran) Plywood," Class 1, Exterior Grade, mill-oiled and edge-sealed. H. Lumber. Southern Pine special, No. 2 grade, with stamp grade •r clearly visible. iii. Steel: Minimum 16 gauge sheet, well matched and tight fighting AN iv. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched,.tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete. 2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES 1. Form Ties: Snap off; 1 112-inch break back dimension. Provide tight fitting washer *� at midpoint of rod. 2. Form Release Agent: Material which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or ., impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. 3. Comers: Chamfered wood or plastic strips; maximum possible lengths. .. 4. Nails, Spiles, Lag Bolts,Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. 03100 Page 2 of 5 .4 5. Waterstops: a. Polyvinyl chloride, minimum 1,750 psi tensile strength, minimum 50°F to plus 175°F working temperature range, maximum possible lengths, ribbed profile, preformed comer sections, heat welded jointing. b. Acceptable products: i. Expansion joints: 5-inch Vinylex RB6-316H. ii. tither locations: flinch Vinylex R134-316H. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION PW 1, Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with Drawings. 3.2 EARTH FORMS 1. Earth forms are not permitted. 3.3 ERECTION -FORMWORK 1. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. �• 2. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. 3. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores. 4. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to ai minimum. E 5. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawings. 6. Provide chamfer strips on exposed edges unless drawings note otherwise. f" 3.4 APPLICATION-FORM RELEASE AGENT 1.. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's f" recommendations. z 2. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. 3. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are effected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 03100 Page 3 of 5 r 3.5 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS AND OPENINGS 1. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing • through concrete work. 2. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete. 3. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. 4. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. 5. Install waterstops continuous without displacing reinforcement. Heat seal joints watertight. 6. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. 7. Close temporary openings with tight fittings panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.6 FORM CLEANING 1. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds. 2. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. 3. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through dean-out ports. 4. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts or water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heat enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter. 3.7 FORMWORK TOLERANCES .. 1. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. 3.8 FORM REMOVAL 1. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. 03100 Page 4 of 5 .,, r t P 2. Remove formwork progressively so no unbalanced loads are imposed on structure. 3. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. 4. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. Ps END OF SECTION a . l� 03100 Page 5 of 5 03200-STEEL REINFORCEMENT PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE 1 This section provides for the furnishing and installing of reinforcing steel and required supports for cast-in-place concrete. 2. Work Included a. Reinforcing steel bars, fabricated steel bar for cast-in-place concrete. b. Support chairs, bolsters, bar supports, and spacers for supporting reinforcement. 1.2 RELATED WORK 1 03300- Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. 03310- Concrete Reinforcement. 1.3 REFERENCES I ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 315- Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ANSIIAWS D1.4- Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel. 4. ASTM A615- Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 5. CRSI-Manual of Practice. 6. CRSI 63- Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. 7. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, and Documents 63 and 65. 2. Conform to ACI 315. 03200 Page 1 of 3 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1. Submit shop drawings indicating sizes, spacings, locations and quantities of •� reinforcing steel,wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, splicing, stirrup spacing, supporting and spacing devices. 2. Furnish one complete set of final shop drawings to the testing laboratory for its use in reinforcing placement inspection. 3. Manufacturers Literature: Submit for review, manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for the proprietary splicing method used, to show compliance with these specifications. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING 1. Delivery: Deliver reinforcement in bundles properly tagged showing quantity, gralde and suitable identification marks to allow checking, sorting, and placing. 2. Storage: Store reinforcement off ground; covet, keep clean. 1.7 CERTIFICATES 1. Submit mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and chemical analysis. PART -2 PRODUCTS MR 2.1 MATERIALS 1. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield grade billet-steel deformed bars, uncoated finish. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 for smooth wires and ASTM A497 for deformed 'R wires. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS M. 1. Tie Wire: Minimum 18 gage annealed type or Acceptable patented system. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: a. Standard CRSI, galvanized; sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete. b. In exposed concrete (including painted) use plastic supports, hot-dipped galvanized bar supports with plastic feet, or stainless steel. 2.3 FABRICATION .� 1. Fabricate in accordance with ACI 315, providing concrete cover specified in Section 03300. 03200 Page 2 of 3 ., 2. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings at points of minimum stress. Indicate location of splices on shop drawings. PART-3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION I� 1. Reinforcing is to be installed only from Placement Drawings which have been reviewed by the Engineer. 2. Before placing concrete, clean reinforcement of foreign particles or coatings. 3. Tolerances: a. Maintain surface clearance dimensions shown, plus or minus 114 inch. b. Secure reinforcing with accessories and tie wire to prevent displacement before and during concreting. Concrete will not be poured if bars are not properly and securely placed with adequate supports. 4. Dowels: Secure in position prior to pouring concrete. 5. Interferences: Give notice whenever pipes, conduits, sleeves, and other construction r interferes with placement; obtain method of procedure to resolve interference. 3.2 SPLICES t*` 1. General: Lap splice all bars in accordance with standard detailing practice unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 4" 3.3 REPAIR 1. Refer to Division 03300- Cast-in-Place Concrete, Structural Repair. 2. Remove and replace damaged bars if practicable. 3. Partially embedded bars that become damaged are to be restored to full capacity as follows: * a. Bent Bars-Straighten by cold bending or with minimum heat (short of a red glow). . b. Cracked or Broken Bars- Weld in new material equivalent to 100% of base bar in accordance with AWS recommendations. END OF SECTION t.. 03200 Page 3 of 3 SECTION 03300 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART - 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE 1 This section provides for the furnishing and installing of cast-in-place concrete for junction boxes, manholes and all other related structural concrete. 1.2 RELATED WORK 1 Concrete Reinforcement- Section 03200, 2. Concrete Formwork- Section 03100. 3. AZ Factor Design Concrete for Sewer Applications - Section 03005. 1.3 REFERENCES 1 ACI 211-1; Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal and Heavy Weight Concrete. 2. ACI 301-1; Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 304-1; Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. 4. ACI 304-55; Placing Concrete by Pumping. 5. ACI 305-1; Hot Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 306-1; Cold Weather Concreting. 7. ACI 308-1; Recommended Practice for Curing Concrete, 8. ACI 318-1; Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 9. NRMCA: Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. 10. ASTM C33- Concrete Aggregates. 11. ASTM C94- Ready-Mixed Concrete. 12: ASTM C150- Portland Cement. 13. ASTM C260- Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 14. ASTM C494- Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 03300 Page 1 of 12 OR 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Quality assurance for all cast-in-place concrete is specified in Division 03300, W Concrete Testing and Inspection. 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit for review, manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each item of proprietary material used, showing compliance with these specifications. Submit product literature for superplasticizer. 2. Design Mixes: Submit for review, design with support material as described under paragraph MIX DESIGN of the test results and manufacturer's data. -� 3. Placing Schedule: Submit concrete placement plans and schedule; include location and details of construction joints and waterstops. 4. Refer to Sections 03100 and 03200 for additional submittal requirements. PART -2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MIX DESIGN 1. The Contractor at his own expense shall employ a technical agency familiar with local construction conditions and materials to design concrete mixes. The technical agency shall be other than that retained by the Owner for quality control testing. 2. Prior to the formulation of design mixes,the Contractor shall review with the technical ,* agency responsible for their preparation, requirements relative to slump, seasonal variation of admixtures and anticipated job use conditions. 3. Separate design mixes are required for each anticipated and/or actual change in type of mix materials including admixtures, change in proportion of basic materials, change in slump limits and change in pumped concrete requirements. 4. Mix designs are to be formulated with ample lead time (6 weeks)to allow testing and verification of the design as hereinafter specified so that mixes can be reviewed by the Engineer prior to job use. 5. Mix designs reviewed by the Engineer are to be in file in the Contractor's field office prior to pouring concrete. 6. Requirements of Mix Designer. a. List design mixes required, stating where each applies. b. Design the concrete mixes subject to the controls specified under Paragraph 2.5, Proportioning, including adjustments for seasonality. OR C. Verify the adequacy of the design mix for compressive strength in accordance with ACI 301, Method 1 or Method 2 as hereinafter modified: 03300 Page 2 of 12 W L Method 1: Compression test cylinders shall be made and tested in accordance with appropriate ASTM procedures to substantiate an average compressive strength as specified in Paragraph 2.5, Proportioning. ii. Method 2: Appropriate field test data for concrete made with the same ingredients may be used. Thirty (30) or more consecutive strength test results of mixes with the same materials and proportions used in similar construction and climatic conditions within the past p year shall be used to indicated performance in strength shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.5, Proportioning. d. Adjust mix designs that prove unsatisfactory in use, subject to the Engineer's review. Concrete that does not consistently exhibit the specified control characteristics will be considered unsatisfactory. 7. Submit for Engineer's Review: a. List of mixes. b. Mix proportions. C. Proposed adjustments for seasonality. d. Test results and/or mill certificates showing that the mix proportions and materials comply with the performance characteristics specified. 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150; modified as follows: a. Alkali content; maximum 0.6% or certify that no alkali reactivity is produced with the proposed cement-aggregate combinations (ASTM C227). b. Type II sulfide resistant cement unless otherwise noted. ' 2. Concrete shall have a minimum aluminum alkal' it of 0.75. 3. Aggregate: ASTM C33 (modified grading - see Paragraph 2.5, Proportioning) for normal weight concrete. Coarse aggregate shall be crushed limestone, fine aggregate shall be artificial or natural sand. ., 4. Mixing Water. Drinkable, tasteless, odorless. 5. . Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C. 03300 Page 3 of 12 w► 2.3 ADMIXTURES 1. Air-Entraining: ASTM 0260. 2. Water Reducing (Plasticizing): ASTM 0494 Type A, Type F. 3. Water-Reducing (Retarding): ASTM C494 Type D. 4. Water Reducing (Accelerating): ASTM C494 Type E. 5. Calcium Chloride: Strictly prohibited. 6. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C. -, 2.4 ACCESSORIES 1. Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base. 2. Grout a. Structural Repair See Paragraph "Structural Repair." 3. Joint Filler. Premolded, bituminous. -r 2.5 PROPORTIONING 1. General: Proportion the materials to produce job-use concrete of the type and strength indicated, subject to the following controls. 2. Strength and Durability w a. Structural Concrete w L Water reducing (plasticizers admixture required. ii. Trial Mix: Average compressive strength shall be determined by ACI 301, Method 1 with a minimum of 1200 psi greater than the specified for or by Method 2 where the average strength exceeds the specified strength for by at least: 1) 400 psi if standard deviation.is less than 300 psi. 2) 550 psi if standard deviation is 300 psi to less than 400 psi. 3) 700 psi if standard deviation is 400 psi to less than 500 psi. 4) 900 psi if standard deviation is 500 psi to less than 600 psi. 5) 1,200 psi if standard deviation is equal to or greater than 600 psi. 03300 Page 4 of 12 ., iii. Minimum Cement Content: 1) 3,000 psi concrete-5 bagstcubic yard 2) 4,000 psi concrete-7.0 bagstcubic yard iv. For pumped concrete,rete, increase minimum cement content as required PO to maintain equivalent water/cement ratios to those required for all strengths of non-pumped concrete. F, b. Exterior Exposed Concrete F i. Air entrainment and water reducing admixtures as required. ii. Minimum cement: 51/2 bag/cubic yard. iii. Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.40. 3. Aggregates: ASTM C33. Maximum Size 467 for general use. a. Size 57 for beams, walls and slabs. b. Size 7 or Size 67 for tight pours. C. Minimum 15% passing No. 50 sieve. d. Minimum 3% passing No. 100 sieve. e. Fineness Modulus, Sand: Minimum 2.5, maximum 3. 4. Consistency: Plastic and workable with cohesiveness sufficient to prevent segregation with maximum slump as hereinafter specified. 5. Admixtures a. Water Reducing (Plasticizing): Follow the manufacturer's recommendations. b. Air entraining: Limit air content as follows: i. Exposed normal weight concrete- minimum 4%, maximum 6%. C. Fly Ash: Maximum 120 lb/cy. d. Accelerators: Only as accepted by the Engineer. e. Retarders: Only as accepted by the Engineer. 6, Pumped Concrete a. Aggregates L Maximum Size: One-third the maximum opening in either the pump or the pipeline, whichever is smaller. r 03300 Page 5 of 12 ii. Grading: As dose as possible to the middle of the ASTM C33 grading range. iii. Fine Aggregate Fineness Modulus(FM): 2.40 to 3.00 with 15 to 30% passing the No. 50 sieve and 3 to 10% passing the No. 100 sieve. iv. Daily Variation in FM: 0.20 from the value used in selecting " proportions. b. Admixtures I. Air Content: Minimum 4%, maximum 6%. ii. Pumping Aids: As required to produce a pumpable mix with sufficient strength. iii. Accelerators: Not to be used with pumped concrete. 2.6 MIXING CONCRETE 1. Ready Mixed Concrete: ASTM C94 Alternative No. 1 for controlled mixes. 2. Concrete will be considered unacceptable if it undergoes initial set or if not deposited within 90 minutes of the time the water is introduced. 3. Adding water to unworkable concrete at delivery end is not permitted. 4. Admixtures introduced at the site are to be added separately, in solution form, and with additional mixing time at the rate of 30 seconds/cubic yard or a minimum of 1 1/2 minutes. 5. Slump: 4 inches at the point of deposit, 5 inches maximum at the pump. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION 1. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other hems to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.2 PREPARATION 1. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brash and applying .., bonding agent. Apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. At locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels, and pack solid with non-shrink grout. 03300 Page 6 of 12 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE „ 1. Notify Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. 2. Place concrete in accordance with AGI 301. 3. Wet all exposed subgrade, previously poured concrete, and uncoated wood forms immediately prior to pouring (except during freezing temperatures). 4. Do not pour concrete in free standing water, over ice, or on frozen subgrade. 5. 24 hours time must elapse between adjacent slab and wall pours. Walls must reach an initial set(minimum 3 hours curing) before framing supported thereon is poured. 6. Convey concrete from the mixer to point of deposit with sufficient equipment and manpower to prevent segregation and to maintain continuous plastic flow at delivery end until the pour unit is complete. 7. Deposit concrete within 5 feet of its final position in uniform layers not exceeding 18 inches deep with not more than 30 minutes time lapse between layers. 8. Free fall,except in walls, shall not exceed 4 feet. Free fall in wails shall not exceed 10 feet. Use drop chutes to prevent segregation in wall pours. 9. Guide the flow of concrete in walls for vertical drop between the reinforcing. 10. Consolidate the concrete to maximum density using internal vibration (use external vibration only as a supplement). Work the concrete around and under reinforcing and into comers. Refer to ACI 3098. 11. Mechanical Vibrators: Minimum frequency-8000 rpm. insert and withdraw vertically drawing out entrapped air and excess water. 12. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints are not disturbed ' during concrete placement. " 13. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as shown on plans and for a minimum as follows: Min. Coverage Item inches Supported Slabs 2” Wails (exposed to weather or backfill 2" Footings and Concrete Formed Against Earth 3" Slabs on Fill 1 2" 14. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction and control joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. 03300 Page 7 of 12 • 15. Construction Joints: Locate construction joints as detailed or to limit the size of pour units as follows: 10 a. Slabs-On-Ground: Maximum 40 feet. b. Walls: Maximum 40 feet. 16. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Engineer upon discovery. 3.4 FINISHING 1. Provide concrete surfaces to be left exposed with smooth rubbed finish. •, 2. Unexposed Concrete Surfaces a. Build forms of clean, straight lumber or plywood. •• b. Remove excessive large projections. Grout and repair tie holes, damaged places and honeycombs with approved patching material. 3. Monolithic Finish Concrete Surfaces a. Force coarse aggregate away from surface by tamping and rolling. Double screed level or to a plate within 118" in 16'. The surface shall not vary in vertical direction more than 1/16"per foot. b. Float surface carefully to avoid disturbing plastic concrete. C. When concrete has hardened sufficiently, trowel to a smooth and even `r surface. Do not sprinkle with dry cement, sand or a mixture. 4. Rubbed Concrete Finish a. Build forms of plywood, using as large pieces as are practical. b. Remove projections and fins. Grout and repair damaged places and honeycombs. Remove or repair form marks. C. Rub with cement bricks or abrasive blocks to leave surfaces uniform in texture, smooth and clean. d. Install all exposed surfaces where finish materials are not shown or indicated. W1 e. i. Finish type "A"-unexposed concrete surfaces. ii. Finish type"B"- monolithic finish concrete surfaces. iii. Finish type "C"- rubbed concrete finish. Use A for all nonvisible, below-grade, concrete. Use B for all foundations. Use C for all visible walls, interior and exterior. 03300 Page 8 of 12 1 t 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. Notify Engineer immediately upon removal of forms. 2. No cutting of concrete without spec prior approval. 3. Remove defective work by cutting to minimum depth of 1-inch with slightly undercut sides. We surfaces to be patched at least 6-inches beyond edge of patch. 4. Brush thin grout of equal parts cement and sand into area to be patched. 5. Patch with mortar of same mix as original concrete but without coarse aggregate. ` 6. Compact patch into place to exclude voids. heave patch slightly higher than adjacent surface. After initial set of patch, finish to match adjacent similar surface. PW 7. Use pressure gun or device to force grout into holes that pass through walls. a 8. Apply patching compound in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Pr 3.6 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE 1. General: Concrete that does not satisfy the performance requirements of this specification is to be removed and replaced if repair cannot be accomplished to the Engineer's satisfaction. 2. If more than 5%of any given concrete pour is defective, the Owner may require the Contractor to remove and replace the concrete at the Contractor's expense. 3. Structural Repair: The long term strength, elasticity, and continuity characteristics of the entire structural element and/or frame must be accounted for if repair is attempted. a. Use expansive cements, and epoxy type bonding agents to produce repair materials with strength, elasticity, and durability characteristics compatible with the parent material being repaired. b. Submit a procedural outline of proposed repair work including a description of materials, preparation, shoring and protection for the Engineer's review. C. The Engineer must review repair procedures before they are attempted. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Concrete testing and inspection shalt be in accordance with Division 03- Concrete Testing and Inspection. r 3.8 PROTECTION r 1. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. r 03300 Page 9 of 12 I MR 2. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. am 3.9 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION 1. ACI 306; the methods of protection used for cold weather concreting are to be „„ reviewed with the Architect. Sufficient protection material is to be on the job site in advance of the time when mean daily temperatures are expected to drop below 40°F (50C). Provide strong and secure weather protection around the building for at least one story above and one story below the floor being concreted to prevent infiltration of wind. Submit to the Engineer for review the details and materials of the weather protection system. Distribute unit heaters throughout the floor to maintain temperatures in the range between 50°F and: ••� a. Heated Concrete Temperature I. Maximum 100°F (38°C) in mixer. •. ii. Maximum 90°F (32°C) leaving mixer. b. Accelerators: Review with Engineer. Calcium Chloride shall not be used. 3.10 HOT WEATHER PROTECTION 1. ACI 305; when air temperature or form temperature exceeds 100°F (37°C) control concreting as follows: a. Cool forms to a maximum 80°F (27°C). b. Cool concrete to a maximum 70°F(21°C) leaving the mixer. C. 50 lbs, ice=6 gallons mixing water(maximum per cubic yard). d. Adjust concrete mix to retard set with retarding admixture. 3.11 CURING MR 1. General: Retain moisture and maintain reasonably constant temperature in freshly poured concrete for the duration of the curing period. In hot, dry weather, keep wall forms moist or remove as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to concrete. Begin moist or membrane.curing immediately after removal of forms. 2. Curing Period Duration: Starting at time of deposit: a. Concrete with Type II Cement-7 days. 3. Concrete Surface Curing Temperature a. Minimum 50°F, maximum 90°F(10°C-320C). b. Rate of Change: Maximum±50F/hour(30C/hour). 03300 Page 10 of 12 ,,, 4. Moisture Retention: By any of the following, except as specified in Division 03 - Concrete Finishes. a. Mast Cure: Rol-out waterproof covering (equivalent to ASTM C171) or use burlap, frequently wetted (except during freezing temperatures). b. Chemical Curing Agents: Curing compound conforming to FS IT-C-800A, 30% solids minimum andlor ASTM C309. �. 3.12 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION 1, Sampling: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. r a. Slump: ASTM C 143. One test at point of discharge for each days pour of each type of concrete, and additional tests if concrete consistency changes. r b. Air content: ASTM C 173 or ASTM C 231 for normal weight concrete. One test for each day's pour of each type of air-entrained concrete. C. Air content: One test for each day's pour of each type of air-entrained concrete. d. Concrete temperature: i. Test hourly when air temperature is 90 degrees F or above. • ii. Test each time a set of compression test specimens are made. e. Compression test specimen: ASTM C 31. One set of four standard cylinders for each compressive strength test. 2. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39. One set for each day's pour of each concrete class exceeding 5 cubic yards. a. Test one additional set of cylinders for each 75 cubic yards over and above the first 25 cubic yards of each class of concrete placed in any one day. f" b. Test one specimen at 7 days, two at 28 days, and retain one from each set for later testing, if required. C. When frequency of testing would otherwise provide fewer than 5 strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least 5 randomly selected batches, or from each batch if fewer than 5 are used. d. When strength of field-cured specimens is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective r procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. e. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets top of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. z 03300 Page 11 of 12 3. Test Results: Laboratory shall report test results in writing to architect and contractor within 24 hours of test. a. Compressive strength test reports shall contain the minimum following data: I. Project identification name and number. ii. Name of concrete testing service. iii. Date of concrete placement. ■* iv. Concrete type and class. V. Location of concrete batch in structure. vi. Design compressive strength at 28 days. vii. Concrete mix proportions and materials. viii. Compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day tests �► and 28-day tests. b. Nondestructive testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. C. Additional tests: The testing service shall make additional tests of in-place "R concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by architect. I. Testing service may conduct tests of cored cylinders, complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. ., ii. Cost of additional testing shall be home by the contractor when unacceptable concrete has been verified. END OF SECTION "" 03300 Page 12 of 12 „� SECTION 15001 D-LOAD REINFORCED CONCRETE SEWER PIPE PART I - GENERAL 1.1 This specification shall govern furnishing the Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe as shown on the Plans and as specified herein. The pipe, fitting, and all appurtenances shall be installed as indicated on the Plans and outlined in these specifications. Prior to the beginning of the project the Contractor, along with the Engineer and the City, shall meet with the pipe manufacturer at the pipe plant to discuss the quality control program. PART 2 - MATERIAL 2.1 Materials used for the manufacture of Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe, fittings and all appurtenances shall conform to Section E1-9 of the General Specification, Section 03005 titled "AZ Factor Design Concrete for Sewer Applications, and Contract Documents except as shown on the Plans or as specified herein: 1. Sewer pipe shall be furnished in the size and D-load indicated on the Plans and shall conform to the requirements of the current specifications for reinforced concrete bell and spigot pipe, ASTM Standard 0655, except as may be altered herein. 2. Pipe shall conform to minimum requirements of ASTM 0655, (Minimum D Load 1001) as shown on the Drawings and as specified with the SPECIFICATIONS. Contractor's attention is directed to Section 03005 -AZ Factor Design Concrete for Sewer Applications. D-Load concrete sewer pipe shall provide a minimum alkalinity of 0.75 for all concrete. All D-Load RCP will be required to meet the alkalinity requirements of Section 03005, including "B"wall and thickwall pipe. 3. Pipe used on curves shall be constructed by deflecting joints, or by straight pipe with beveled ends. Joints may be deflected to form curved sections of the alignment, provided that interior joint openings do not exceed limits established by the pipe manufacturer for the length of pipe to be supplied. Spigot ends of straight pipe may be beveled in accordance with the pipe manufacturers' recommendations subject to approval of pipe shop drawings by the Engineer, 4. All pipe furnished shall have a minimum "B"wall thickness, as defined in ASTM C76. 5. Minimum laying length of each joint shall be 7' - 6"for sizes larger than 15 inches except for wyes, bends, and other special fittings which may be required, or for special radius pipe. 15001 Page 1 of 4 6. The pipe shall then be tested in accordance with ASTM C655 for initial proof of design as set out below for each D-load required. Subsequent testing shall be steel area, steel placement, concrete strength, etc., as set forth in Section 11.2 of ASTM Standard C 655. 7. All reinforcing shall be double cage circular reinforcing, No elliptical cages will be allowed. 8. Lift holes will—not be allowed in this pipe. 9. The Contractor, during the fabrication of the pipe, shall retain at his expense the services of an independent testing laboratory to make all tests of materials to be incorporated into the pipe and maintain control of the acceptance of these materials for fabrication of the pipe. During the fabrication of the pipe, the laboratory representative shall periodically inspect the work to insure the pipe being fabricated is in accordance with design. When, in his opinion, the pipe is not being fabricated in accordance with design, such pipe shall be rejected for use by the City. Tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit certificates of compliance with referenced standards for all products used in the manufacture of the RCP. 10. Each piece of pipe shall bear the approval stamp of the laboratory. The selection ,1114 of this testing laboratory shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and all its work subject to the Engineers approval. 11. Joints shall conform to ASTM C-443. 2.2 PIPE JOINTS 1. Pipe joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 0443 as it pertains to the use of a confined gasket. All joints shall consist of confined neoprene gaskets placed in grooves in the spigots of the pipe such that the gaskets will be enclosed 4W on all four sides when the pipe is laid and the joints are completed. All rubber gaskets used in sanitary sewers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C443. 2. All joint gaps ;-, 1" in width on the inside of pipe shall be filled with cement mortar or epoxy. This cost shall be incidental to the unit price for pipe installation. 3. The joint should be clean and free of all dirt, debris, oil, grease, etc. 4. Any loose concrete should be chipped away and removed. 5. The joint should then be packed with portland cement mortar or quick setting mortar or grout compound that has been pre-approved by the Engineer. The cement mortar shall be composed of portland cement, sand and water all well mixed and brought to proper consistency. 15001 Page 2 of 4 r r6. Any excess grout should be removed and the joint troweled to eliminate any rough spots on the interior of the pipe. 7. The grout material should be allowed to cure as recommended by the material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 The Contractor shall furnish an affidavit that the precast pipe, special fittings, and appurtenances furnished comply with all provisions of the ASTM C655 Specifications with modifications herein. The Contractor shall submit drawings and schedules showing full details of fabrication of pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances with dimensions, layouts,joint details, and other data pertinent to the manufacture and fabrication of the pipe, fittings, etc., as directed by the Engineer. All drawings and schedules shall be submitted for approval in quadruplicate, and one copy shall be returned to the Contractor after approval. No pi or other materials shall be manufactured until the drawings have been apgroved, r 3.2 TESTING AND INSPECTION: Reinforced concrete pipe will be tested in accordance with City of Fort Worth Construction Standard E2-9, ASTM C 443-Section 8, ASTM C 655 and ASTM C1103. A copy of all test results and information delineated in Section 5 of ASTM C 655 shall be provided to the Engineer. Reinforcing Cages: Cages will be spot checked daily. Checks shall be made for proper size wire, weld dimensions, and general condition. Concrete: 1. Five test cylinders shall be taken daily. Two cylinders will be broken at 7 days and two at 28 days. Results shall be recorded on QA 052 and kept on file at the plant. Minimum concrete strength at 28 days = 4,000 PSI. 2. Absorption tests shall be performed on 1% of pipe. Maximum absorption not to exceed 6.5%. 3. Actual weighed quantities of materials shall be observed and recorded daily. Results shall be reported on CA901. Inspection of Finished Product: k Each pipe shall be inspected and checked for conformance to dimensional tolerances. The result shall be reported on QA 08. 15001 Page 3 of 4 Any pipe which does not pass inspection in accordance with requirements in ASTM C655 will either be satisfactorily repaired or rejected for use on this project. Should minor repairs be required, a patch shall be made with an approved patching compound (Master Flow), or equal. All finished bells and spigots shall be checked for roundness prior to shipment. 40 Performance Testing: 1. One pipe for each size and class per 100 joints shall be tested to the .01" "crack load". The initial test shall be to the ultimate load. Results shall be reported to the engineer. 2. A hydrostatic test shall be performed on 1% of pipe in accordance with ASTM 0443 for pipes in straight alignment and maximum deflected position. Results shall be reported to the engineer. 3. NOTE: All tests shall be witnessed by an independent testing laboratory. 3.3 PAYMENT Payment shall be in accordance with these Specifications. Radius pipe, bends and fittings where called out on the plans, shall be considered subsidiary to the standard pipe cost. Contractor shall specify in Bid Proposal type of pipe material used. Payment for unit price bid for pipe installation shall include excavation, embedment, backfill, placement of pipe and all other incidentals required for the installation of pipe. END OF SECTION 15001 Page 4 of 4 SECTION 15051 CENTRIFUGAL CAST FIBERGLASS REINFORCED SEWER PIPE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 This specification shall govem famishing the Centrifugal Cast Fiberglass Reinforced Sewer " Pipe(CCFRP)as shown on the Plans and as specified herein. Acceptable manufacturer is HOBAS U.S.A or engineer approved equal. The pipe, fitting, and all appurtenances shall be installed as indicated on the Plans and outlined in these specifications. Prior to the !" beginning of the project the Contractor, along with the Engineer and the City, shall meet with the pipe manufacturer to discuss the quality control program. P, 1.2 REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS This specification references American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standard specifications,which are made a part hereof by such reference and shall be the latest edition and revision thereof. ASTM D-3681 Test Method for Chemical Resistance of "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe in a Deflected Condition. 6 ASTM D-3262 Specification for"Fiberglass"(Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting- Resin) Sewer Pipe. ASTM D-4161 Specification for"Fiberglass"(Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting- Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. ASTM F-477 Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Jointing Plastic Pipe. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE All pipes, joints and fittings supplied under this specification to, as a minimum, confon'n to the requirements of ASTM D-3262. 1.4 SUBMITTAL 1. Contractor shall submit load and pipe calculations confirming selected pipe behavior. Load calculations shall include, but not limited to, budding resistance, pipe deflection, pipe wall strain cracking and wall crushing load. All design calculations shall be sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer of the State of Texas. 2. Product data submittals to include the following are as a minimum: a. Details of the proposed pipe. b. Details of proposed manholes. C. Properties, strengths, etc. of the pipe. d. Joint detail drawing, including maximum interior joint gap opening, in the deflected position and in the straight alignment. 15051 Page 1 of 5 +�4 e. Instructions on storage, handling, transportation, and pipe installation. C Standard catalog sheets. �* g. Gasket type and composition showing ability to withstand the chemicals and conditions within sanitary sewers. h. Pipe laying schedule. I. Connections to all proposed structures including water stop. PART 2- MATERIAL .M 2.1 PRODUCT MATERIAL 1. Resin Systems: The manufacturer to use only approved quality polyester resin systems for which he can provide a proven history of performance in this particular application. The historical data to have been acquired from a composition as the proposed product. 2. Glass Reinforcement: The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components to be of highest quality commercial grade of glass filaments with binder '■ ,and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. 3. Fillers: Sand may be used. Sand shall be minimum 98% silica with a maximum .� moisture content of 0.2%. 4. Additives: Resin additives, such as pigments, dyes, and other coloring agent, if used, to be in no way detrimental to the performance of the product nor are they to impair visual inspection of the finished product. 5. Rubber Gaskets: The gasket shall meet the requirements of ASTM F-477 and the chemical composition of the gasket shall be compatible with the environment found in sanitary sewers. 6. The Contractor, during the fabrication of the pipe, shall retain at his expense the services of an independent testing laboratory to make all tests of materials to be incorporated into the pipe and maintain control of the acceptance of these materials AR for fabrication of the pipe. During the fabrication of the pipe, the laboratory representative shall periodically inspect the work to insure the pipe being fabricated is in accordance with design. When, in his opinion, the pipe is not being fabricated in accordance with design, such pipe shall be rejected for use by the City. Tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit certificates of compliance with referenced standards for all products used in the manufacture of the CCFRP. 7. Each piece of pipe shall bear the approval stamp of the laboratory. The selection of this testing laboratory shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and all its work A% subject to the Engineer's approval. 8. Joints shall be made with fiberglass sleeve couplings with elastomeric sealing rings. Joints must meet the performance requirements of ASTM D4161-86. 15051 Page 2 of 5 .r 2.2 DESIGN All CCFRP sewer pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM D-3262 and designed to withstand earth loads as shown on plans and a minimum of 50 feet of hydrostatic head. The stiffness is to be measured in accordance with ASTM D2412 and in no case will the stiffness be less than the following: a. Soil cover< 15' z SN46 b. Soil cover> 16 and all levee crossings and river crossings i SN72 2.3 MANUFACTURE AND CONSTRUCTION 1. Pipes: The pipes to be famished in the diameters specified and within the tolerances specified herein. They must be manufactured by the centrifugal casting process to result in a dense, nonporous, corrosion-resistant, consistent composite structure to meet the operating conditions. Stiffening ribs or rings are not to be used. 2. ,Joints: Unless otherwise specified, the pipe to be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets as the sole means to maintain joint watertightness. The joints must meet the performance requirements of ASTM D4161. The joint sleeves on jacking pipe shall have a maximum outside diameter no greater than the outside diameter of the pipe. 3. Fittings: Flanges, elbows, reducers, tees, wyes and other fittings, when installed, to be capable of withstanding all operating conditions. They may be contact molded or manufactured from metered sections of pipe jointed by glass fiber reinforced overlays. tr 2.4 DIMENSIONS 1. Diameters: The actual internal diameter of the pipes to be the nominal diameter ti percent with a maximum tolerance of t1 inch. 2. Wall Thickness: The minimum average wall thickness to be the stated design thickness. The minimum single point thickness to be not less than 90 percent of the stated design thickness. Minimum wall thickness required for this project shall meet the requirement of these specifications and shall be submitted to engineer prior to + shipment. 3. End Squareness: All pipe ends to be square to the pipe axis. 4. Tolerance of Fittings: The tolerance of the angle of an elbow and the angle between the main and leg of a wye or tee to be t2 degrees. The tolerance on the laying P, length of a fitting to be f2 inches. 2.5 DEFLECTION A pipe submittal will be required from the manufacturer indicating the inside diameter of the i pipe to be installed and the manufacturing tolerances. Maximum allowable defection is 3%, allowable deflection will include manufacturing tolerances and will not be in addition to. If the pipe is over deflected in an "other than open cut" section, either before or after grouting, it 15051 Page 3 of 5 shall be removed and new pipe will be installed, or a quality, structurally sound repair agreed upon by the owner will be made. •a 2.6 MARKING Each pipe shall be clearly marked on the interior or exterior surface of the pipe barrel with the nominal diameter, pipe stiffness, date of manufacture, the name or trademark of the manufacturer and the manufacturer's Quality Assurance stamp of approval in accordance with ASTM standards. Marking shall be indented on the pipe sections or painted thereon with waterproof paint. PART 3 •EXECUTION 3.1 The Contractor shall furnish an affidavit that the CCERP pipe, special fittings, and appurtenances furnished comply with all provisions of the Specifications with modifications herein. The Contractor shall submit drawings and schedules showing full details of fabrication of pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances with dimensions, layouts, joint details, and other data pertinent to the manufacture and fabrication of the pipe, fittings, etc., as directed by the Engineer. All drawings and schedules shall be submitted for approval in quadruplicate, and one copy shall be returned to the Contractor after approval. No pipe or other materials shall be manufactured until the drawings have been aQ2royrd. 3.2 TESTING AND INSPECTION 1. The Contractor will provide the Engineer with test reports certifying that the pipe has been tested in accordance with and exceeds all minimum requirements of ASTM D- ,4 3681. If these tests are performed outside the metroplex area the Owner shall be provided with air transportation for not less than two (2) of the Owner's representatives to witness the test. 2. The physical properties and characteristics of the pipes used in the project to have been determined by prototype testing of the manufactured product These tests need not be conducted specifically for this project if prior tests on similar product of the same stiffness class and diameter have been previously completed. The Contractor is to obtain copies of all test results which must be retained and are to be made available to the Engineer. „r 3. Joints: Coupling joints to be qualified per the tests of Section 7 of ASTM D-4161. If these test are performed outside the metroplex area the Owner shall be provided *4 with air transportation for not less than two (2) of the Owner's representatives to witness the test. 4. Installed Pipe: Joints are to be individually tested in accordance with item 6.7.2(4) "r and modified to a test pressure of 15 PSIG (1.03 bar). Total seepage in infiltration of ground water for both the pipe and the joint shall be zero (0). ar 5. Rejected pipe must be identified by the manufacturer in a manner that will insure it will not be used on this project. The Owner must agree to the method of identification of rejected pipe. 6. Deflection: The maximum allowable deflection shall be 3% at 30 days for pipe used in direct bury and tunnel operation. Use the maximum allowable deflection 15051 Page 4 of 5 .� recommended by the manufacturer if the manufacturer requirements are more stringent. Deflection shall be tested by pulling a 9-point mandrel) set at 3%, through the line, at 30 days from date of completed backfill to existing grade line. Over deflected pipe sections shall be removed and new pipe installed 7. NOTE: All tests shall be witnessed by an independent testing laboratory. S. An in-plant hydrostatic test of the assembled joint shall be performed in the following conditions: ` a. 3% deflection across the assembled joint b. 3% spigot end deflection only ' 3.3 PAYMENT Payment shall be in accordance with these Specifications. Contractor shall specify in bid proposal type of pipe material used. END OF SECTION z 8 I E I� 15051 Page 5 of 5 po CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF FORT WORTH Date: 3-10-00 NAME OF PROJECT: Construction of West Fork Relief Sewer Section WF-5 in the city of Ft. Worth PROJECTNUNMER: Dept of Engineering Proj No. 0660 Water Dept Proj No. PS46-070460220080 IS TO CERTIFY-THAT : Jackson Con'struction, Inc. , 5112 Sun Valley Dr. , Fort Worth, TX 76119 PM is,at the date of this certificate,Insured by this Company with respect'to the business operations hereinafter described,for the type of insurance and accordance with provisions of the standard policies used by this Company,and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE Policy Effective Expires Limits of Liability Worker's Compensation ITSF000107279$99 10-1-99 1 10-1-2000 1500/500/500 Comprehensive General Bodily Injury: Liability Insurance(Public 46CQT0286 10-1-99 10-1-2000 Ea.Occurrence: S1,QQQ OC D Liability) Property Damage: Ea.Occurrence: SLppp.0 C 0 Blasting Ea-Occurrence: SLgg 146COT0286 10-1-99 1 10-1-2000 0 0 Collapse offBuilding or structures adjacent to 46CQT0286 10-1-99 10-1-2000 Ea.Occurrence: S 1 ,nf) 0 excavations Damage to Underground Utilities 1 46C T0286 10-1-99 10-1-2000 Ea.Occurr*ence: $_1_.ftft0, 0 r Builder's Risk Compreheasive Bodily injury: Automobile Liability 46UENQT0287 10-1-99 10-1-2000 Ea.Person: $1,000,C)OO Ea-Occurrence:S Property Damage: Ea.Occurrence:S Bodily Injury: Comrwrual Liability 46CQT0286 10-1-99 10-1-2000 Ea.Occurrence: S1,000,0(0 Property Damage: F. Occurrence: S Other Umbrella 46HUQT0288 10-1-99 10-1-2000 1 $10,000,000 Locations covered: Construction of West Fork Relief Sewer in City of Ft. Worth, Tx Description of operations covered: As Above The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provided that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five(5)days after the insured has received written notice of such change/or cancellation. Where applicable local laws or regulations require more than five(5)days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured,the above policies contain such special requirements,either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached. Agencl., Coble—Cravens Ins. Agency, Inc. 17 1 Tort Worth Anent Robert W. Purdin By Address P. 0. Box 429, Arlington, TX 76004 Title President r 4W an CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C.A Labor Code Section 406.096,Contractor certifies that it provides workers' compensation insurance coverage for all its employees employed on city of Fort Worth Project Number PS46- 070460220060 JACKSON CONSTRUCTION.INC. CTOR By an Title 6A0 Date' STATE OF TEXAS • COUNTY OF TARRANT BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority,on this day personally appeare known to me be the person whose nam I subs Bribed to t f ument,and ackn4oledg to e�that he executed the same as the act and deed o for the purpose and consideration u. therein expressed and in the capacity the in stated. XEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this day of . 2000 Notar)Public in and for the State of Texas USA A RAULSTON PUBLIC State of Texas e as 001 Comm.Exp.O:T9-IXS.0]2001 NOTARY PUBLIC C�ls.0*Or PW PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) JACKSON CONSTRUCTION, INC. a (2) CORPORATION of TEXAS, hereinafter call Principal, and (3) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State and fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas,hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of: TWO MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED FORTY ONE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED ONE AND 251100......... (12,841,601.25)Dollars in lawful money of the United States,to be paid in Fort Worth,Tarrant County,Texas,for the payment of which sum well and truly be made,we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,administrators and successors,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS of: OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the City of Fort Worth, the Owner, dated the of a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof,for the construction of: MAY 0 2^0Q WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER,SECTION WF-5,FOR THE WATER DEPARTMENT designated as Project No. (s) PS46-070460220060, a copy of which contract is hereby attached, referred to, and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, such project and construction being hereinafter referred to as the"work". NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly, and faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default,then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. ***INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY & INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST F1 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, State of Texas. AND PROVIDED FURTHER,that the said Surety,for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this instrument is executed in 8 counterparts each one of which shall be deemed an original,this the--VAY 0 2 2000 ATTEST: PM JACKSON CONSTRUCTION,INC. ((Princip Secretary Cr Princi Secretary IN BY.4MCIP;V(� '7'°'�-'" Title: (SEAL) 5112 SUN VALLEY DRIVE FORT WORTH,TX 76119 (Address) r INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURF�w .2�OMPANY & J Witness as to Principal Su ty INSURANCE ANY OF THE WEST 5112 SUN VALLEY DRIVE RT WORTHAddressTX 76119 BY:. S t) ) j M C _y i A S (Atto------y-inc-fact)(5) J M. CROWLEY (Surety)Secretary P.O. BOX 429, ARLINGTON, TX 76004-0429 (Address) (SEAL) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract (1) Correct Name of Contractor (2) A Corporation,a Partnership or an Individual,as case may be (3) Correct name of Surety (4) If contractor is Partnership all Partners should execute Bond (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by Attorney-in-Fact.. 20?'itne a o et E. "B INGTON, TX 76010 (Aclress) FM F2 Independence Casualty and Surety Company HOME OFFICE.SAN DIEGO,CALIFORNIA POWER OF ATTORNEY P0 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,a Texas Corporation,does hereby appoint. is JACK M.CROWLEY its true and lawful Attomey(s}in-Fact with full power and authority,to execute,on behalf of the Company,fidelity and surety bonds,undertakings,and other contracts of suretyship of a similar nature. Ps This Power of Attorney Is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors on the 22nd day of November,1994,which said Resolution has not been amended or rescinded and of which the following is a true copy: PF "RESOLVED,that the Chairman of the Board,the President an Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice President of the Company,and each of them,is hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company,fidelity and surety bonds,undertakings,or other contracts of suretyship of a similar nature,and to attach thereto the seal of the Company: provided however,that the absence of the seal shall not affect the validity of the instrument. 1105 FURTHER RESOLVED,that the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company,and the signatures of any witnesses,the signatures and seal of any notary,and the signatures of any officers certifying the validity of the Power of Attorney,may be affixed by facsimile' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its duly authorized 00 officers this 15th day of November 1996 Y Av 0 INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY ps Z STATE OF CALIFORNIA SS. JohL."Hannum, Ex ultive Vice President COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO On November 15th.1996 before me,personally appeared John L Hannum, Executive Vice President of INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,personalty known to me to be the individual and officer who executed the within instrument,and acknowledged to me that he executed the same,in his official capacity and that by his signature an the instrument,the corporation,on behalf of which he acted,executed the instrument WITNESS my hand and official seal, - - - - - - - - - - - MARLAYNA 01.1 SUS COM.tl 07-7 908 C—_ NOTARY Q� SAN D:EGO CC:,,;N—, e 0 ot 04 ary Public A la*7 MM Commission C--Egos"�'—as CERTIFICATE: I — KOVEEMBER 19.lick3 1, E. Harried Davis,Vice President of INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,do hereby certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY,of which the foregoing is a true copy,is still in full force and effect,and that this certificate may be signed by facsimile under the authority of the above quoted resolution. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have subscribed my name as Vice President,on this day of 2000 INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY ICS 37 E.Hamed Davis,Vice President r Insurance Company of the West HOME OFFICE.SAN DIEGO.CALIFORNIA POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:Thai INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST.a California Corporation,does hereby appoint JACK CROWLEY Io its true and lawful AMomey(3)in-Fw,- with fua power and authonty,to execute, on behalf of the Company,fidelity and surety bonds,undertakings,and other contracts Of Suretyship of a similar nature. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under the authority of the following Resell n adopted by the Board of Directors an the=nd day of November, 1994.which said Resolution has not been amended or rescinded and of which the following is a true copy: "RESOLVED,that the Chairman of the Hoard,the President,an Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice President of the Company,and each of them,is hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company.fidefty and surety bonds,undertakings,or other contracts of suretyship of a similar nature:and to attach thereto the seal of the Company; Provided however.that the absence Of the Seal shall not affect the validity of the instrument FURTHER RESOLVED,that the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company,and the signatures of any witnesses,the signatures and seal of any notary,and the signatures of any officers certifying the validity of the Power of Attorney,may be affixed by ftc3imiie." 'N WITNESS WHEREOF,INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST has caused these presents to be signed by its duty authorized officers this lSth day of November 1996 INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST FE 2 ;TATE OF CALIFORNIA 0—nannurn.Se`njcrVce President Ss. COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO PIE On November lft.1996 before me, Personally appeared John L H2nnum.Senior Vice President of INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST, :erson21ly'known to me to be the individual and officer who executed the within instrument,and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his IM 'ffid2l C3P2City and that by his signature on the instrument the corporation, on behalf of which he=ed, executed the instrument NITNESS my hand and official seal. MARLAYNA Du 0,01S rA cCV.',A. #,,077-- 8 n NOT;ARy SAN bl=GC C;:UNTY My Commission Excifes — otary Public NovalBER 19,1599 " CER-IIFICATE. I.E.Hamed Davis.Vice President of INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST,do hereby certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY.of Which ts foregoing is a true copy,is still in full force and effec*,and that this certificate may be Signed by facsimile under the authority of the above quoted -esoludon. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have subscribed My name 23 Vice President on this day of 2000 INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST "loft 1.NSt F— Hamed Davis,vice President 'CAV 37 pp - PAYMENTBOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) JACKSON CONSTRUCTION, INC. a (2) Corporation of Texas, hereinafter call Principal, and (3) *** , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State and fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety,are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, and unto all person, firms, and corporations who may furnish materials, for or perform labor upon the building or improvements hereinafter referred to in the penal sum of PW TWO MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED FORTY ONE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED ONE AND 25/100......... ($2,841,601.25) Dollars in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County,Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made,we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs,executors, administrators and successors,jointly and severally,firmly to these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the City of Fort Worth,the Owner,dated the-day of_A.D.,2000,a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part thereof,for the construction of.: MAY 0 2 2000 WEST FORK RELIEF,SECTION WF-5,FOR THE WATER DEPARTMENT Project No. (s) PS46-070460220060 a copy of which is hereto attached, referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, such project and construction being hereinafter referred to as the"work". NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as defined in Article 5160,Revised Civil Statutes of Texas,supplying labor and materials in C� the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. ir! ***INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY & INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST F10 r THE BOND IS MADE AND ENTERED into solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, as claimants are defined in said Article 5160, and all such claimants shall have a direct right of action under the bond as provided in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes, PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, State of Texas, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration of addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specification s accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of,any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to the specifications. PROVIDED FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in 8 counterparts each one of which shall be deemed an original,this the_day of_A.D.,2000. MAY 0 2 2000 JACKSON,CONSTRUCTION,INC. PM ATTE BY Title: (Principal)Secretary 5112 SUN VALLEY DRIVE FORT WORTH,TX 76119 (SEAL) (Address) INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURE COMPANY & INSURANCE a9M?ANY OF THE it ness as to Principal Sur 5+2 SUN VALLEY DRIVE BY: � FORT WORTH, TX 76119 (Attorney-in-fact} 'M. CRO WLEY,Attorney'in-fact)(5) J Address P.O. BOX 429, ARLINGTON, TX 376eOO4-0429 (Address) (Surety)Secretary (Address) (SEAL) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of contract Ir (1) Correct Name of Contractor (2) A Corporation,a Partnership or an Individual,as case may be (3) Correct name of Surety (4) If contractor is Partnership all Partners should execute Bond (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by Attorney-in-Fact.. Witness as to Surety ORD AR 202 E. B Zz�LINGTON, TX 76010 (Address) r Independence Casualty and Surety Company HOME OFFICE:SAN DIEGO,CALIFORNIA P0 POWER OF ATTORNEY po KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,a Texas Corporation,does hereby appoint; JACK M.CROWLEY its true and lawful Attomey(3)4n-Fact with full power and authority,to execute,on behalf of the Company,fidelity and surety bonds,undertakings,and other contracts of suretyship of a similar nature. This Power of AMomey Is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors on the 22nd day of November, 1994,which said Resolution has not been amended or rescinded and of which the following is a true copy: 'RESOLVED,that the Chairman of the Board,the President an Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice President of the Company,and each of them,is hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power Of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company,fidelity and surety bonds,undertakings,or other contracts of suretyship of a similar nature;and to attach thereto the seal of the Company: provided however,that the absence of the seal shall not affect the validity of the instrument. FURTHER RESOLVED,that the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company,and the signatures of any witnesses,the signatures and seal of any notary,and the signatures of any officers certifying the validity of the Power of Attorney,may be affixed by facsimile.* IN WITNESS WHEREOF,INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its duly authorized officers this 15th day of November 1996 u�aY A.V INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY STATE OF CALIFORNIA SS. Joh L.Hannum,Exacutive Vice President COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO On November 15th.1996 before me,personally appeared John L.Hannum,Executive Vice President of INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,personalty known to me to be the individual and officer who executed the within instrument,and acknowledged to me that he executed the same-in his official capacity and that by his signature on the instrument,the corporation, on behalf of which he acted,executed the instrument WITNESS my hand and official seal. PF MARLAYNA 01.1 SUS -P- COMA;t1077908 ri C I -., NOTARY to (W4 as SAN 0:E G 0 C. (",Yqotary Public M� 9Commiswn E=-tris E r CERTIFICATE: OVEMS R 1 .10.99 1. E. Hamed Davis,Vice President of INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,do hereby certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY,of which the foregoing is a true copy,is still in full force and effect,and that this certificate may be signed by facsimile under the authority of the above quoted resolution. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have subscribed my name as Vice President,on this day of 2000 urrrY 40 e JG INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY ICS 37 E.Hamed Davis,Vice President ps Insurance Company of the West HOME OFRCE:SAN DIEGO,CAUFOMIA POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:Thai INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST,a California Corporation,does hefetry appoint JACK NL CROWL.EY pa its true and lawful A1torney(s)4n-F-.v,' with full power and authority.to execute,on behalf of the Company,fidelity and surety bonds,undertakings.and other contracts of suretyship of a similar nature. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by fac3irnile under the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Oke&zrs an the 22nd day of November, 1994.which said Resolution has not been amended or rescinded and of whic;h the following is a true copy: 'RESOLVED,that the Chairman of the Board,the President an Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice President of the Company,and ear-li of :hem, is hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company,fidelity and surety bonds,undertakings,or other contracts of suretyship of a similar nature:and to attach thereto the seal of the Company: ;rovided however,that the absence of the seal shall not affee--the validity of the instrumenL FURTHER RESOLVED,that Me*natures of such officers and the seal of the Company,and the signatures of any witnesses,the signatures and seal of any notary,and the signatures of any officers certifying the validity of the Power of Attorney,may be affixed by facsimile." :N WITNESS WHEREOF,INSURANCE:COMPANY OF THE WEST has caused these presents to be signed by its duly authorized officers this I Sth day of November 1996 INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST CA( �41 - STATE OF CALIFORNIA 20in"t, annum.Senior VIC=President SS_ =-UNTY OF SAN DIEGO On November 15th.1996 before me, personally appeared John L Hannum,Senior Vice President of INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST. :ersonally known to me to be the individual and officer who executed the within instrument,and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his -lictal capacity and that by his signature an the instrument, the corporation, on behalf of whic.1i he acted,executed the instrument -l ictal my hand and c1licial-seal. MARLAYNAC00A ;7j 2-0—IS— '.' .-41077908 0 0 (n -eq; sAm DIEGO COUNTY C3 _iZ:�Rotary Public My comr-Ismon E=i(es NQVIIi+.t6ER 19.1599 CERTIFICATE 1,E_Hamed Davis,Vice President of INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST,do hereby certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY,of which :he foregoing is a true copy,is still in full force and effect,and that this certificate may be signed by facsimile under the authority of the above quoted IN WITNESS WHEREOF.I have subscibed my name as Vice President on this day of 2000 INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST E.Hamed Davis.vice President :0V 37 po MAINTENANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT § P0 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That (1)JACKSON CONSTRUCTION, INCas Principal, acting***herein by and through (2) Larry H. Jackson its duty authorized President and 0 — — (3) - a corporation organized under the laws of the State of TEXAS,as on surety, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, A Municipal Corporation, chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of Texas, at Fort Worth, in Tarrant County, Texas the sum of TWO MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED FORTY ONE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED ONE AND 25/100........... ($2,841,601.25) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City of Fort Worth and its successors, said Contractor and surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors,administrators,assigns and successors,jointly and severally. PR This obligation is conditioned,however;that, 2 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain contract with the City of FoMI'V2000A, the performance of the following described public work and the construction of the following described public improvements: WEST FORK RELIEF,SECTION WF-5,FOR THE WATER DEPARTMENT of same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project PS46- 070460220060and said contract, including all of the specifications, conditions and written instruments referred to therein as contract documents being hereby incorporated herein by reference for all purposes and made a part hereof, the same as if set out verbatim herein;and WHEREAS,in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during the period One (1) Year after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City;and WHEREAS,said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term of One(1)Year;and, r WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the work in whole or in part at any time within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, it be necessary-,and, WHEREAS,said Contractor binds itself, upon receiving notice of the need therefor to repair or reconstruct said work as herein provided. ***INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY & INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain, repair or reconstruct said work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract, these presents shall be null and void,and have no force or effect. Otherwise this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect,and said City shall have and recover from the said Contractor and its surety damages in the premises prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted. PW WHEREAS,all parties covenant and agree that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County,Texas; and, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in 8 counterparts, each one of which shall be PW deemed an original,dated MAY 0 2 2000 ATTEST: (Priv al)Secretary V, PR (Seal) JACKSON CONSTRUCTION,INC. PRINCIPAL(4) BY: Title: po 5112 SUN VALLEY DRIVE FORT WORTH,TX 76119 P0 Address N J Witness as to Principal PENDS CASUALTY AND S COMPANY 5112 SUN VALLEY DRIVE INSURPC9__0PMPANY 0 THEjgP FORT WORTH, TX 76119 Surt (Address) BY: A ST: Attorney-in-fact)(5) M. CROWLEY (Address) (Surety)Secretary NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract (SEAL) (1) Correct Name of Contractor (2) A Corporation, a partnership or an Individual,as case may be PE (3) Correct name of Surety (4) If Contractor is Partnership all Partners should execute Bond (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by Attorney-in-Fact. AL s as to Surety 202 E. Border, Arlington, TX 76010 F6 pa Independence Casualty and Surety Company HOME OFFICE.SAN DIEGO,CALIFORNIA POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,a Texas Corporation,does hereby appoint, JACK M.CROWLEY its true and lawful Attomey(s)4n-Fact,with full power and authority,to execute,on behalf of the Company,fidelity and surety bonds,undertakings,and other contacts of suretyship of a similar nature. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and seated by facsimile under the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors on the 22nd day of November, 1994,which said Resolution has not been amended or rescinded and of which the following is a true copy-, "RESOLVED,that the Chairman of the Board,the President,an Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice President of the company,and each of them,is hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attomey qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company,fidelity and surety bonds,undertakings,or other contracts of suretyship of a similar nature:and to attach thereto the seal of the Company; provided however,that the absence of the seal shall not affect the validity of the instrument. FURTHER RESOLVED,that the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company,and the signatures of any witnesses,the signatures and seat of any notary,and the signatures of any officers certifying the validity of the Power of Attorney,may be affixed by facsimile." IN WITNESS WHEREOF,INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its duly authorized officers this 15th day of November 1996 y INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY 4, -k- r 07-yr r STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO Ss. L"Hannum,Executive Vice President rOn November 15th,1996 before me,personally appeared John L Hannum,Executive Vice President of INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,personally known to me to be the individual and officer who executed the within instrument,and acknowledged to me that he executed the same.in his official capacity and that by his signature on the instrument,the corporation, on behalf of which he acted,executed the rinstrument. WTTNESS my hand and official seal. MARLAYINA 01j SUS COM.M.d'1077908 NOTARY SAN O'tUdCv;:-TY 0 otary Public r MK Commission E;:--iras CERTIFICATE: OVSMGER 19.1999 1 1 1, E. Hamed Davis,Vice President of INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,do hereby certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY,of which the foregoing is a true copy,is still in Nil force and effect,and that this certificate may be signed by facsimile under the authority r of the above quoted resolution. IN WITNESS WHEREOF.I have subscribed my name as Vice President,an this day of 2000 r 4, 4- INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY Z r C"o ICS 37 E.Hamed Davis,Vice President r r Insurance Company of the West HOME ONCE:SAN OIECO,C.4,UFORN0 POWER OF ATTORNEY r } NOW ALL MEN SY i HESE PRESENTS:Thai INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE VVE ST,a Callamia Carporat�an,does hereby appoint- JACK M.CROWL.EY its doe and tawful A=mey(3)-fn-ra&,with full power and authoMi .to exec.-te. an behaI of the Company,9de!ity and surety bond.%,undertalangs,and omef contracts of suretyship of a wrniiar nature. This Rower of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by far grWe under the authorty of the fadow+ng Resalutton adorned by the Board of Qire=rs on the=nd day of November, t954,whicn said Resolution has not been amended or rescinded and of wnich the fallowing is a true=py, -RESOLVE].ghat the C-%airrrran of the Hoard. the President, an Execttsve Vice Pr"4ent or a Semor Vca President of trio ompany,and earn of ;hem, is hereby authorazed to acetate Powers of Atlorney qualifying the attorney named in he given Power a{Attvmey to execan on henaff of the C.:mpany,fideRdy and surety"bands, undertakings. or other contract of suretyship of a similar nature;and to atracn thereto the seal of the Company; pmvided however.that the absencs of the seal shall not affcc the validity of the irmtrument, FURTHER RESOLVED.thatthe signawres of saC'i officers and the seal of the Company,and the signatures cif any withess.es.the signatures and sea#of arty notary,and the signatures of any offsc.�rs cartfying the validity of the Power of Attorney, may be atfoced by faizim•le_' ;at W]TNESS WHEREOF, INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE VVEST has cGused these presents to be signed by its duty authorzed o{`cars this 15th day of November 1956 . INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WES i rrycQ�ratir�l' 4— annum, A E OF CAL;FO.'RNIA 4ZerntorViea President ss. C CUNTY CF SAN OIE ,O Cn November 15th. 1596 befrre me, personally appeared John L Hannum, Senior Vice Ptsardent of INSURANCE COMPANY OF 7HEWE5i, Jersonally known to me tc be the nd.Kidual and officer who exe—Ked the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he exet~rted the same in hes cal capacity and that by his signature on the instrument. the=rparzban. on beharf of wric't he aced,exerted the instrument. ArlTMES5 my hand and official seat. MARLAYNA-CU SCIS J( 0 NCr:ARY nJEI_lr .'ti'Cf��r•t.1 Ln rn zs 7��1 G!EG:,C:rUrj i Y I tvSy Came i5s mn Exniras } ' Notary ?udlic NCVEht6cF T9.159 CER;IFiCATE.• I,E.Harried Caves,Vi,President of INSURANCE COMPANY OF 7HE WEE*,do herery certrtj that Lha ordinal POWER OF ATTOr" EY,of wnlcn to foregoing Ls a tnse=py,is stili in full forte and etfec- and that this certificate may Ga signed by facsimile under that auLhordy of"above quoted .e solution. �r 1N WITNESS WHEREOF, 1 have subscribed my name as Vice President on thzs day of 2000 F -`_pr/u�r :t4SURANCc COMPANY OF T`HE WEST IFt E Hamed 0 Ls,Vane President ;CN 37 N � PART G-CONTRACT THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT MAY 0 2 2000 THIS CONTRACT, made and entered i j 0 �by and between the City of Fort Worth, a home-rule municipal corporation located in Tarrant County, Texas, acting through its City Manager thereunto duly authorized so to do, Party of the First Part, hereinafter termed "OWNER", and JACKSON CONSTRUCTION, INC.of the City of FORT WORTH County of TARRANT and State of TEXAS, Party of the Second Part, hereinafter termed "CONTRACTOR". WITNESSETH That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the Party of the First Part (Owner), said Party of the Second Part (Contractor) hereby agrees with the said party of the First Part (Owner) to commence and complete certain improvements described as follows: WEST FORK RELIEF SEWER,SECTION WF-5,FOR THE WATER DEPARTMENT And all extra work connected therewith, under the terms as stated in the Contract 'Documents, and at his (their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendent, labor, bonds, insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction, in accordance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents, which include all maps, plats, blueprints and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter thereof, and the specifications thereof, as prepared by the Engineers employed by the Owner, each of which has been identified by the endorsement of the Contractor and the Engineers thereon, together with the Contractor's Written Proposal and the other parts of the Contract Documents hereto attached, including the Fart Worth Water Department General Contractor Documents and General Specifications, all of which are made a part hereof and collectively and constitute the entire contract. G OM The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date written �•. notice to do so shall have been given to him, and to substantially complete same within the time stated in the proposal. The Owner agrees to pay the contractor in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the Proposal submitted therefor, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the r„ Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN ',WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties to these presents have executed this Contract in 8 counterparts in the year and say first above written. City of Fort Worth,Texas (Uwner ATTEST: Darty of the First part -VL J�2 $Y: F P } ,SST.City Manager CW Ci Secretary LV ow (Seal) WITNESSES: JACKSON CONSTRUCTION, INC. 5112 SUN VALLEY DRIVE �. FORT WORTH,TX 76119 _ Contractor t dR By; Title: APPROVED: Approved as to Form and Legality: A. Douglas Rademaker,P.E. Director Cary 5teinberger, Asst.City Attorney Department of Engineering CW w r:ontract Authorization Date r, r PAIN H PREVAILING WAGE RATES r r 90135201 F December 1999 PREVAILING WAGE RATES CITY OF FORT WORTH HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR 1999 Classification Rate Classification Rate Air Tool Operator $ 9.00 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Asphalt Raker $ 9.55 Derrick. Dragline, Shovel $11.04 Asphalt Shoveler $ 8.80 Foundation Drill Operator Batching Plant Weigher $11.51 (Crawler Mounted) $10.00 Carpenter $10.30 Foundation Drill Operator Concrete Finisher (Paving) $10.50 (Truck Mounted) $11.83 Concrete -finisher (Structures) $ 3.83 Front End Loader $ 9.96 Concrete Rubber $ 8.84 Milling Machine Operator $ 8.62 Electrician $15.37 Mixer $10.30 Flagger $ 7.55 Motor Grader Operator Form Builder (Structures) $ 9.83 (Fine Grade) $11.97 Y Form Liner $ 9.00 Motor Grader Operator $10.95 Form Setter (Pav & Curb) $ 9.24 Pavement Marking Machine $ 7,32 Form Setter (Structures) $ 9.09 Roller, Steel Wheel Laborer, Common $ 7.32 (Plant-Mix Pavements) $ 9.06 Laborer, Utility $ 8.94 Roller, Steel Wheel Mechanic $12.68 ether Flatwheel or Tamping)$ 8.59 Oiler $10.17 Roller, Pneumatic Self-Propelled Servicer $ 9.41 Scraper $ 8.48 Painter (Structures) $11.00 Scraper $9.63 Pipelayer $ 8.98 Tractor-Crawler Type $10,58 Blaster $11.50 Tractor-Pneumatic $ 9.15 Traveling Mixer $ 8.83 Wagon-Drill, Boring Machine $12.00 Power Equipment Operators Reinforcing Stee! Setter (Paving) $13.21 Reinforcing Steel Setter Asphalt Distributor Operator $10,29 (Structures) $13,31 Ashphalt Paving Machine $10.30 Steel Worker-Structural $14,80 Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 8.72 Spreader Box Operator $10,00 Bulldozer $10.74 Work Zone Barricade $ 7.32 Concrete Curing Machine $ 9.25 Truck Driver-Single Axle Concrete Finishing Machine $11.13 (Light) $8.96 Concrete Paving Joint Machine $10.42 Truck Driver-Single Axle Concrete Paving Joint Sealer $ 9.00 (Heavy) $ 9.02 Concrete Paving Saw $10.39 Truck Driver-Tandem Axle Concrete Paving Spreader $10.50 (Semi-Trailer) $ 8.77 Slipform Machine Operator $ 9.92 Truck Driver-Lowboy/Float $10.44 Truck Driver-Transit Mix $ 9.47 Truck Driver-Winch $ 9.00 Vibrator Operator-Hand Type $ 7.32 Welder $11.57 90135201F December 1999